499471
55
Zoom out
Zoom in
Previous page
1/136
Next page
*5100004732- 02*
201a
Before using this unit, carefully read the sections entitled: “USING THE UNIT SAFELY” and “IMPORTANT NOTES” (p. 3; p. 6). These sections
provide important information concerning the proper operation of the unit. Additionally, in order to feel assured that you have gained a
good grasp of every feature provided by your new unit, Owner’s manual should be read in its entirety. The manual should be saved and kept
on hand as a convenient reference.
202
Copyright © 2009 ROLAND CORPORATION
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form without the written permission of ROLAND CORPORATION.
Conventions Used in This Manual
Operating buttons are enclosed by square brackets [ ]; e.g., [ENTER] button.
Reference pages are indicated by (p. **).
The following symbols are used.
This indicates an important note; be sure to read it.
This indicates a memo regarding the setting or function; read it as desired.
This indicates a useful hint for operation; read it as necessary.
This indicates information for your reference; read it as necessary.
This indicates an explanation of a term; read it as necessary.
985
* The explanations in this manual include illustrations that depict what should typically be shown by the display.
Note, however, that your unit may incorporate a newer, enhanced version of the system (e.g., includes newer
sounds), so what you actually see in the display may not always match what appears in the manual.
3
USING THE UNIT SAFELY
002c
Do not open (or modify in any way) the unit or its AC
adaptor.
..................................................................................................................................
003
Do not attempt to repair the unit, or replace parts
within it (except when this manual provides specific
instructions directing you to do so). Refer all servicing
to your retailer, the nearest Roland Service Center, or
an authorized Roland distributor, as listed on the
“Information” page.
..................................................................................................................................
004
Never install the unit in any of the following locations.
Subject to temperature extremes (e.g., direct
sunlight in an enclosed vehicle, near a heating
duct, on top of heat-generating equipment); or are
Damp (e.g., baths, washrooms, on wet floors); or
are
Exposed to steam or smoke; or are
Subject to salt exposure; or are
Humid; or are
Exposed to rain; or are
Dusty or sandy; or are
Subject to high levels of vibration and shakiness.
..................................................................................................................................
005
This unit should be used only with a rack or stand
that is recommended by Roland.
..................................................................................................................................
006
When using the unit with a rack or stand
recommended by Roland, the rack or stand must be
carefully placed so it is level and sure to remain stable.
If not using a rack or stand, you still need to make sure
that any location you choose for placing the unit
provides a level surface that will properly support the
unit, and keep it from wobbling.
..................................................................................................................................
008c
Be sure to use only the AC adaptor supplied with the
unit. Also, make sure the line voltage at the
installation matches the input voltage specified on
the AC adaptor’s body. Other AC adaptors may use a
different polarity, or be designed for a different
voltage, so their use could result in damage,
malfunction, or electric shock.
..................................................................................................................................
008e
Use only the attached power-supply cord. Also, the
supplied power cord must not be used with any other
device.
..................................................................................................................................
009
Do not excessively twist or bend the power cord, nor
place heavy objects on it. Doing so can damage the
cord, producing severed elements and short circuits.
Damaged cords are fire and shock hazards!
..................................................................................................................................
010
This unit, either alone or in combination with an
amplifier and headphones or speakers, may be
capable of producing sound levels that could cause
permanent hearing loss. Do not operate for a long
period of time at a high volume level, or at a level that
is uncomfortable. If you experience any hearing loss
or ringing in the ears, you should immediately stop
using the unit, and consult an audiologist.
..................................................................................................................................
011
Do not allow any objects (e.g., flammable material,
coins, pins); or liquids of any kind (water, soft drinks,
etc.) to penetrate the unit.
..................................................................................................................................
Used for instructions intended to alert the
user to the risk of injury or material
damage should the unit be used
improperly.
* Material damage refers to damage or
other adverse effects caused with
respect to the home and all its
furnishings, as well to domestic animals
or pets.
Used for instructions intended to alert the
user to the risk of death or severe injury
should the unit be used improperly.
The symbol alerts the user to things that must be
carried out. The specific thing that must be done is
indicated by the design contained within the circle. In the
case of the symbol at left, it means that the power-cord
plug must be unplugged from the outlet.
The symbol alerts the user to important instructions or
warnings.The specific meaning of the symbol is
determined by the design contained within the triangle. In
the case of the symbol at left, it is used for general
cautions, warnings, or alerts to danger.
The symbol alerts the user to items that must never be
carried out (are forbidden). The specific thing that must
not be done is indicated by the design contained within
the circle. In the case of the symbol at left, it means that
the unit must never be disassembled.
About WARNING and CAUTION Notices
About the Symbols
ALWAYS OBSERVE THE FOLLOWING
JUNO-Di_e.book 3 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
4
USING THE UNIT SAFELY
012b
Immediately turn the power off, remove the AC
adaptor from the outlet, and request servicing by
your retailer, the nearest Roland Service Center, or an
authorized Roland distributor, as listed on the
“Information” page when:
The AC adaptor, the power-supply cord, or the
plug has been damaged; or
If smoke or unusual odor occurs
Objects have fallen into, or liquid has been spilled
onto the unit; or
The unit has been exposed to rain (or otherwise
has become wet); or
The unit does not appear to operate normally or
exhibits a marked change in performance.
..................................................................................................................................
013
In households with small children, an adult should
provide supervision until the child is capable of
following all the rules essential for the safe operation
of the unit.
..................................................................................................................................
014
Protect the unit from strong impact.
(Do not drop it!)
..................................................................................................................................
015
Do not force the unit’s power-supply cord to share an
outlet with an unreasonable number of other devices.
Be especially careful when using extension cords—
the total power used by all devices you have
connected to the extension cord’s outlet must never
exceed the power rating (watts/amperes) for the
extension cord. Excessive loads can cause the
insulation on the cord to heat up and eventually melt
through.
..................................................................................................................................
016
Before using the unit in a foreign country, consult
with your retailer, the nearest Roland Service Center,
or an authorized Roland distributor, as listed on the
“Information” page.
..................................................................................................................................
019
Batteries must never be recharged, heated, taken
apart, or thrown into fire or water.
..................................................................................................................................
023
DO NOT play a CD-ROM disc on a conventional audio
CD player. The resulting sound may be of a level that
could cause permanent hearing loss. Damage to
speakers or other system components may result.
..................................................................................................................................
027
Never expose nickel-metal hydride (NiMH) batteries
to excessive heat such as sunshine, fire or the like.
..................................................................................................................................
101b
The unit and the AC adaptor should be located so
their location or position does not interfere with their
proper ventilation.
..................................................................................................................................
101c
This (JUNO-Di) for use only with Roland stand KS-8/
12. Use with other stands is capable of resulting in
instability causing possible injury.
..................................................................................................................................
101f
Please be sure to read and adhere to the cautionary
notices contained in the instructions that came with
this product.
Please note that, depending on the manner in which
keyboard performances are carried out, you may
encounter situations where the keyboard falls off the
stand or the stand topples over, even though you
have followed all of the instructions and advice
contained within the product’s manual. For this
reason, you should always perform a safety check
each time you use the stand.
..................................................................................................................................
102c
Always grasp only the plug on the AC adaptor cord
when plugging into, or unplugging from, an outlet or
this unit.
..................................................................................................................................
103b
At regular intervals, you should unplug the AC
adaptor and clean it by using a dry cloth to wipe all
dust and other accumulations away from its prongs.
Also, disconnect the power plug from the power
outlet whenever the unit is to remain unused for an
extended period of time. Any accumulation of dust
between the power plug and the power outlet can
result in poor insulation and lead to fire.
..................................................................................................................................
104
Try to prevent cords and cables from becoming
entangled. Also, all cords and cables should be
placed so they are out of the reach of children.
..................................................................................................................................
106
Never climb on top of, nor place heavy objects on the
unit.
..................................................................................................................................
107c
Never handle the AC adaptor or its plugs with wet
hands when plugging into, or unplugging from, an
outlet or this unit.
..................................................................................................................................
108b
Before moving the unit, disconnect the AC adaptor
and all cords coming from external devices.
..................................................................................................................................
JUNO-Di_e.book 4 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
5
USING THE UNIT SAFELY
109b
Before cleaning the unit, turn off the power and
unplug the AC adaptor from the outlet (p. 17).
..................................................................................................................................
110b
Whenever you suspect the possibility of lightning in
your area, disconnect the AC adaptor from the outlet.
..................................................................................................................................
111: Selection
If used improperly, batteries may explode or leak and
cause damage or injury. In the interest of safety,
please read and observe the following precautions
(p. 17).
1
Carefully follow the installation instructions for
batteries, and make sure you observe the correct
polarity.
2
Avoid using new batteries together with used
ones. In addition, avoid mixing different types of
batteries.
3
Remove the batteries whenever the unit is to
remain unused for an extended period of time.
4
Whenever the unit is to remain unused for an
extended period of time, save any important data
on a USB memory, and then remove the batteries.
5
If a battery has leaked, use a soft piece of cloth or
paper towel to wipe all remnants of the discharge
from the battery compartment. Then install new
batteries. To avoid inflammation of the skin, make
sure that none of the battery discharge gets onto
your hands or skin. Exercise the utmost caution so
that none of the discharge gets near your eyes.
Immediately rinse the affected area with running
water if any of the discharge has entered the eyes.
6
Never keep batteries together with metallic
objects such as ballpoint pens, necklaces, hairpins,
etc.
..................................................................................................................................
112
Used batteries must be disposed of in compliance
with whatever regulations for their safe disposal that
may be observed in the region in which you live.
..................................................................................................................................
118c
Keep any screws you may remove and the included
hexagon wrench in a safe place out of children’s
reach, so there is no chance of them being swallowed
accidentally.
..................................................................................................................................
JUNO-Di_e.book 5 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
6
IMPORTANT NOTES
Power Supply: Use of Batteries
301
Do not connect this unit to same electrical outlet that is being used
by an electrical appliance that is controlled by an inverter (such as a
refrigerator, washing machine, microwave oven, or air conditioner),
or that contains a motor. Depending on the way in which the
electrical appliance is used, power supply noise may cause this unit
to malfunction or may produce audible noise. If it is not practical to
use a separate electrical outlet, connect a power supply noise filter
between this unit and the electrical outlet.
302
The AC adaptor will begin to generate heat after long hours of
consecutive use. This is normal, and is not a cause for concern.
303a
The use of an AC adaptor is recommended as the unit’s power
consumption is relatively high. Should you prefer to use batteries,
please use the nickel-metal hydride type.
304a
When installing or replacing batteries, always turn off the power on
this unit and disconnect any other devices you may have connected.
This way, you can prevent malfunction and/or damage to speakers or
other devices.
307
Before connecting this unit to other devices, turn off the power to all
units. This will help prevent malfunctions and/or damage to speakers
or other devices.
Add
If you’re using batteries, disconnect the AC adaptor from this unit.
Add
If batteries are installed, disconnecting or reconnecting the power
cord at the AC outlet or disconnecting the DC plug from the unit’s
rear panel while the power is on will cause the power to turn off. You
must turn off the power before you connect or disconnect the power
cord or AC adaptor.
Placement
351
Using the unit near power amplifiers (or other equipment containing
large power transformers) may induce hum. To alleviate the
problem, change the orientation of this unit; or move it farther away
from the source of interference.
352a
This device may interfere with radio and television reception. Do not
use this device in the vicinity of such receivers.
352b
Noise may be produced if wireless communications devices, such as
cell phones, are operated in the vicinity of this unit. Such noise could
occur when receiving or initiating a call, or while conversing. Should
you experience such problems, you should relocate such wireless
devices so they are at a greater distance from this unit, or switch
them off.
354a
Do not expose the unit to direct sunlight, place it near devices that
radiate heat, leave it inside an enclosed vehicle, or otherwise subject
it to temperature extremes. Excessive heat can deform or discolor the
unit.
355b
When moved from one location to another where the temperature
and/or humidity is very different, water droplets (condensation) may
form inside the unit. Damage or malfunction may result if you
attempt to use the unit in this condition. Therefore, before using the
unit, you must allow it to stand for several hours, until the
condensation has completely evaporated.
358
Do not allow objects to remain on top of the keyboard. This can be
the cause of malfunction, such as keys ceasing to produce sound.
360
Depending on the material and temperature of the surface on which
you place the unit, its rubber feet may discolor or mar the surface.
You can place a piece of felt or cloth under the rubber feet to prevent
this from happening. If you do so, please make sure that the unit will
not slip or move accidentally.
Maintenance
401a
For everyday cleaning wipe the unit with a soft, dry cloth or one that
has been slightly dampened with water. To remove stubborn dirt,
use a cloth impregnated with a mild, non-abrasive detergent.
Afterwards, be sure to wipe the unit thoroughly with a soft, dry cloth.
402
Never use benzine, thinners, alcohol or solvents of any kind, to avoid
the possibility of discoloration and/or deformation.
Repairs and Data
452
Please be aware that all data contained in the unit’s memory may be
lost when the unit is sent for repairs. Important data should always
be backed up on a USB memory, or written down on paper (when
possible). During repairs, due care is taken to avoid the loss of data.
However, in certain cases (such as when circuitry related to memory
itself is out of order), we regret that it may not be possible to restore
the data, and Roland assumes no liability concerning such loss of
data.
Additional Precautions
551
Please be aware that the contents of memory can be irretrievably lost
as a result of a malfunction, or the improper operation of the unit. To
protect yourself against the risk of loosing important data, we
recommend that you periodically save a backup copy of important
data you have stored in the unit’s memory on a USB memory.
552
Unfortunately, it may be impossible to restore the contents of data
that was stored in the unit’s memory or on a USB memory once it has
been lost. Roland Corporation assumes no liability concerning such
loss of data.
553
Use a reasonable amount of care when using the unit’s buttons,
sliders, or other controls; and when using its jacks and connectors.
Rough handling can lead to malfunctions.
554
Never strike or apply strong pressure to the display.
556
When connecting / disconnecting all cables, grasp the connector
itself—never pull on the cable. This way you will avoid causing
shorts, or damage to the cable’s internal elements.
558a
To avoid disturbing your neighbors, try to keep the unit’s volume at
reasonable levels. You may prefer to use headphones, so you do not
need to be concerned about those around you (especially when it is
late at night).
559a
When you need to transport the unit, package it in the box (including
padding) that it came in, if possible. Otherwise, you will need to use
equivalent packaging materials.
561
Use only the specified expression pedal (EV-5; sold separately). By
connecting any other expression pedals, you risk causing
malfunction and/or damage to the unit.
562
Some connection cables contain resistors. Do not use cables that
incorporate resistors for connecting to this unit. The use of such
cables can cause the sound level to be extremely low, or impossible
to hear. For information on cable specifications, contact the
manufacturer of the cable.
566a
The usable range of D Beam controller will become extremely small
when used under strong direct sunlight. Please be aware of this
when using the D Beam controller outside.
566b
The sensitivity of the D Beam controller will change depending on
the amount of light in the vicinity of the unit. If it does not function as
you expect, adjust the sensitivity as appropriate for the brightness of
your location.
JUNO-Di_e.book 6 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
7
IMPORTANT NOTES
Using USB Memories
704
Carefully insert the USB memory all the way in—until it is firmly in
place.
705
Never touch the terminals of the USB memory. Also, avoid getting
the terminals dirty.
708
USB memories are constructed using precision components; handle
the USB memories carefully, paying particular note to the following.
To prevent damage to the USB memories from static electricity, be
sure to discharge any static electricity from your own body before
handling the USB memories.
Do not touch or allow metal to come into contact with the contact
portion of the USB memories.
Do not bend, drop, or subject USB memories to strong shock or
vibration.
Do not keep USB memories in direct sunlight, in closed vehicles,
or other such locations (storage temperature: -25 to 85C).
Do not allow USB memories to become wet.
Do not disassemble or modify the USB memories.
Handling CD-ROMs
801
Avoid touching or scratching the shiny underside (encoded surface)
of the disc. Damaged or dirty CD-ROM discs may not be read
properly. Keep your discs clean using a commercially available CD
cleaner.
204
* Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation.
206j
* Windows
®
is known officially as: “Microsoft
®
Windows
®
operating
system.”
207
* Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Inc.
209
* Mac OS is a trademark of Apple Inc.
220
* All product names mentioned in this document are trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective owners.
238
* MPEG Layer-3 audio compression technology is licensed from
Fraunhofer IIS Corporation and THOMSON Multimedia Corporation.
Add
* MatrixQuest™ 2009 TEPCO UQUEST, LTD. All rights
reserved.
The JUNO-Di’s USB functionality uses MatrixQuest
middleware technology from TEPCO UQUEST, LTD.
Add
* MMP (Moore Microprocessor Portfolio) refers to a patent portfolio
concerned with microprocessor architecture, which was developed by
Technology Properties Limited (TPL). Roland has licensed this
technology from the TPL Group.
JUNO-Di_e.book 7 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
8
Main Features
Professional Synthesizer, Portable Package
Professional synthesizer with over 1,000 instruments
More than one thousand sounds, with an emphasis on the piano, organ, strings, brass, and synth sounds that are crucial to live performance.
Easy-to-use, intuitive user interface
You can use the sound buttons to directly select a variety of sounds.
It’s easy to make “split” settings, which, for example, let you play piano with your right hand and bass with your left; or “dual” settings, which
allow you to layer sounds such as piano and strings.
The large-character display ensures excellent visibility, and is ideal for live performances.
Battery operation for mobile use (Support Ni-MH AA SIZE Rechargeable Battery)
A light-weight compact body, plus the ability to run on batteries.
You can use the JUNO-Di with a battery-powered amp for live, street performances.
MP3, WAV, AIFF and SMF playback capability via optional USB-Memory—perfect for backing tracks when performing live
You can play back MP3, WAV, AIFF, or SMF files saved in USB memory—a great feature for playing backing tracks during live performances.
Use the included “Playlist Editor” (Win/Mac) application software to easily place songs in the desired order for your live performances.
Microphone input with dedicated Reverb and Vocoder for sing-along
The microphone jack is ideal for the keyboard player who also sings. With the dedicated reverb, it’s easy to get the exact sound you want.
A vocoder effect is also built in, giving you exciting possibilities for live performance.
PC/Mac Editor software included
By using the included “JUNO-Di Editor” application software you can perform the same detailed sound editing as on professional synthesizers.
JUNO-Di_e.book 8 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
9
Contents
USING THE UNIT SAFELY......................................................................................................................................................... 3
IMPORTANT NOTES................................................................................................................................................................... 6
Main Features.............................................................................................................................................................................. 8
Introduction .........................................................................13
Panel Descriptions....................................................................................... 14
Front Panel ...................................................................................................................................................................14
Rear Panel.....................................................................................................................................................................16
Getting Ready .............................................................................................. 17
Connecting the AC Adaptor ................................................................................................................................................17
Installing Batteries (Sold Separately)................................................................................................................................17
Removing Batteries...................................................................................................................................................18
When to Replace the Batteries (BATTERY Indicator).....................................................................................18
Connecting the External Equipment................................................................................................................................18
Connecting Speakers or Headphones................................................................................................................18
Connecting Pedal ......................................................................................................................................................19
Connecting a Microphone......................................................................................................................................19
Connecting a Portable Audio Device .................................................................................................................19
Turning On/Off the Power....................................................................................................................................................20
Turning Off the Power..............................................................................................................................................20
Adjusting the Volume Level ([VOLUME] Knob) ............................................................................................................20
Adjusting the Display Contrast ([LCD CONTRAST] Knob).........................................................................................20
Turning the Display Backlight On/Off..............................................................................................................................21
Using the Included USB Memory Protector...................................................................................................................21
Listening to the Demo Songs..............................................................................................................................................21
Application Guide ................................................................23
Playing Ballads............................................................................................. 24
Pedal—HOLD PEDAL ............................................................................................................................................................ 24
Adding Reverb—[REVERB] Knob ...................................................................................................................................... 25
Selecting a Tone...................................................................................................................................................................... 25
Listening to the tone—[PREVIEW] button..................................................................................................................... 25
Playing Jazz Electric Piano .......................................................................... 26
Adding an Effect.......................................................................................................................................................................27
Playing Rock Organ ..................................................................................... 28
Rotary Effect + Modulation Lever..................................................................................................................................... 29
Pitch Bend/Modulation Lever............................................................................................................................................ 29
Playing Pops................................................................................................. 30
Layering Different Tones—[DUAL] Button ................................................................................................................... 31
Playing with multiple tones—[PERFORM (Performance)] button........................................................................ 31
Playing R&B.................................................................................................. 32
Playing with a Different Tone for Each Hand—[SPLIT] Button .............................................................................. 33
Changing the point where the keyboard is divided (the split point).................................................................. 33
Changing the Pitch in One Octave Steps—OCTAVE [DOWN]/[UP] Buttons..................................................... 34
Playing Rhythm Patterns—[RHYTHM PATTERN] Button.......................................................................................... 35
Switching rhythm styles (rhythm pattern group)....................................................................................................... 35
JUNO-Di_e.book 9 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
10
Contents
Playing Bossa Nova ..................................................................................... 36
Playing a Chord with a Single Key—[CHORD MEMORY] Button........................................................................... 37
Playing Arpeggios—[ARPEGGIO] Button....................................................................................................................... 37
Playing Techno Sounds ............................................................................... 38
Varying the Tone—[CUTOFF]/[RESONANCE] Knobs ................................................................................................. 39
Varying the Tone—D Beam Controller/[SOLO SYNTH] Button ............................................................................. 39
Playing Drums.............................................................................................. 40
Playing Synthesizer Sounds........................................................................ 41
Thickening a Single Tone—[SUPER LAYER] Button ................................................................................................... 41
Singing Along While You Play .................................................................... 42
Using the vocoder.................................................................................................................................................................. 42
Changing vocoder settings................................................................................................................................................. 43
Using a Microphone—MIC IN [VOLUME] Knob/[REVERB] Button......................................................................... 43
Shifting the Key Range in Semitone Steps—[TRANSPOSE] Button ..................................................................... 44
Transposing .............................................................................................................................................................................. 44
Playing Live .................................................................................................. 45
Registering and Switching to Frequently Used Tones or Settings
—FAVORITE [ON/OFF] Button/[BANK] Button .............................................................................................................46
Switching Favorite Banks..................................................................................................................................................... 46
Playing Back a Song—[SONG LIST] Button ................................................................................................................... 49
Selecting tones by numbers—[NUMERIC] button ..................................................................................................... 49
Connecting portable audio players and playing back.............................................................................................. 49
Saving Your Settings—[WRITE] Button ..................................................... 52
Reference..............................................................................53
Overview ...................................................................................................... 54
How the JUNO-Di is Organized ..........................................................................................................................................54
Keyboard Settings for Playing the JUNO-Di...................................................................................................................54
Rhythm Sets.................................................................................................................................................................55
About the Effects .......................................................................................................................................................55
About Memory............................................................................................................................................................56
Basic Operation of the JUNO-Di .........................................................................................................................................57
The [SHIFT] Button’s Function...............................................................................................................................57
Editing a Value ............................................................................................................................................................57
Entering a Value ([NUMERIC] Button).................................................................................................................57
Assigning a Name......................................................................................................................................................58
Changing the Tempo ...............................................................................................................................................58
Main Screen .................................................................................................................................................................58
Detailed Tone Settings................................................................................ 59
Tone Settings ............................................................................................................................................................................59
Editing a Tone’s Volume, Portamento, Mono/Poly, or Bend Range (Patch Edit)................................59
Editing a Rhythm Set’s Volume (Rhythm Edit)................................................................................................60
Editing the Volume of Each Part in a Split, Dual, or Super Layer (Part Edit) .........................................60
Editing the Effects (MFX/Chorus/Reverb) (Effect Edit)...............................................................................................61
Specifying the Tone that will be First Selected by a Tone Button .........................................................................62
Saving Your Settings ..............................................................................................................................................................62
JUNO-Di_e.book 10 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
11
Contents
Detailed Settings for Performance Functions ........................................... 63
Using the D Beam Controller to Modify the Sound ....................................................................................................63
D Beam Controller Settings....................................................................................................................................63
Using the Knobs to Modify the Sound (SOUND MODIFY)........................................................................................65
Split Settings .............................................................................................................................................................................66
Changing the Split Point.........................................................................................................................................66
Making the Selected Tone the Lower Tone of a Split...................................................................................66
Exchanging the Two Tones in Split/Dual Mode .............................................................................................66
Octave Shift Settings..............................................................................................................................................................67
Arpeggio Settings....................................................................................................................................................................67
Chord Memory Settings........................................................................................................................................................69
Favorite Settings......................................................................................................................................................................69
Viewing or Removing a Favorite ..........................................................................................................................69
Using the Keyboard to Control Images ([V-LINK] Button) ........................................................................................70
What is V-LINK?...........................................................................................................................................................70
Connection Example ................................................................................................................................................70
Turning the V-LINK ON/OFF...................................................................................................................................70
V-LINK Settings ...........................................................................................................................................................70
Song Player Settings ................................................................................... 71
Playing Back Music Files (SONG PLAYER)........................................................................................................................71
SMF/Audio Files that can be Played....................................................................................................................71
Selecting and Playing a Song ([SONG LIST] Button) .....................................................................................72
Moving the Playback Location..............................................................................................................................72
Adjusting the Volume of the Song Player.........................................................................................................72
Changing the Tempo of the Song (SMF)...........................................................................................................72
Selecting and Playing a Playlist ............................................................................................................................73
Performing Along with a Song ([C. CANCEL/MINUS ONE] Button)..........................................................73
Playing Rhythm Patterns ([RHYTHM PATTERN] Button)............................................................................................74
Playing Rhythm Patterns.........................................................................................................................................74
Changing the Style or Rhythm Set of the Rhythm Pattern.........................................................................74
Adjusting the Volume of the Rhythm Pattern.................................................................................................74
Other Settings.............................................................................................. 75
Making Settings that are Common to the Entire JUNO-Di (SYSTEM)...................................................................75
Procedure for Making System Settings..............................................................................................................75
System Parameters....................................................................................................................................................75
Backing Up or Initializing Data (UTILITY).........................................................................................................................77
Types of Data that can be Saved..........................................................................................................................77
Saving Data to USB Memory (BACKUP) .............................................................................................................77
Restoring Saved Data from USB Memory Back into the JUNO-Di (RESTORE)......................................77
Returning to the Factory Settings (FACTORY RESET)....................................................................................78
Initializing USB Memory (USB MEMORY FORMAT)........................................................................................78
Playing the Demo Songs (DEMO PLAY)...........................................................................................................................79
Viewing the Version (VERSION INFO) ...............................................................................................................................79
Connecting an External MIDI Device.......................................................... 80
About MIDI.................................................................................................................................................................................80
About MIDI Connectors...........................................................................................................................................80
MIDI Channels and Multitimbral Sound Generators...................................................................................................80
Using the JUNO-Di as a Master Keyboard (MIDI Controller Mode) .......................................................................81
Specifying the Transmit Channel.........................................................................................................................81
Detailed Settings in MIDI Controller Mode ......................................................................................................81
Using the JUNO-Di as a MIDI Sound Module.................................................................................................................82
Playing the JUNO-Di from an External MIDI Device....................................................................................................82
Setting the Receive Channel..................................................................................................................................82
Soft Through On/Off.................................................................................................................................................83
JUNO-Di_e.book 11 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
12
Contents
Using Your Computer for Music Production .................................................................................................................83
Installing the USB Driver in Your Computer.....................................................................................................84
Specifying the USB Driver.......................................................................................................................................84
Connecting the JUNO-Di to Your Computer ...................................................................................................84
Using JUNO-Di Editor/Librarian/Playlist Editor.............................................................................................................85
Installing JUNO-Di Editor/Librarian/Playlist Editor in Your Computer ...................................................85
Appendices...........................................................................87
Troubleshooting .......................................................................................... 88
Error Messages............................................................................................. 92
Effects List .................................................................................................... 93
Tone List ..................................................................................................... 105
Rhythm Set List .......................................................................................... 116
Performance List........................................................................................ 123
Rhythm Pattern Group List ....................................................................... 124
Chord Memory List .................................................................................... 125
MIDI Implementation Chart...................................................................... 127
Specifications............................................................................................. 128
Index ........................................................................................................... 129
Shortcut List ............................................................................................... 131
JUNO-Di_e.book 12 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
13
Introduction
JUNO-Di_e.book 13 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
14
Panel Descriptions
fig.Front.eps_70
USB MEMORY Connector
You can connect USB memory (sold separately) to this connector.
931
* Carefully insert the USB memory all the way in-until it is firmly in place.
* Connect the USB memory after you turn on the JUNO-Di’s power.
Never disconnect the USB memory while the JUNO-Di is powered up.
D BEAM Controller
You can apply various effects to the sound by moving your hand above
the D Beam controller.
Use the three buttons below it to turn the D Beam controller on/off.
A setting screen will appear when you press this button to turn it on.
[SOLO SYNTH] Button
This button lets you use the D Beam controller to play the JUNO-Di like a
monophonic synthesizer (p. 63).
[EXPRESSION] Button
This button lets you use the D Beam controller to create expressive
changes in the volume (p. 63).
[ASSIGNABLE] Button
This button lets you assign various functions to the D Beam controller
(p. 63).
* By holding down the [SHIFT] button and pressing one of these
buttons, you can access the corresponding edit screen without turning
the button on/off.
[VOLUME] Knob
Adjusts the overall volume that is output from the rear panel OUTPUT
jacks and PHONES jack (p. 20).
MODE/MIC
[MENU] Button
This button displays a menu from which you can choose system settings
or utility functions. This button is also used when you want to edit sounds
or other settings in detail.
[MIDI CONTROLLER] Button
Selects MIDI Controller mode, allowing you to control an external MIDI
sound generator (p. 81).
[PREVIEW] Button
Hold down this button to audition the currently selected sound (p. 25).
MIC IN [VOLUME] Knob
Adjusts the volume of the input from MIC INPUT jack (p. 43).
MIC IN [REVERB] Button
This button applies reverb to the sound that’s being input via the MIC
INPUT jack (p. 43).
KEYBOARD
[SPLIT] Button
This button turns on “Split,” which lets you play two different tones with
the left and right hands (p. 33).
[DUAL] Button
This button turns on “Dual,” allowing you to play two layered tones (p. 31).
[SUPER LAYER] Button
This button turns on “Super Layer,” which makes a single tone richer or
more spacious (p. 41).
[ARPEGGIO] Button
Turns the arpeggio on/off.
A setting screen will appear when you press this button to turn it on
(p. 37, p. 67).
[CHORD MEMORY] Button
Turns the chord memory function on/off.
A setting screen will appear when you press this button to turn it on
(p. 37, p. 69).
[V-LINK] Button
Turns the V-LINK on/off.
A setting screen will appear when you press this button to turn it on
(p. 70).
[TRANSPOSE] Button
By holding down the [TRANSPOSE] button and using the [-] [+] buttons,
you can raise or lower the key range in semitone steps (p. 44).
OCTAVE [DOWN] [UP] Buttons
These buttons raise or lower the key range in steps of an octave (p. 34).
Front Panel
1 2 3 4 5 6
1
2
3
4
5
JUNO-Di_e.book 14 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
15
Panel Descriptions
fig.Front.eps_70
BATTERY Indicator
When you’re operating the JUNO-Di on batteries, this indicates the
amount remaining in the batteries (p. 18).
Normally, the indicator will be extinguished.
This indicator will light when the batteries run low.
If you continue using the JUNO-Di, the indicator will blink; please
recharge the batteries.
* If you continue use even though the indicator is blinking, the display
will indicate “Battery Low!” and further operation will be impossible.
[NUMERIC] Button
When this button is on, you can use the [RHYTHM (0)]–[PERFORM (9)]
buttons to enter numeric values (p. 57).
FAVORITE [ON/OFF] Button
Turns the Favorite function on/off (p. 46).
FAVORITE [BANK] Button
When this button is on, you can use the [RHYTHM (0)]–[PERFORM (9)]
buttons to select Favorite banks (p. 46).
Display
This shows information about the operation you’re performing.
Dial
Use this to modify values. The value will change faster if you turn the dial
while holding down the [SHIFT] button (p. 57).
[RHYTHM]–[PERFORM] / [0]–[9] Buttons (Tone Buttons)
Use these buttons to select tones (p. 25). You can also use the dial to
select other tones in the same category.
When the [NUMERIC] button is on, you can use these buttons to enter a
numeric value.
[WRITE] Button
Saves the modified settings in internal memory (p. 52, p. 62).
[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] Buttons (Cursor Buttons)
These buttons move the cursor position up/down/left/right (p. 57).
[SHIFT] Button
This button is used in conjunction with other buttons to access the
setting screens for various functions.
[EXIT] Button
This button returns you to the previous screen or to the main screen.
In some screens, this button is used to cancel the current operation.
[ENTER] Button
Use this button to finalize a setting or to execute an operation.
SONG PLAYER
[RHYTHM PATTERN] Button
Turns the rhythm pattern on/off (p. 35, p. 74).
[C. CANCEL/MINUS ONE] Button
Turns the Center Cancel or Minus-One function on/off (p. 73).
[SONG LIST] Button
Displays the song list if USB memory is connected (p. 72).
[ ] [ ] Buttons
Use these buttons to select songs or to change the playback location
within a song (p. 72).
When [RHYTHM PATTERN] is on, these buttons switch rhythm patterns
(p. 74).
[LEVEL] Button
Use this button to adjust the volume of the rhythm pattern or song
(p. 72, p. 74).
[PLAY/STOP] / [DEMO] Button
This button starts/stops the rhythm pattern or song (p. 72, p. 74).
If USB memory is not connected and the [RHYTHM PATTERN] button is off
(unlit), pressing this button will start/stop the demo playback (p. 21).
[TAP TEMPO] Button
Used to specify the tempo (p. 58).
SOUND MODIFY
ENVELOPE [ATTACK] [RELEASE] Knobs
Use these knobs to modify the sound in real time (p. 65).
[CUTOFF] [RESONANCE] Knobs
Use these knobs to modify the sound in real time (p. 66).
[REVERB] Knob
Adjusts the amount of reverb applied to the overall sound (p. 66).
Pitch Bend/Modulation Lever
This allows you to control pitch bend or apply
vibrato (p. 29).
7 8
6 7
8
9
9
JUNO-Di_e.book 15 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
16
Panel Descriptions
fig.Rear.eps
_70
[LCD CONTRAST] Knob
This knob adjusts the contrast of the display (p. 20).
MIDI Connectors (OUT, IN)
These connectors can be connected to other MIDI devices to receive and
transmit MIDI messages (p. 80).
HOLD PEDAL Jack
You can connect a pedal switch (such as one from the DP series; sold
separately) here, and use it as a hold pedal (p. 19).
Since this jack can be enabled to support half-pedaling, you can connect
a damper pedal (DP-10; sold separately) here and use it to control subtle
nuances of pedaling when you’re playing piano sounds.
MIC INPUT Jack
You can connect a microphone (-50 dBu) here (p. 19).
This jack supports dynamic microphones. It is an unbalanced 1/4” phone
jack.
EXT INPUT Jack
You can connect your portable audio player or similar device here (p. 19).
926a
* When connection cables with resistors are used, the volume level of
equipment connected to the inputs (EXT INPUT) may be low. If this
happens, use connection cables that do not contain resistors.
OUTPUT Jacks (R, L /MONO)
These output the audio signal in stereo to your amp or mixer. If you’re
outputting in mono, connect only the L/MONO jack (p. 18).
PHONES Jack
You can connect a set of headphones (sold separately) here (p. 18).
USB COMPUTER Connector
Use this connector to connect the JUNO-Di to your computer via a USB
cable (p. 84).
Cord Hook
Use this to secure the cord from the AC adaptor (p. 17).
DC IN Jack
Connect the AC adaptor here (p. 17).
You must use only the included AC adaptor.
[POWER] Switch
This turns the power on/off (p. 20).
Ground Terminal
Depending on the circumstances of a particular setup, you may
experience a discomforting sensation, or perceive that the surface feels
granular when you touch this device, microphones connected to it, or the
metal portions of other objects, such as guitars. This is due to an
infinitesimal electrical charge, which is absolutely harmless. However, if
you are concerned about this, connect the ground terminal with an
external ground. When the unit is grounded, a slight hum may occur,
depending on the particulars of your installation. If you are unsure of the
connection method, contact the nearest Roland Service Center.
Unsuitable places for connection
Water pipes (may result in shock or electrocution)
Gas pipes (may result in fire or explosion)
Telephone-line ground or lightning rod (may be dangerous in the
event of lightning)
Rear Panel
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
9 10 11 12
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
JUNO-Di_e.book 16 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
17
Getting Ready
1.
Make sure that the [POWER] switch is off.
fig.power-onoff.eps
2.
Connect the included power cord to the included AC
adaptor.
3.
Connect the AC adaptor to the JUNO-Di’s DC IN jack, and
plug the power cord into an AC outlet.
fig.ACcord-e.eps_97
Place the AC adaptor so the side with the indicator (see
illustration) faces upwards and the side with textual
information faces downwards.
The indicator will light when you plug the AC adaptor into
an AC outlet.
To prevent the inadvertent disruption of power to your unit
(should the plug be pulled out accidentally), and to avoid
applying undue stress to the DC IN jack, anchor the power
cord using the cord hook, as shown in the illustration.
fig.cordhook-e.eps
If eight commercially available AA nickel-metal hydride batteries are
installed, you’ll be able to play the JUNO-Di without connecting the AC
adaptor.
1.
While pressing the tabs of the battery compartment
cover on the JUNO-Di’s bottom panel, remove the cover.
fig.BattCase-1.eps
When opening the battery compartment cover, make sure
that no foreign objects (flammable items, coins, pins, etc.) or
liquids (water, juice, etc.) enter the compartment.
When turning the unit upside-down, get a bunch of
newspapers or magazines, and place them under the four
corners or at both ends to prevent damage to the buttons
and controls. Also, you should try to orient the unit so no
buttons or controls get damaged.
When turning the unit upside-down, handle with care to
avoid dropping it, or allowing it to fall or tip over.
Connecting the AC Adaptor
Off
Upper position
AC Outlet
Indicator
DC Plug
AC Adaptor
(included)
AC Cord
DC IN
Cord Hook
The cord of
the supplied AC Adaptor
To the AC Adapter
DC IN Jac
k
Installing Batteries (Sold Separately)
Types of batteries that can be used
Using nickel-metal hydride batteries will allow
approximately five hours of continuous operation at room
temperature. (However, the duration will be approximately
four hours if USB memory is connected. The duration of
continuous operation may differ depending on the
conditions of use.)
Do not use alkaline batteries or zinc-carbon batteries.
Battery handling
If you connect the AC adaptor and turn on the power when
batteries are installed, the AC adaptor will be used
preferentially.
If you’re using batteries, disconnect the AC adaptor from this
unit.
If batteries are installed, disconnecting or reconnecting the
power cord at the AC outlet or disconnecting the DC plug
from the JUNO-Di’s rear panel while the power is on will cause
the power to turn off. You must turn off the power before you
connect or disconnect the power cord or AC adaptor.
The BATTERY indicator is only an approximation.
Avoid using new batteries together with used ones. In
addition, avoid mixing different types of batteries.
Whenever the unit is to remain unused for an extended
period of time, save any important data on a USB memory,
and then remove the batteries.
Improper handling of a battery, rechargeable battery, or
charger can cause leakage, overheating, fire, or bursting.
Before use, you must read all of the safety instructions for
your battery, rechargeable battery, and charger, and use
these items safely in accordance with the safety instructions.
You must use the combination of rechargeable battery and
charger specified by the battery manufacturer.
JUNO-Di_e.book 17 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
18
Getting Ready
2.
Insert the batteries into the battery compartment, taking
care to observe the correct polarity (+/- orientation).
fig.BattCase-2.eps
Carefully follow the installation instructions for batteries, and
make sure you observe the correct polarity.
3.
Securely close the battery compartment cover.
To remove the batteries, power off the JUNO-Di, open the battery
compartment cover, and remove the batteries.
When the batteries run down, the BATTERY indicator located at the left of
the display will light or blink.
The BATTERY indicator will light when the batteries run low.
If you continue using the JUNO-Di, the indicator will blink;
please recharge the batteries.
If you continue use even though the indicator is blinking,
the display will indicate “Battery Low!” and further operation
will be impossible.
The BATTERY indicator is only an approximation.
To reduce battery consumption, you can turn off the display’s
backlight when it is not required. Refer to “Turning the Display
Backlight On/Off” (p. 21).
You can also set the system setting “POWER SAVE MODE” to
save power. For details, refer to “Making Settings that are
Common to the Entire JUNO-Di (SYSTEM)” (p. 75).
Since JUNO-Di contains no amplifier or speakers, you’ll need to connect it
to audio equipment such as a keyboard amplifier, monitor speaker
system or home stereo, or use headphones to hear its sound.
In order to fully experience the JUNO-Di’s sound, we recommend using a
stereo amp/speaker system. If you’re using a mono system, however,
make your connections to the JUNO-Di’s OUTPUT L/MONO jack.
Audio cables are not included with the JUNO-Di. You’ll need to
provide them.
921
To prevent malfunction and/or damage to speakers or other
devices, always turn down the volume, and turn off the power
on all devices before making any connections.
fig.connect-output_e.eps
Removing Batteries
When to Replace the Batteries
(BATTERY Indicator)
Connecting the External Equipment
Connecting Speakers or Headphones
Stereo
headphones
Monitor speakers
(powered)
Power amp
Mixer etc.
JUNO-Di_e.book 18 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
19
Getting Ready
Connect a pedal switch (DP series; sold separately) to the rear panel
HOLD PEDAL jack.
While you hold down the pedal, the notes will be sustained (held) even if
you take your fingers off the keyboard.
fig.connect-pedal.eps
You can also use the pedal switch to control functions other
than Hold. For details, refer to “Making Settings that are
Common to the Entire JUNO-Di (SYSTEM)” in the section
“HOLD PEDAL” (p. 75).
As an alternative to a pedal switch (DP series), you can also
connect a damper pedal (DP-10) or expression pedal (EV-5).
Use only the specified expression pedal (EV-5; sold separately).
By connecting any other expression pedals, you risk causing
malfunction and/or damage to the unit.
You can use a microphone by connecting it to the rear panel MIC INPUT
jack.
You can apply an effect to the sound from the microphone. For
details, refer to “Using the vocoder” (p. 42).
fig.connect-audio.eps_e
Howling could be produced depending on the location of
microphones relative to speakers. This can be remedied by:
1. Changing the orientation of the microphone.
2. Relocating microphone at a greater distance from speakers.
3. Lowering volume levels.
You can connect an MP3 player or other audio device to the EXT INPUT
jack on the rear panel and listen to the playback.
Audio cables are not included with the JUNO-Di. You’ll need to
provide them.
fig.connect-audio.eps_e
Connecting Pedal
Connecting a Microphone
Connecting a Portable Audio Device
Dynamic
Microphone
Portable Audio
Device
EXT INPUT
jack
JUNO-Di_e.book 19 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
20
Getting Ready
941
Once the connections have been completed, turn on power to
your various devices in the order specified. By turning on
devices in the wrong order, you risk causing malfunction and/
or damage to speakers and other devices.
1.
Before turning on the JUNO-Di’s power, consider these
two questions:
Is the AC adaptor and any other equipment connected correctly?
Have the volume controls of the JUNO-Di and all connected audio
devices been turned to their lowest settings?
2.
Turn on the [POWER] switch located on the rear panel of
the JUNO-Di.
fig.power-onoff.eps
Always make sure to have the volume level turned down
before switching on power. Even with the volume all the way
down, you may still hear some sound when the power is
switched on, but this is normal, and does not indicate a
malfunction.
To ensure proper operation of the pitch bend lever, make sure
not to touch the lever when turning the JUNO-Di’s power on.
fig.Bender2-e.eps
3.
Turn on the power for any connected audio devices.
4.
While playing the keyboard and listening to the sound,
slowly increase the volume of the JUNO-Di and the
volume of the connected equipment until you obtain the
desired volume.
fig.volume1.eps
1.
Before turning off the power, consider these two
questions:
Have the volume controls of the JUNO-Di and all connected audio
devices been turned to their lowest settings?
Have you saved your JUNO-Di sounds or other data you’ve created?
2.
Turn off the power for all connected audio devices.
3.
Turn off the [POWER] switch of the JUNO-Di.
fig.power-onoff.eps
1.
Use the [VOLUME] knob to adjust the volume.
Turning the knob toward the left will decrease the volume, and
turning it toward the right will increase the volume.
Also adjust the connected device to an appropriate volume.
fig.volume2.eps
The characters in the display may be difficult to read immediately after
the power is turned on, or after you have been using the JUNO-Di for an
extended time, or due to the conditions in which it’s being used. If this
occurs, turn the rear panel [LCD CONTRAST] knob to make the display
legible.
fig.LCDcontrast.eps
Turning On/Off the Power
On
Lower position
Turning Off the Power
Adjusting the Volume Level
([VOLUME] Knob)
Adjusting the Display Contrast
([LCD CONTRAST] Knob)
Off
Upper position
JUNO-Di_e.book 20 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
21
Getting Ready
To reduce battery consumption, you can turn off the display backlight
when it’s not required.
1.
Hold down the [SHIFT] button and press the [EXIT]
button.
The display backlight will turn off.
Turning the display backlight on
1.
Hold down the [SHIFT] button and press the [ENTER]
button.
The display backlight will turn on.
You can set the system setting “POWER SAVE MODE” to specify
the power conservation setting. For details, refer to “Making
Settings that are Common to the Entire JUNO-Di (SYSTEM)” (p.
75).
You can use the included USB memory protector to prevent theft of the
USB memory connected to the JUNO-Di.
fig.CoverLock.eps
Caution
You must use the included screws.
You must use the included Allen wrench to tighten or remove the
screws. Using a tool that does not match the screw heads will damage
them.
Be careful not to over-tighten the screws. Doing so may damage the
screw’s head, causing the wrench to rotate uselessly.
To tighten the screws, turn the Allen wrench clockwise. To loosen the
screws, turn the Allen wrench counter-clockwise.
fig.screw-e.eps
Keep the removed screws out of the reach of small children to ensure
they are not swallowed accidentally.
Here’s how to listen to the demo songs that are built into the JUNO-Di.
1.
Power up the JUNO-Di as described in “Turning On/Off
the Power” (p. 20).
2.
Press the [PLAY/STOP] button.
The “DEMO” screen will appear.
The demo song will begin playing.
3.
To stop playback, press the [PLAY/STOP] or [EXIT]
button.
The “DEMO MENU” screen will appear.
You can also select a demo song by using the cursor buttons to
move the cursor.
4.
Press the [EXIT] button to exit the “DEMO MENU” screen.
All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this material for
purposes other than private, personal enjoyment is a violation
of applicable laws.
No data for the music that is played will be output from MIDI
OUT connector.
If USB memory is connected, you can play the demo songs by
choosing “Demo Play” from the “MENU” screen. For details,
refer to “Playing the Demo Songs (DEMO PLAY)” (p. 79).
Turning the Display Backlight
On/Off
Using the Included USB Memory
Protector
tightenloosen
Listening to the Demo Songs
No.
Title Composer Copyright
1
Have you met? Mitsuru Sakaue
©
2009 Roland Corporation
2 Di Groove Adrian Scott
©
2009 Roland Corporation
3 JUNO Pops Mitsuru Sakaue
©
2009 Roland Corporation
4 Takedown Scott Tibbs
©
2009 Roland Corporation
JUNO-Di_e.book 21 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
22
MEMO
JUNO-Di_e.book 22 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
23
Application Guide
This Application Guide presents the functions that are available when you are playing music on
the JUNO-Di.
This guide contains sample scores for a wide variety of musical styles.
Choose the section that you want to play from these scores.
The supplied CD-ROM contains audio data for the sample scores for your reference.
Audio data on the supplied CD-ROM
There may be some differences between the audio data on the CD-ROM and the sound you
play with the JUNO-Di.
File Name
Section Page
01_Piano_Ballad.wav “Playing Ballads” p. 24
02_Jazz_EP.wav “Playing Jazz Electric Piano” p. 26
03_Rock_Organ.wav “Playing Rock Organ” p. 28
04_PianoString_Dual.wav “Playing Pops” p. 30
05_R&B_Split.wav “Playing R&B” p. 32
06_Ac_Guitar.wav “Playing Bossa Nova” p. 36
07_Techno_Arp.wav “Playing Techno Sounds” p. 38
08_Drum_Kit.wav “Playing Drums” p. 40
JUNO-Di_Song.wav
“Playing Live” p. 45
JUNO-Di_Song_Backing.wav
JUNO-Di_e.book 23 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
24
Playing Ballads
This section explains how to select the piano tone for playing ballads. If use a pedal (sold separately), you can make
reverberate in the same way as if you were using the damper pedal on a piano. Use the “reverb” effect to add some
reverberation to your tone, as if you are playing in a concert hall.
Playing Ballads
Press the [PIANO] Button.
The piano tone is selected.
˚
Play the sample score.
Pedal—HOLD PEDAL
Try plugging a separately available pedal (DP series) into the HOLD PEDAL
jack on the back of JUNO-Di.
When you step on the pedal, the tone that you played is sustained as long
as the pedal is pressed (the same effect as the damper pedal on a piano).
Try using the pedal when you play.
The pedal can be assigned to other functions besides the
damper pedal. Refer to “Making Settings that are Common to
the Entire JUNO-Di (SYSTEM)” in the section “HOLD PEDAL”
(p. 75).
Selecting a Tone
Playing
[PIANO] Button
[REVERB] Knob
[PREVIEW] Button
Tone Buttons
1
Important
Function
Memo
JUNO-Di_e.book 24 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
25
Playing Ballads
Piano Ballad
Adding Reverb—[REVERB] Knob
“Reverb” is an effect that adds reverberation to the tone, like the
effect of playing in a concert hall.
With the JUNO-Di, you can use the [REVERB] knob to adjust how the
tone reverberates. Turn the [REVERB] knob to find the reverb that
tones good to you.
Important
Function
Follow these steps to select a tone:
1. Use the tone buttons to select the category of the tone you want to
play.
2. Turn the dial to select the tone.
When you play the keys, you can hear the tone that is displayed on
the screen.
Operation
Selecting a Tone
Effect
“Effect” is a function that adds various effects to alter the tone.
Listening to the tone—[PREVIEW] button
The [PREVIEW] button is useful when you select a tone.
Press and hold the [PREVIEW] button to hear a phrase played using the tone that is displayed on the screen.
When you release the button, the phrase stops.
Phrases are provided for each category of tone.
Term
Tip
=120
JUNO-Di_e.book 25 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
26
Playing Jazz Electric Piano
This section explains how to select the electric piano tone for playing jazzy phrases.
You can change the mood of your playing by changing the effects added to the tone.
Playing Jazz Electric Piano
Press the [PIANO] Button.
Press the [ ] cursor button.
The electric piano tone is selected.
Use the dial to select “046: Stage Phazer.”
Play the sample score.
Selecting a Tone
Playing
[PIANO] Button
Dial
[SHIFT] Button
Cursor Buttons
1
2
3
JUNO-Di_e.book 26 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
27
Playing Jazz Electric Piano
Jazz EP
When you select the “Stage Phazer” effect, a phasing effect is applied to the sound.
In this section, you turn on the “Tremolo” effect while you play.
Hold down the [SHIFT] button and press the [PIANO] button.
The “MFX” screen is displayed.
In the “MFX” screen, you can set the effect that you add to the
currently selected tone.
You can also use the [MENU] button to display the “MFX”
screen. For more information, see page “Editing the Effects
(MFX/Chorus/Reverb) (Effect Edit)” (p. 61).
Use the dial to select “17: TREMOLO.”
“Tremolo” is selected for the effect type.
Play the sample score.
Experiment with the different moods different effects can add to
your playing.
Adding an Effect
1
Switch the effect on/off
Effect type
Detailed settings of the effect type
Memo
2
3
Tremolo/Phaser
“Tremolo” vibrates the volume to add its unique effect to the tone. With “Phaser,” the tone swells.
Both of these effects were often used on some legendary electric pianos in the 70s.
Term
=120
JUNO-Di_e.book 27 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
28
Playing Rock Organ
This section explains how to play rock organ with the classic seventies rock tone.
Here, we will select the organ tone and add the “Rotary” effect.
Use the Pitch Bend/Modulation lever on the left of the keyboard to make the tone vary while you play.
Playing Rock Organ
Press the [KEYBOARD/ORGAN] button.
The “001: HardRockORG1” sound is selected.
˚
Play the sample score.
Selecting a Tone
Playing
[KEYBOARD/ORGAN] Button
Dial
Pitch Bend/
Modulation Lever
1
JUNO-Di_e.book 28 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
29
Playing Rock Organ
Rock Organ
Rotary Effect + Modulation Lever
When you play with the “Rotary” effect, you can tilt the Modulation lever forward to change the effect’s speed.
At the “ ” mark in the sample score, press the Hold Pedal (see page 24) and tilt the lever forward with
your left hand.
When you move the lever, the swelling speed of the tone changes. When you return the lever, the swell
also returns.
Using the Pitch Bend/Modulation lever with your left hand, you can add effects to the tone while playing
with your right hand.
When you’re playing a tone that uses “Rotary” or “VK Rotary” as the effect (MFX), the speed of
the rotary effect will be switched each time you tilt the modulation lever. For details on effect
settings, refer to p. 61.
Pitch Bend/Modulation Lever
When you play with another tone that does not have the rotary effect, the
Pitch Bend/Modulation lever has the following effects:
While you play the keyboard, you can tilt the lever to the left to lower the
pitch, and to the right to raise the pitch. This is called the “Pitch Bend Effect.”
You can also tilt the lever forward to add a vibrato effect to the tone. This is
called the “Modulation Effect.”
By tilting and holding the lever forward and to the left or right at the same
time, you can attain both effects together.
Important
Function
Memo
Pitch Bend Effect
Modulation Effect
Important
Function
Rotary/Rotary Speaker
The “Rotary” effect reproduces the effect of rotary speakers, which tend to be used with organs. Rotary
speakers were often used in 60s jazz and 70s hard rock.
Term
=104
JUNO-Di_e.book 29 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
30
Playing Pops
This section explains how to play pops with a variety of tones.
By using the “Dual” function, you can layer two different tones together.
For this example, we’ll layer Piano and Strings.
Playing Pops
Press the [PIANO] button.
Use the dial to select “001: 88StageGrand.”
The piano tone is selected.
Press the [DUAL] button to switch the light on.
Dual is turned on.
Press the [ORCHESTRA] button.
Use the dial to select “0c010: X Hall Str.”
The strings tone is selected.
When you play the keyboard, the Piano and Strings sound at the
same time.
Selecting a Tone
Turning on Dual
[DUAL] Button
[PIANO] Button
[ORCHESTRA] Button
1
2
1
2
Performance name
Name of the tone to overlay
Name of the tone you
select first
3
JUNO-Di_e.book 30 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
31
Playing Pops
Piano/String Dual
˚
Play the sample score.
You can also follow the steps described in pages 34–35 to play back the Pops rhythm pattern. In this
case, select “002: Pop 2” as the rhythm pattern group.
Turning off Dual
Press the [DUAL] button to switch the light off.
The Dual function switches off.
Layering Different Tones—[DUAL] Button
With the “Dual” function, you layer two different tones together.
After selecting a tone that you want to play, press the [DUAL] button and choose a second tone to layer
over the top.
When you press the [DUAL] button once, it is lit that Dual is turned on.
When you press the [DUAL] button again, the light turns off to show that the Dual is turned off.
Playing
1
Important
Function
Playing with multiple tones—[PERFORM (Performance)] button
When you turn on functions that enable you to play with multiple tones, for example, Dual, Split (see page 33),
and Super Layer (see page 41), the [PERFORM] button is lit.
When you change the settings (i.e. the tone you use) of Dual, Split, or Super Layer, you can use numbers 501
to 564 on the [PERFORM] button to save the settings (see page 52).
The [PERFORM] button also has some presets for playing with multiple tones. (A collection of settings that
specify how a multiple number of tones are to be played is known as a “Performance.”)
When you press the [PERFORM] button, the name of the performance is displayed at the top of the screen.
Tip
=110
JUNO-Di_e.book 31 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
32
Playing R&B
This section explains how to play R&B, using the “Split” function to play bass with your left hand and piano with your
right hand.
If desired, you can use the “Octave Shift” function to lower the right-hand tone by an octave.
JUNO-Di’s “Rhythm Pattern” function enables you to easily play rhythm patterns such as drums.
Use rhythm patterns to enjoy playing like in a jam session.
Playing R&B
Press the [PIANO] button.
Use the dial to select “063: EP Trem 1.“
The electric piano tone is selected.
Press the [SPLIT] button to switch the light on.
The Split is turned on.
Press the [GUITAR/BASS] button.
Use the dial to select “Gt056: Finger Bs 1.”
The bass tone is selected.
You can divide the keyboard at the key shown in the illustration
below to play with a different tone for each hand.
The tone for the left hand is called “LOWER,” while the tone for the
right hand is called “UPPER.”
Selecting a Tone
Turning on Split
[SPLIT] Button
[PIANO] Button
[GUITAR/BASS] Button
1
2
1
2
Performance name
UPPER tone name
LOWER tone name
3
UPPERLOWER
Split Point (C4)
JUNO-Di_e.book 32 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
33
Playing R&B
R&B Split
Play the sample score.
Playing with a Different Tone for Each Hand—[SPLIT] Button
The “Split” function enables you to play with a different tone for each hand.
After selecting a tone for the right hand, press the [SPLIT] button to divide the keyboard into two sections.
Next, select a tone for the left hand.
When you press the [SPLIT] button once, it lit to show that Split is turned on.
When you press the [SPLIT] button again, the light turns off to show that Split is turned off.
Playing
Important
Function
When you are using the Split function, follow these steps to change the split point:
1. When the [SPLIT] button is lit, hold down the [SPLIT] button and press the key where you want to
set the split point.
The pressed key becomes the split point.
The UPPER section starts from the split point.
2. When you have finished making settings, press the [EXIT] button.
Operation
Changing the point where the keyboard is divided (the split point)
=92
JUNO-Di_e.book 33 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
34
Playing R&B
Lower the pitch of the Upper tone, which you play with your right hand, by an octave.
Press the [
] button to move the cursor to the number of
the upper tone.
The Upper tone is selected.
Press the OCTAVE [DOWN] button.
The UPPER pitch is shifted down one octave.
Changing the Pitch in One Octave Steps—OCTAVE [DOWN]/[UP] Buttons
You can change the pitch in steps of one octave. This is called the “Octave Shift” function.
If you are playing a low part such as a bass line with your right hand, you will find it easier if you shift the
keyboard down one or two octaves.
Use the OCTAVE [DOWN] or [UP] buttons to adjust the Octave Shift.
Press the [DOWN] button to shift the pitch of the currently selected tone down an octave, or press the
[UP] button to shift it up at an octave.
You can shift the pitch as much as three octaves down (-3) or three octaves up (+3).
For further information about the octave shift function, see “Octave Shift Settings” (p. 67).
Press the [RHYTHM PATTERN] button. The button is lit.
The Rhythm Pattern is turned on and the “RHYTHM PATTERN” screen is
displayed.
Use the dial to select “017: R&B.”
Shifting the Right Hand down One Octave
Playing Rhythm Patterns
Dial
[RHYTHM PATTERN] Button
OCTAVE [DOWN]/[UP] Buttons
[PLAY/STOP] Button
1
2
Important
Function
Memo
1
2
JUNO-Di_e.book 34 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
35
Playing R&B
R&B Split
Press the [PLAY/STOP] button.
The R&B rhythm pattern is played back.
Try playing the sample score along with the rhythm pattern.
Press the [PLAY/STOP] button to stop the rhythm pattern.
Turning off each function
If you press the [SPLIT] button and the button’s light goes out, the Split function is switched off.
If you press the OCTAVE [DOWN] and [UP] buttons together, the value of the Octave Shift is reset to “0”
and the pitch of the keyboard is restored.
If you press the [RHYTHM PATTERN] button and the button’s goes out, the Rhythm Pattern is turned off.
Playing Rhythm Patterns—[RHYTHM PATTERN] Button
The JUNO-Di contains many rhythm patterns for a wide variety of musical styles.
Some rhythm patterns are simple ones with only a few tones, while others are more extravagant, with
many tones. You can use a more extravagant pattern for a refrain part, change patterns between different
verses, or simply jam along to the groove.
For further information about the Rhythm Pattern function, see “Playing Rhythm Patterns ([RHYTHM
PATTERN] Button)” (p. 74).
3
4
Important
Function
Memo
Follow the steps below to change the rhythm pattern’s style:
1. Press the [RHYTHM PATTERN] button. The button is lit.
2. Use the dial to select a rhythm pattern group.
The rhythm pattern changes.
For a list of rhythm pattern groups, see “Rhythm Pattern Group
List” (p. 124).
Operation
Switching rhythm styles (rhythm pattern group)
Memo
=92
JUNO-Di_e.book 35 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
36
Playing Bossa Nova
This section explains how to play a Bossa Nova pattern using just your left hand. Use the JUNO-Di’s “Chord Memory”
function to play complex chords with a single key. You also use the “Arpeggio” function, which allows you to create
arpeggios simply by playing chords.
Playing Bossa Nova
Press the [GUITAR/BASS] button.
Use the dial to select “009: Bright Nylon.”
The guitar tone is selected.
Press the [CHORD MEMORY] button. The button is lit.
The Chord Memory function switches on.
The “CHORD MEMORY” screen is displayed.
Use the dial to select “005: Jazz 3” for the chord set.
A chord is assigned to each key. Play the C (Do) key. This single key
will play the CM9 chord C-E-G-B-D (do-mi-so-ti-re.)
Press the [ARPEGGIO] button. The button is lit.
The Arpeggio function switches on.
Selecting a Tone
Turning on the Chord Memory Function
Turning on the Arpeggio Function
[CHORD MEMORY] Button [GUITAR/BASS] Button
[ARPEGGIO] Button
Dial
1
2
1
Chord set name
Detailed settings for Chord Memory
(p. 69)
2
1
JUNO-Di_e.book 36 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
37
Playing Bossa Nova
Ac. Guitar (Bossa Nova)
˚
The “ARPEGGIO” screen is displayed.
Use the dial to select “123: Key Bckng1(a)” as the arpeggio
style.
˚
Try playing the sample score.
Turn on the Chord Memory and Arpeggio functions and play the staff labeled “PLAY” on the sample
score. You can use simple fingerings to play the “CM/ARP” staff.
You can also follow the steps described in pages 34–35 to play back the Bossa Nova rhythm pattern.
In this case, select “015: Bossa” as the rhythm pattern group.
Turning off each function
If you press the [CHORD MEMORY] button and the button’s light goes out, the Chord Memory
function is switched off.
If you press the [ARPEGGIO] button and the button’s goes out, the Arpeggio function is turned off.
Playing a Chord with a Single Key—[CHORD MEMORY] Button
With the “Chord Memory” function, you can press a single key to play a chord that you have set in advance.
Press the [CHORD MEMORY] button. The button is lit and Chord Memory turns on.
To turn off Chord Memory, press the [CHORD MEMORY] button again. The button’s light switches off.
For more detailed information about Chord Memory function settings, see “Chord Memory
Settings” (p. 69).
Playing Arpeggios—[ARPEGGIO] Button
When you press the [APPEGGIO] button once, it is lit to show that Arpeggio is turned on.
“Arpeggio” is a playing style where you play the individual notes of a chord separately. If you use JUNO-Di’s
Arpeggio function, you just have to play the chords to play arpeggios according to their component notes.
For more detailed information about Arpeggio function settings, see “Arpeggio Settings” (p. 67).
Playing
Arpeggio style name
Detailed setting for Arpeggio (p. 67)
2
Important
Function
Memo
Important
Function
Memo
=102
JUNO-Di_e.book 37 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
38
Playing Techno Sounds
This section explains how to select a tone that was a standard in the Techno boom of the early 80s and use knobs to
adjust the tone in real time. You can use the JUNO-Di’s Arpeggio function and the D Beam controller to give the tone
more of a techno feel.
Playing Techno Sounds
Press the [SYNTH] button.
Use the dial to select “188: BPF Saw.”
˚
Press the [ARPEGGIO] button. The button is lit.
The Arpeggio function switches on and the “ARPEGGIO” screen is displayed.
Use the dial to select “116: Sliced 9 (a)” as the arpeggio style.
The JUNO-Di’s keyboard is not wide enough to play the staff labeled “Play” on the sample score.
So in this section, you use the “Octave Shift” function to shift the key range down an octave and play
the keys an octave higher than the pitches shown on the sample score.
Press the OCTAVE [DOWN] button.
The keyboard’s range is lowered by one octave.
Selecting a Tone
Turning on the Arpeggio Function
Shifting the Keyboard Down an Octave
D Beam Controller
[SYNTH] Button
[CUTOFF] Knob
[RESONANCE] Knob
[SOLO SYNTH] Button [ARPEGGIO] Button
Dial
1
2
1
2
1
JUNO-Di_e.book 38 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
39
Playing Techno Sounds
Techno Arp
Play the sample score.
Turn on the Arpeggio function and play the staff labeled “Play” on the sample score.
Play the keys at an octave higher than the pitches shown on the sample score. This allows you to play
the “Arp Rhy” staff.
Turning off each function
If you press the [ARPEGGIO] button and the button’s light goes out, the Arpeggio is switched off.
If you press the OCTAVE [DOWN] and [UP] buttons together, the value of the Octave Shift is reset to
“0” and the pitch of the keyboard is restored.
Varying the Tone—[CUTOFF]/[RESONANCE] Knobs
Both of these knobs are used for adjusting the elements of the tones
to change them.
Turning the [CUTOFF] knob to the right makes the tone brighter,
while turning it to the left makes it darker.
Turning the [RESONANCE] knob to the right strengthens the tone’s
distinctive character, while turning it to the left reduces it.
For further information about the SOUND MODIFY, see “Using the Knobs to Modify the
Sound (SOUND MODIFY)” (p. 65).
Varying the Tone—D Beam Controller/[SOLO SYNTH] Button
The D Beam controller is at the upper left of the keyboard. You can use this
controller by simply holding your hand over it as shown in the illustration.
You can use the three buttons below the D Beam controller to select the
controller’s function. In this case, use the [SOLO SYNTH] button.
Press the [SOLO SYNTH] button. The button is lit. Move your hand up and
down above the D Beam controller to control the pitch of the tone.
This enables you to play the sounds like those produced by monophonic
synthesizers.
For further information about the D Beam controller, see “Using
the D Beam Controller to Modify the Sound” (p. 63).
Playing
Important
Function
Memo
Important
Function
Memo
=126
JUNO-Di_e.book 39 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
40
Playing Drums
The JUNO-Di contains many Rhythm Sets that can be assigned to each key, with a wide variety of percussion tones
and sound effects. By selecting a rhythm set, you can use the keyboard to play drums.
Selecting a Rhythm Set
The “001: Pop Kit 1” rhythm set is selected.
˚
Play the sample score.
Start with just “B. Drum” and “S. Drum” at first, and then add “Hi-Hat” as you learn to play.
Drum Kit
To find out which percussion instrument sound is assigned to which key, see the “Rhythm Set List” (p.
117).
Selecting a Rhythm Set
Playing
[RHYTHM] Button
B. Drum Hi-Hat
S. Drum Crush Cymbal
1
Memo
=112
JUNO-Di_e.book 40 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
41
Playing Synthesizer Sounds
This section explains how to play the “Synth Lead” tone, which is the most common among many synthesizer tones.
Use the “Super Layer” function to make the synth tone thicker.
Playing Synthesizer Sounds
Press the [SYNTH] button.
Use the dial to select “013: Saw Lead 4.”
˚
Press the [SUPER LAYER] button to switch the light on.
The Super Layer function is turned on.
Turning off the Super Layer
Press the [SUPER LAYER] button to switch the light off.
The Super Layer function is turned off.
Thickening a Single Tone—[SUPER LAYER] Button
You can overlay a single tone several times, slightly shifting the pitches
of each layer. This is called “detuning.”
Using the “Super Layer” function, you can easily set the detuning and
the number of times you overlay the tone (number of parts), to create
more spacious or thicker tones.
Press the [SUPER LAYER] button. The button is lit and the Super Layer
function is turned on.
To turn off Super Layer, press the [SUPER LAYER] button again. The light switches off.
You can connect a microphone (sold separately) to the JUNO-Di to sing along while you play.
Selecting a Tone
Turning on the Super Layer Function
Dial[SUPER LAYER] Button
[SYNTH] Button
1
2
1
1
Performance name
Tone name
Number of parts
How the pitches are shifted
Important
Function
JUNO-Di_e.book 41 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
42
Singing Along While You Play
You can connect a microphone (sold separately) to the JUNO-Di to sing along while you play.
In this section, there is no sample score. Instead, try the functions described below with your favorite score.
With the JUNO-Di, you can control the microphone volume or echo. You can also use the “Vocoder” effect to change
the characteristics of your voice.
By using the “Transpose” function, you can adjust the pitch of the keyboard to that of your voice.
Singing Along While You Play
Dial Cursor Buttons[PIANO] Button
[VOCAL/PAD] Button
[SHIFT] Button
Select an effect with the “Vocoder” and add it to your voice through the microphone.
1. Press the [VOCAL/PAD] button.
2. Use the dial to select “036: VOCODER Ens.”
3.
Say something into the microphone while playing the keyboard.
The vocoder effect is added onto your voice. The key you play determines the pitch.
If you only play the keyboard the effect does not work. This is because the vocoder
is only effective for the voice through the microphone.
Even if you are selecting a tone other than “036: VOCODER Ens”, you
can select the “79: VOCODER” effect to apply the vocoder effect to the
tone.
For more about connecting a microphone, refer to “Connecting a Microphone” (p. 19).
Operation
Using the vocoder
Memo
Memo
Vocoder
The “Vocoder” adds effects to a human voice. If you run your voice through the vocoder, you can give it a
toneless, robotic tone.
Term
JUNO-Di_e.book 42 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
43
Singing Along While You Play
Using a Microphone—MIC IN [VOLUME] Knob/[REVERB] Button
If you want to adjust the volume of the voice through the micro-
phone connected to the JUNO-Di, use the MIC IN [VOLUME] knob.
When you turn on the MIC IN [REVERB] button, a reverb effect is
added to the voice through the microphone. This effect is like the
echo when you sing karaoke.
You can adjust how much reverb is added to the micro-
phone. For more information about using the microphone, see “Making Settings that are
Common to the Entire JUNO-Di (SYSTEM)” on “Rev Level (Reverb Level)” (p. 76).
Select an effect with the “Vocoder” and add it to your voice through the microphone.
1. Press the [VOCAL/PAD] button.
2. Use the dial to select “036: VOCODER Ens.”
3.
Hold down the [SHIFT] button, and press the [PIANO] button.
The “MFX” screen is displayed.
“79:VOCODER” is selected as the effect type.
4. Use the [ ] button to select the item that you want to set.
5. Use the dial to change the setting.
Operation
Changing vocoder settings
Item Value Description
Mic Sens 0 – 127
Adjusts the gain on the microphone
The higher you set this value, the higher the gain will be.
If you set the value too high, the tone through the microphone may be distorted.
Synth Level 0 – 127
Adjusts the input volume of the tone you select on the JUNO-Di
The higher you set this value, the louder the tone you play will be.
You will need to adjust the balance between this tone and the voice through the
microphone.
Mic Mix 0 – 127
Adjusts the balance between the voice without the vocoder effect and the voice
with the effect
The higher you set this value, the greater the tone without the vocoder effect will
be.
Level 0 – 127
Adjusts the volume of the voice with the vocoder effect
The higher you set this value, the greater the voice with the vocoder effect will be.
Important
Function
Memo
JUNO-Di_e.book 43 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
44
Singing Along While You Play
Shifting the Key Range in Semitone Steps—[TRANSPOSE] Button
By using the “Transpose” function, you can easily adjust the pitch of the keyboard to that of your voice.
The Transpose function allows you to shift the key range in semitone steps.
This function is useful not only for adjusting the pitch of the keyboard to the human voice, but also for
playing transposing instruments, such as trumpet or clarinet, according to the pitch written in musical
scores.
[TRANSPOSE] Button
[-] [+] Buttons
Important
Function
1. Hold down the [TRANSPOSE] button, and press the [-] or [+] buttons.
Set how far you want to transpose in semitone steps from G (-5 semitones) to F# (+6
semitones).
When you press this button, the value of the setting is displayed at the top of the
screen. The screen is restored a short time after you release the button.
If a value other than “C” is set, the [TRANSPOSE] button is lit.
To reset the value to “C,” hold down the [TRANSPOSE] button and press [-] and [+]
simultaneously.
Operation
Transposing
JUNO-Di_e.book 44 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
45
Playing Live
When you are playing live, you need to quickly select tones and settings. For this, you can use the useful “Favorite”
function to register tones and keyboard settings to the buttons in the order in which you plan to play live.
This section also explains how to play back audio data using the JUNO-Di’s “Song Player” function.
And lastly, you can try playing a piece that makes effective use of all the functions that were introduced.
Playing Live
You can register frequently used tones or settings that have multiple tones, such as Split and Dual,
to the ten buttons [0] to [9]. This enables you to switch to those tones or settings immediately, at the
touch of a button.
Here, let’s register in the favorites all the tones that will be used in the piece that appears on page 50,
in the order in which they’ll be used.
Select a performance or a tone to register.
With the [PERFORM] button, select “007: JUNO Di Lead.”
Hold down the FAVORITE [ON/OFF] button and press the [0]
button.
The selected performance is now registered to FAVORITE 0.
Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to assign the tones to Favorites 1 and 2 as
shown in the table.
˚
Press the FAVORITE [ON/OFF] button. The button is lit.
Now you can press one of the buttons [1] to [9] to switch to a
Favorite.
Use buttons [1] to [9] to select Favorites.
The registered tones or settings are selected.
Registering Frequently Used Tones
Invoking Registered Tones
FAVORITE [ON/OFF] Button
FAVORITE 0–9
1
2
FAVORITE
Tone
Button
Tone No.
007:
JUNO Di Lead
Pf051:
VelSpdWurly
007:
JUNO Di Lead
[PERFORM]
[PIANO]
[PERFORM]
012
3
1
2
JUNO-Di_e.book 45 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
46
Playing Live
Registering and Switching to Frequently Used Tones or Settings
—FAVORITE [ON/OFF] Button/[BANK] Button
The “Favorite” function enables you to switch to those tones or settings immediately, at the touch of a
button.
Use the ten [0] to [9] buttons to register tones or switch to tones.
To switch to a tone in Favorites, the FAVORITE [ON/OFF] button must be turned on.
When you register a tone in Favorites, the FAVORITE [ON/OFF] button may be off.
The ten Favorites, 0 to 9 comprise a Set. You
can assign up to ten Sets.
A Set with Favorites 0 to 9 is registered to a
“BANK.”
To assign keyboard settings, such as tones or split to Favorites, you must first save them.
For more information about saving, see “Saving Your Settings —[WRITE] Button” (p. 52).
You can confirm or delete the Favorites you have assigned. For more information,
see “Favorite Settings” (p. 69).
FAVORITE [ON/OFF] Button
FAVORITE [BANK] Button
[MENU] Button
[ENTER] Button
[EXIT] Button
Cursor ButtonsDial
Important
Function
0
:
9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
:
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
FAVORITE No.
BANK No.
Memo
When you play live, it is useful to assign a different bank to each song and configure it with tones or other setting.
Favorite Banks can be changed even when the FAVORITE [ON/OFF] button is off.
1. Press the FAVORITE [BANK] button. The button is lit.
The button from [0] to [9] that corresponds to the currently selected Bank flashes.
]
2. Press one of the buttons [0] to [9].
The Bank corresponding to the button you pressed will be selected.
Operation
Switching Favorite Banks
JUNO-Di_e.book 46 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
47
Playing Live
After you have assigned the tones that you want to use in Favorites, you can set the pedal so you can
use it to switch the Favorites. This way, you can switch between Favorites without taking your hands
from the keyboard.
For further information about connecting the pedal (sold separately), see “Connecting Pedal” (p. 19).
Press the [MENU] button.
The menu screen is displayed.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to select “SYSTEM”, and press the
[ENTER] button.
The system setting screen (p. 75) is displayed.
Use the cursor [
] [ ] buttons to select “HOLD PEDAL”
at the top of the screen.
This is the pedal settings screen.
Use the dial to select “FAV-UP” (Favorite Up).
You have now set the pedal so the Favorites will switch each time
you press the pedal.
Press the [EXIT] button.
This saves the setting.
Using your computer, copy onto your USB memory key the audio data from the supplied CD-ROM
that you’ll be using in your performance.
From the “Audio Files” folder of the supplied CD-ROM, copy
the audio data “JUNO-Di_Song_Backing.wav” to your USB
memory device.
Assigning Functions to the Pedal
Saving Audio Data to a USB Memory Device
Memo
1
2
3
4
5
USB Memory
JUNO-Di_Song_
Backing.wav
1
JUNO-Di_e.book 47 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
48
Playing Live
You can use JUNO-Di’s “Song Player” function to play back a song from your audio data.
Plug the USB memory into the USB MEMORY Connector.
Press the [SONG LIST] button. The button is lit.
The song list screen is displayed.
Use the dial to move the cursor to the song
(JUNO_Di_Song_Backing.wav) you want to play back.
Press the [PLAY/STOP] button.
The selected song is played back.
To stop song playback, press the [PLAY/STOP] button again.
The next time you press the [PLAY/STOP] button, the song resumes
from the point where you stopped.
Playing Back Songs with the Song Player
[NUMERIC] Button
[SONG LIST] ButtonEXT INPUT Jack
[PLAY/STOP] Button
USB MEMORY Connector
USB MEMORY
1
2
Playlist name
Song name
3
4
5
JUNO-Di_e.book 48 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
49
Playing Live
˚
Press the [PLAY/STOP] button to play back the song, and play the staff labeled “Lead” on the sample
score.
When you press the pedal at the “ ” mark, the Favorites will switch, changing the tone of the key-
board.
Experiment with some variations, such as changing the tones for the Favorites or using the
Split function to play the staff that is shown in gray on the sample score.
Playing Back a Song—[SONG LIST] Button
The JUNO-Di’s “Song Player” function enables you to play back songs (audio files/SMF) saved on a USB
memory device.
Songs are played back in the order specified in the “Playlist.” When you play back more than one song,
you can use the “Playlist” function to create a list of the songs in the order in which you want to play them
back.
The list of the songs specified in the Playlist is called the “Song List.”
To select the songs, connect a USB memory device to the JUNO-Di and press the [SONG LIST] button.
For further information about the Song Player, see “Song Player Settings” (p. 71).
A “Playlist” can be created using the “Playlist Editor” included with the JUNO-Di.
Playing
Important
Function
Memo
Memo
Selecting tones by numbers—[NUMERIC] button
If you turn on the [NUMERIC] button, you can enter numeric values with the buttons [0] to [9].
This enables you to specify and select frequently used tones using numbers.
1. Press one of the tone buttons.
2. Press the [NUMERIC] button. The button is lit.
3. Using the buttons [0] – [9], specify a number.
4. Press the [ENTER] button to fix the number.
The tone for the specified number is selected.
Connecting portable audio players and playing back
You can connect an audio device such as an MP3 player to the JUNO-Di’s EXT INPUT jack to play back music
from the device.
Tip
Tip
JUNO-Di_e.book 49 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
50
Playing Live
Juno-Di Song
Change Favorite
Change Favorite
JUNO-Di_e.book 50 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
51
Playing Live
fig.score–09-2.eps_90
JUNO-Di_e.book 51 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
52
Saving Your Settings
—[WRITE] Button
If you select the Split to change the settings of tones or octaves, or if you change the effect for a
selected tone, when you turn the power off or select another tone, the changed settings are lost.
If you want to preserve the changes, save the settings.
Saved tones or settings are saved in the User Memory, with numbers starting from 501.
If you change settings such as tones, their names, or their settings, an asterisk (*) appears next to
them on the screen. When you save the setting, the asterisk disappears.
For more information about saving, see page “Saving Your Settings” (p. 62).
Make the settings that you want.
Press the [WRITE] button.
The “WRITE” screen is displayed.
Use the dial to select the number for saving the setting.
Use the [ ] button to move the cursor (_) to the bottom of
the display.
Name the setting.
For information about naming conventions, see page 58.
When you finish naming, press the [ENTER] or [WRITE] button.
A confirmation message is displayed.
Press the [ENTER] button to save the setting.
If you change your mind and don’t want to save the setting, press the [EXIT] button.
NEVER turn the power off while you are saving settings.
To quickly jump to settings saved in memory number 501 or greater, press the tone button and
then the [ ] button several times.
Memo
1
2
The number where to save
Name
3
4
5
6
7
Memo
JUNO-Di_e.book 52 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
53
Reference
JUNO-Di_e.book 53 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
54
Overview
Broadly speaking, the JUNO-Di consists of a controller section, a sound
generator section, and a song player section.
fig.BasicStruct-e.eps
Controller section
This section consists of a keyboard, pitch bend/modulation lever, the
panel buttons and knobs, D Beam controller, and pedals connected to
the rear panel. The performance information generated when you press/
release a key or press a hold pedal are transmitted as MIDI messages to
the sound generator section and/or an external MIDI device.
Sound generator section
This section produces the sound. It receives MIDI messages from the
controller section, song player section, or an external MIDI device,
generates musical sound according to the MIDI messages that were
received, and outputs the sound from the OUTPUT jacks and PHONES
jack.
Song Player section
The Song Player is used to play back audio files or SMF saved in USB
memory.
It can also play rhythm patterns in a variety of styles.
You can play along on the keyboard accompanied by the song or rhythm
pattern played by the Song Player.
When using the JUNO-Di’s Song Player to play songs, you can
create a “playlist” to specify the order in which songs will play.
To create playlists, you need to use the included “Playlist
Editor.” For details, refer to “Using JUNO-Di Editor/Librarian/
Playlist Editor” (p. 85).
Broadly speaking, there are two ways to play the JUNO-Di. One way is to
play using just a single tone (e.g., the sound of a piano or guitar). The other
way is to play more than one tone simultaneously; for example, by playing
a bass tone with your left hand and a piano tone with your right hand.
Playing a single tone
Use the [RHYTHM]–[SYNTH] tone buttons to select the sound you want to
play.
The sounds are assigned to the tone buttons by category, and there are
further sub-categories beneath each tone button. For example, the
[PIANO] button lets you select both piano sounds and electronic piano
sounds, while the [GUITAR/BASS] button lets you select guitar sounds
and bass sounds. To select a sub-category, press the desired tone button
and then use the [
] [ ] buttons. If user tones have been saved, you
can also use the [
] button to select user tones.
The [RHYTHM] button lets you select rhythm sets that allow you to play
percussion instrument sounds from the keyboard.
You can edit the effect settings and other settings of a tone, and save
your changes for each sound.
Tones you’ve edited can be saved as “user tones” in memory numbers
501 through 628.
Playing more than one tone
To select settings that allow you to play multiple tones, turn the
[PERFORM] button on (lit).
Of the settings that allow you to play multiple tones, the “Split,” “Dual,”
and “Super Layer” settings (explained below) can be turned on using the
[SPLIT] button, [DUAL] button, and [SUPER LAYER] button, respectively.
Use the [PERFORM] button when you want to play multiple tones other
than these.
If you’ve edited the settings or created new settings, you can save them
as “user performances” in memory numbers 501 through 564.
If you saved user performances, you can select them by pressing the
[PERFORM] button and then pressing the [
] button.
Playing different tones with your right and left hands
(Split)
The “Split” function can be used when you want to play different tones
with your right and left hands. For example, you might use this to play a
piano tone with your right hand while playing a bass tone with your left
hand.
First, select the tone that you want to use for your right hand. Then press
the [SPLIT] button; the keyboard will be divided into right-hand and left-
hand zones, allowing you to select and play the tone for your left hand.
The key at which the keyboard is divided into right-hand and left-hand
zones is called the “split point.” You can change and save the split point if
desired.
For more about the Split function, refer to p. 33.
How the JUNO-Di is Organized
Controller Section
(controllers such as keyboard, pitch bend/modulation lever, etc.)
Sound Generator
Section
Playback
Song Player Section
Play
Rhythm Pattern
Song Player
Keyboard Settings for Playing
the JUNO-Di
JUNO-Di_e.book 54 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
55
Overview
Playing two layered sounds (Dual)
Use the “Dual” function when you want to play two tones layered. For
example, you might use this to play a piano tone layered with a strings
tone.
Select one of the tones you want to use, and then press the [DUAL]
button. Now you’ll hear two tones, and you can select and play the other
tone that you want to layer with the first.
For more about the Dual function, refer to p. 31.
Playing a single tone with more richness or
spaciousness (Super Layer)
“Super layer” lets you layer a single tone with multiple detuned copies of
itself, creating a thick and spacious sensation. This is particularly effective
on synth lead sounds.
To use the Super Layer function, select the tone that you want to use, and
then press the [SUPER LAYER] button.
For more about the Super Layer function, refer to p. 41.
Sometimes, “tones” are referred to as “patches.” So, the
indication “Patch” in a screen can be considered to mean
“tone.” In the included “JUNO-Di Editor,” all settings related to
tones are displayed as “Patch” settings.
By using the included “JUNO-Di Editor” software you can edit
the tones and performances in greater detail than possible
from the JUNO-Di’s front panel. For details, refer to the “JUNO-
Di Editor” Help (owner’s manual). Tones and performances you
create using “JUNO-Di Editor” can be played on the JUNO-Di.
Favorites
“Favorites” store settings for frequently used tones and performances,
allowing you to recall them by simply pressing a button.
Favorites store the number of the tone or performance.
After editing a tone or performance, you can store it in user memory and
then register it as a favorite.
For further information, see p. 45, p. 46.
A rhythm set is a set of percussion instrument sounds or sound effects.
When you press the [RHYTHM] sound button a rhythm set will be
selected, allowing you to play percussion instrument sounds from the
keyboard.
If you’ve selected a rhythm set, each key (note number) will play a
different percussion instrument sound.
The same key will play different sounds if you select a different rhythm
set.
For details on the percussion instrument sounds played by each key, refer
to the “Rhythm Set List” (p. 116).
The JUNO-Di has built-in effect units, and you can independently edit
each unit’s settings.
Multi-effects
The multi-effects are multi-purpose effects that completely change the
sound type by changing the sound itself.
Contained are 79 different effects types; select and use the type that suits
your aims.
In addition to single effects such as distortion or flanger, a broad range of
other effect types are provided. Some multi-effect types include chorus
or reverb, but these are independent of the chorus and reverb effects
described below.
You can use up to three different multi-effects simultaneously. They are
labeled MFX1, MFX2, and MFX3, respectively. For one tone you can use
one multi-effect.
If you want to use MFX3, make settings from the included
“JUNO-Di Editor.”
Chorus and reverb
For one tone you can use one chorus effect and one reverb effect.
Chorus adds depth and spaciousness to the sound.
You can select whether to use this as a chorus effect or a delay effect.
Reverb adds the reverberation characteristics of halls or auditoriums.
Five different types are offered, so you can select and use the type that
suits your purpose.
You can make chorus and reverb settings independently for when
playing a tone by itself and for when using that tone with the Split, Dual,
or Super Layer functions (when the [PERFORM] button is lit).
This means that even for the same tone, you can make and use different
settings when using that tone with the Split, Dual, and Super Layer
functions.
Rhythm Sets
About the Effects
JUNO-Di_e.book 55 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
56
Overview
Tones and other settings are stored in what is referred to as memory.
There are three kind of memory: temporary, rewritable, and non-
rewritable.
fig.Memory-Flow-e.eps
“Performance” refers to settings that let you play more than
one tone at once, such as Split, Dual, or Super Layer settings.
Temporary memory
Temporary area
This is the area that holds the data for the tone or performance that
you’ve selected using the panel buttons.
When you play the JUNO-Di, sound is produced based on data in the
temporary area. When you edit a tone or performance, you do not
directly modify the data in memory; rather, you call up the data into the
temporary area, and edit it there.
Settings in the temporary area will be lost when the power is turned off
or when you select another tone/performance. To keep the settings you
have modified, you must write them into user memory.
Rewritable memory
User memory
User memory is where you normally store the data you need.
To store a tone, rhythm set, or performance setting, you must execute the
corresponding save operation (P. 62).
Favorites you’ve registered are also saved in user memory.
System memory
System memory stores system parameter settings that determine how
the JUNO-Di functions.
System settings are saved automatically when you exit the system setting
screen.
“MIDI controller mode settings” and “the tones that are selected first by
each tone button” are also saved in system memory.
USB memory
The following settings can be backed up together to USB memory.
User tones (rhythm sets)
User performances
Favorites
MIDI controller mode settings
System settings
The tones that are selected first by each tone button
Non-rewritable memory
Preset memory
Data in Preset memory cannot be rewritten.
However, you can call up settings from preset memory into the
temporary area, modify them and then store the modified data in
rewritable memory.
About Memory
Preset
User
System
Rhythm Set
Patch
Performance
Favorites
USB Memory
User
System
Patch
Performance
Rhythm Set
BackupRestore
GM (GM2)
Patch
Rhythm Set
JUNO-Di
Song
SMF
Audio File
Select
Select Select Select Write
Temporary Area
JUNO-Di_e.book 56 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
57
Overview
fig.shift.eps
By holding down the [SHIFT] button and pressing another button, you
can access the screen for making settings related to that button. (In other
words, the [SHIFT] button provides a shortcut to the corresponding
screen.)
For example, if you hold down the [SHIFT] button and press the [PIANO]
button, the MFX setting screen will appear.
For details, refer to the page where a particular function is explained.
For details, refer to “Shortcut List” (p. 131).
Moving the cursor
Each single screen displays multiple items.
To change the setting of an item, move the cursor to that item.
Also, to select an item, move the cursor to that item.
fig.disp-Cursor-e.eps_70
Move the cursor with the cursor buttons.
Moving between pages
If an arrow like the one in the illustration is shown in the left or right of
the screen, this means that another page exists in the direction of the
arrow.
fig.disp-Page-e.eps
Use the [
] [ ] cursor buttons to move between pages.
Changing a value
To change the value, use the dial.
fig.dial.eps
Turning the dial clockwise increases the value, counterclockwise
decreases the value.
The value will change in larger steps if you hold down the [SHIFT] button
while turning the dial.
If you turn the [NUMERIC] button on, you’ll be able to use the [RHYTHM
(0)]–[PERFORM (9)] buttons to enter numeric values.
fig.numeric.eps
You can use this method to numerically specify tone numbers,
performance numbers, or MIDI program change numbers.
1.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to move the cursor to the
number that you want to change.
2.
Press the [NUMERIC] button, so it’s lit.
The [0]–[9] buttons will light.
3.
Use the [0]–[9] buttons to enter a numerical value, and
then press the [ENTER] button.
Your input will be finalized, and the illumination of the [0]–[9]
buttons will return to their previous state.
If you press the [NUMERIC] button once again without pressing the
[ENTER] button, the [0]–[9] buttons will return to their previous state
without the number being changed.
If you’ve pressed the [NUMERIC] button and are entering a
numeric value, pressing the [EXIT] button will reset the value
you were entering.
Basic Operation of the JUNO-Di
The [SHIFT] Button’s Function
Editing a Value
Cursor
Entering a Value ([NUMERIC] Button)
JUNO-Di_e.book 57 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
58
Overview
On the JUNO-Di, you can assign names to each tone, rhythm set,
performance. The procedure is the same for any type of data.
fig.disp-Name.eps_70
1.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to move the cursor to the
location where you wish to input a character.
2.
Turn the dial to specify the character.
Available Characters/Symbols
space, A–Z, a–z, 0–9, ! ” # $ % & ’ ( ) * + , - . / : ; < = > ? @ [ \ ] ^ _ ` { | }
The tempo setting is common to the entire JUNO-Di.
The following functions use this setting as their tempo.
Rhythm patterns
Arpeggio
Song (SMF) playback
1.
Press the [TAP TEMPO] button.
The tempo setting is shown in the top line of the screen.
fig.disp-tempo.eps_70
2.
Press the [TAP TEMPO] button three or more times at the
desired tempo.
The tempo will be set to the interval at which you pressed the
button.
3.
When you have made the setting, press the [EXIT]
button.
When the tempo setting is displayed, you can use the dial to
directly change the tempo setting.
The tempo setting you’ve changed as described above will be
discarded when you turn off the power. If you want the tempo
setting to be retained even while the power is turned off, use
the System setting “System Tempo” (p. 75) to specify it.
If you set the system setting “Sync Mode” (p. 76) to “SLAVE,”
the tempo value will be shown as “MIDI”; the tempo will be
determined by MIDI clock messages from an external MIDI
device.
The screen in which the upper line indicates the name of the tone or
setting (performance name) is called the “main screen.”
Normally, pressing the [EXIT] button a number of times will take you to
the main screen.
The main screen for settings that play a single sound
The top line shows the name of the sound.
This screen will be shown immediately after you turn on the power.
The main screen for settings that play multiple sounds
The top line shows the name of the setting (performance name).
Assigning a Name
Changing the Tempo
Main Screen
The “*” indication in the main screen
When you edit the sound or performance settings (e.g., when you
change the lower sound of a split), an “*” will appear in the main
screen.
For settings that play a single sound, an “*” will be added to the
sound name in the main screen when you edit the sound’s
settings (Patch Edit; p. 59 or Rhythm Edit; p. 60).
For settings that play multiple sounds, an “*” will be added to the
performance name in the main screen when you switch the sounds
you’re playing or when you edit the settings (Part Edit; p. 60).
For settings that play multiple sounds, an “*” will be added to the
sound name in the main screen when you edit the sound settings
(Patch Edit; p. 59, Rhythm Edit; p. 60).
When you save the sound or settings (performance) indicated by
the “*” to user memory, the “*” will disappear from the main screen.
Settings you’ve edited will be lost when you turn off the
power or select another sound. If you want to keep the
changes you made, save them to user memory.
For more information about saving, see “Saving Your
Settings” (p. 62).
JUNO-Di_e.book 58 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
59
Detailed Tone Settings
The process of modifying a tone’s settings is called “patch editing (PATCH
EDIT).”
To edit the currently selected tone, proceed as follows.
1.
Press the [MENU] button.
The “MENU” screen will appear.
2.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to select “EDIT,” and press
the [ENTER] button.
3.
Using the [ ] [ ] buttons, get “PATCH EDIT” to be
indicated in the upper line of the screen.
fig.disp-ptachedit.eps
_70
You can access the edit screen of step 3 by holding down the
[SHIFT] button and pressing the [RHYTHM] button.
If you’re using split or dual, the part name is shown in the upper line
of the screen.
For split
U
: Upper (UPPER) part
L
: Lower (LOWER) part
For dual
1
: Part 1
2
: Part 2
4.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to move the cursor to the
item that you want to edit.
5.
Use the dial to set the desired value.
6.
Press the [EXIT] button to leave the edit screen.
The changes you make are temporary; they will be discarded
when you turn off the power or select a different tone. If you
want to keep the changes you make, you must write them into
memory (p. 62).
When you use Patch Edit to modify the settings, an “*” will
appear next to the tone name in the main screen. The “*” will
disappear when you save that tone (p. 62).
Tone Settings
Editing a Tone’s Volume, Portamento,
Mono/Poly, or Bend Range (Patch Edit)
Item
Value Description
Patch Level
0–127
Specifies the volume of the tone.
Portamento
Sw
OFF, ON
Specifies whether the portamento effect
will be applied (ON) or not (OFF).
* Portamento is an effect which smoothly
changes the pitch from the first-played
key to the next-played key. By applying
portamento when the Mono/Poly is
“MONO,” you can simulate slide
performance techniques on a violin or
similar instrument.
Portamento
Time
0–127
When portamento is used, this specifies
the time over which the pitch will change.
Higher settings will cause the pitch
change to the next note to take more
time.
Mono/Poly
MONO,
POLY
Specifies whether the patch will play
polyphonically (POLY) or monophonically
(MONO).
The “MONO” setting is effective when
playing a solo instrument patch such as
sax or flute.
MONO
: Only the last-played note will
sound.
POLY
: Two or more notes can be played
simultaneously.
Bend Range
Up
0–+48
Specifies the degree of pitch change in
semitones when the pitch bend lever is all
the way right.
For example, if this parameter is set to
“+12,” the pitch will rise one octave when
the pitch bend lever is moved to the right-
most position.
Bend Range
Down
0–-48
Specifies the degree of pitch change in
semitones when the pitch bend lever is all
the way left.
For example if this is set to “-48” and you
move the pitch bend lever all the way to
the left, the pitch will fall 4 octaves.
JUNO-Di_e.book 59 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
60
Detailed Tone Settings
The process of modifying a rhythm set’s (p. 55) settings is called “rhythm
editing (RHYTHM EDIT).”
To edit the currently selected rhythm set, proceed as follows.
1.
Press the [MENU] button.
The “MENU” screen will appear.
2.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to select “EDIT,” and press
the [ENTER] button.
3.
Using the [
] [ ] buttons, get “RHYTHM EDIT” to be
indicated in the upper line of the screen.
fig.disp-rhyedit.eps_70
You can access the edit screen of step 3 by holding down the
[SHIFT] button and pressing the [RHYTHM] button.
If you’re using split or dual, the part name is shown in the upper line
of the screen.
For split
U
: Upper (UPPER) part
L
: Lower (LOWER) part
For dual
1
: Part 1
2
: Part 2
4.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to move the cursor to the
item that you want to edit.
5.
Use the dial to set the desired value.
6.
Press the [EXIT] button to leave the edit screen.
The changes you make are temporary; they will be discarded
when you turn off the power or select a different tone. If you
want to keep the changes you make, you must write them into
memory (p. 62).
When you use Rhythm Edit to modify the settings, an “*” will
appear next to the tone name in the main screen. The “*” will
disappear when you save that tone (p. 62).
When using settings that play more than one tone at a time (i.e., when
the [PERFORM] button is lit), “part editing (PART EDIT)” is the process of
modifying the settings of each part to which the tones are assigned.
1.
Press the [MENU] button.
The “MENU” screen will appear.
2.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to select “EDIT,” and press
the [ENTER] button.
3.
Using the [
] [ ] buttons, get “PART EDIT” to be
indicated in the upper line of the screen.
fig.disp-rhyedit.eps_70
(Example screen: Split)
You can access the edit screen of step 3 by holding down the
[SHIFT] button and pressing the [PERFORM] button.
4.
Use the [ ] [ ] buttons to move the cursor to the
item that you want to edit.
5.
Use the dial to set the desired value.
In the case of Super Layer, only Part 1 will be shown, and the
overall volume balance will be adjusted.
6.
Press the [EXIT] button to leave the edit screen.
The changes you make are temporary; they will be discarded
when you turn off the power or select a different tone. If you
want to keep the changes you make, you must write them into
memory (p. 62).
When you use Part Edit to modify the settings, an “*” will
appear next to the tone name or performance name. This “*”
will disappear when you save that tone or performance (p. 62).
If you’re using settings that play more than one tone at a time
(i.e., when the [PERFORM] button is lit) and Split, Dual, and
Super Layer are all turned off, you’ll be able to select Part 3–
Part 16 in step 4. (E.g., when you press the [PERFORM] button
and select “64: GM2 Template.”)
Editing a Rhythm Set’s Volume (Rhythm Edit)
Item
Value Description
Rhythm Level
0–127 Specifies the volume of the rhythm set.
Editing the Volume of Each Part in a Split,
Dual, or Super Layer (Part Edit)
Item
Value Description
Part 1 (Upper)
Level
0–127
Adjusts the volume of Part 1.
When using Split, this adjusts the Upper
volume.
Part 2 (Lower)
Level
0–127
Adjusts the volume of Part 2.
When using Split, this adjusts the Lower
volume.
JUNO-Di_e.book 60 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
61
Detailed Tone Settings
The process of modifying the effect settings is called “effect editing.”
You can make effect settings independently for when playing a tone by
itself and for when using Split, Dual, or Super Layer (when the [PERFORM]
button is lit).
When playing a single tone
You can use multi-effect (MFX), chorus, and reverb for each tone.
When playing more than one tone
For each setting, you can use a maximum of three multi-effects (MFX1,
MFX2, MFX3), one chorus, and one reverb. For Split or Dual, you can use
two multi-effects (MFX1, MFX2).
The details are as follows.
For Super Layer
MFX1 applied to all parts.
For Split
MFX1 applied to upper, MFX2 applied to lower.
For Dual
MFX1 applied to part 1, MFX2 applied to part 2.
Otherwise
You can use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to edit MFX1–3.
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” if you want to make detailed
settings for the MFX used by each part.
1.
Press the [MENU] button.
The “MENU” screen will appear.
2.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to select “EDIT,” and press
the [ENTER] button.
3.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to make the desired effect
appear in the upper line of the screen.
The available effects will depend on the current selection.
When only one tone is selected
“MFX,” “CHORUS,” “REVERB”
When using Super Layer
“MFX1,” “CHORUS,” “REVERB”
When using Split or Dual
“MFX1,” “MFX2,” “CHORUS,” “REVERB”
Otherwise
“MFX1,” “MFX2,” “MFX2,” “CHORUS,” “REVERB”
fig.disp-mfxedit.eps_70
You can access the edit screen of step 3 by holding down the
[SHIFT] button and pressing the [PIANO] button.
4.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to move the cursor to the
item that you want to edit.
5.
Use the dial to set the desired value.
6.
Press the [EXIT] button to leave the edit screen.
Editing the Effects (MFX/Chorus/
Reverb) (Effect Edit)
MFX1–3
Item Value Description
MFX 1–3
switch
OFF, ON
Specifies whether MFX 1–3 will be used
(ON) or not used (OFF).
* This setting is common to the entire
JUNO-Di.
* This setting cannot be saved.
00: THRU–79:
VOCODER
(MFX Type)
00–79
Selects the types of multi-effects that
MFX1–3 will use.
Choose “00: THRU” if you don’t want to
apply a multi-effect.
Items for each
MFX type
The editable items for the selected MFX type will be
displayed.
Refer to “Multi-Effects Parameters (MFX1–3, MFX)” (p.
93).
Cho Send
Level
0–127
Adjusts the amount of chorus for the
sound that passes through multi-effects.
If you don’t want to add the chorus effect,
set it to “0.”
Rev Send
Level
0–127
Adjusts the amount of reverb for the
sound that passes through multi-effects.
If you don’t want to add the reverb effect,
set it to “0.”
CHORUS
Item Value Description
Chorus switch
OFF, ON
Specifies whether chorus will be used
(ON) or not used (OFF).
* This setting is common to the entire
JUNO-Di.
* This setting cannot be saved.
00: OFF–03:
GM2 CHORUS
(Chorus Type)
00–03
Selects the types of chorus.
Choose “00: OFF” if you don’t want to
apply a chorus.
Items for each
chorus type
Edit the parameters for the selected chorus type.
Refer to “Chorus Parameters” (p. 104).
REVERB
Item Value Description
Reverb switch
OFF, ON
Specifies whether reverb will be used (ON)
or not used (OFF).
* This setting is common to the entire
JUNO-Di.
* This setting cannot be saved.
00: OFF–05:
GM2 REVERB
(Reverb Type)
00–05
Selects the types of reverb.
Choose “00: OFF” if you don’t want to
apply a reverb.
Items for each
reverb type
Edit the parameters for the selected reverb type.
Refer to “Reverb Parameters” (p. 104).
JUNO-Di_e.book 61 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
62
Detailed Tone Settings
The changes you make are temporary; they will be discarded
when you turn off the power or select a different tone. If you
want to keep the changes you make, you must write them into
memory.
When you use Effect Edit to modify the settings, an “*” will
appear next to the tone name or performance name. This “*”
will disappear when you save that tone or performance.
When you use settings that play multiple tones, the “MFX
SOURCE” setting determines whether the effect settings will be
taken from the performance or from the patch (tone). You’ll
need to use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to view or change
this setting.
You can specify the tone that will be first selected when you press a tone
button immediately after turning on the power.
1.
Select the tone that you want to specify.
2.
Hold down the [WRITE] button and press the tone button
that’s currently lit.
The next time you turn on the power, pressing that tone button will
select the tone you selected in step 1.
You can’t specify a tone button of a different category than the
one you selected in step 1.
You can recall the sound you switched here by pressing the
tone button twice in succession.
If you’ve edited the settings, remember that your changes will be lost
when you turn off the power or select a different sound. If you want to
keep the changes you made, you must save them.
Settings you save are stored in user memory, starting with number 501.
When you edit a tone or performance settings, an “*” will
appear next to the tone name or performance name in the
screen. This “*” will disappear when you save the settings.
When you save settings, the data that was previously in that
location will be overwritten.
1.
Select the tone or performance that you want to save.
If you’re using settings that play more than one tone (i.e., when the
[PERFORM] button is lit), the data that’s saved will depend on the
location of the cursor.
For example if you’re using split, the Performance (settings that
choose the tones to play) will be saved if the cursor is in the upper
line of the screen. If the cursor is in the middle line of the screen, the
Upper tone will be saved. In this case, the “PATCH WRITE” screen will
indicate “U.” If the cursor is in the bottom line of the screen, the
Lower tone will be saved.
2.
Press the [WRITE] button.
The “WRITE” screen will appear.
If you’re saving a tone, the “PATCH WRITE” screen will appear.
If you’re saving a rhythm set, the “RHYTHM SET WRITE” screen or
“RHYTHM WRITE” screen will appear.
If you’re saving a performance (settings for playing multiple tones),
the “PERFORM WRITE” screen will appear.
3.
Use the dial to select the save-destination number.
4.
Press the [
] button to move the cursor to the bottom
line of the screen.
5.
Assign a name.
For details on how to assign a name, refer to p. 58.
6.
When you’ve finished assigning a name, press the
[ENTER] button or the [WRITE] button.
A confirmation message will appear.
7.
Press the [ENTER] button to save your settings.
If you decide not to save, press the [EXIT] button.
Never turn off the power while data is being saved.
Specifying the Tone that will be
First Selected by a Tone Button
Saving Your Settings
JUNO-Di_e.book 62 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
63
Detailed Settings for Performance Functions
The D Beam controller can be used simply by waving your hand over it. It
can be used to apply various effects, depending on the function that is
assigned to it.
1.
Press either the D BEAM [SOLO SYNTH], [EXPRESSION], or
[ASSIGNABLE] button to turn on the D Beam controller.
2.
While you play the keyboard to produce sound, place
your hand above the D Beam controller and move it
slowly up and down.
An effect will be applied to the sound, depending on the function
that is assigned to the D Beam controller.
3.
To turn off the D Beam controller, once again press the
button you pressed in step 1 so the indicator goes out.
1.
Press one of the D BEAM [SOLO SYNTH], [EXPRESSION],
or [ASSIGNABLE] button so it’s lit.
The edit screen for the button you pressed will appear.
By holding down the [SHIFT] button and pressing one of the D
BEAM buttons, you can access the edit screen without
changing the D Beam controller’s on/off setting.
“SOLO SYNTH” screen
fig.disp-solosynth.eps_70
“EXPRESSION” screen
fig.disp-express.eps_70
“ASSIGNABLE” screen
fig.disp-assign.eps_70
2.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to move the cursor to the
item that you want to edit.
Using the D Beam Controller to
Modify the Sound
Button
Description
[SOLO SYNTH]
You can use the D Beam controller to play the JUNO-Di
like a monophonic synthesizer.
[EXPRESSION]
This button lets you use the D Beam controller to create
expressive changes in the volume.
[ASSIGNABLE]
You can assign various functions to be controlled by
the D Beam controller.
The usable range of the D Beam controller
fig.DBeamRange.eps
The diagram shows the usable range of the
D Beam controller. Waving your hand
outside this range will produce no effect.
When the D Beam controller is responding
to your movement, the D BEAM button
that had been lit will blink.
The usable range of the D Beam
controller will become extremely small when used under
strong direct sunlight. If it does not function as you
expect, adjust the sensitivity as appropriate for the
brightness of your location.
“Making Settings that are Common to the Entire
JUNO-Di (SYSTEM)” on “DBEAM SETTINGS” (p. 76)
D Beam Controller Settings
JUNO-Di_e.book 63 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
64
Detailed Settings for Performance Functions
3.
Use the dial to set the desired value.
* The target affected by the function assigned by “Type” will depend on the settings of JUNO-Di.
If you’re playing a single sound, the effect will apply to the currently selected sound.
If you’re playing multiple sounds (i.e., when the [PERFORM] button is lit), the effect will apply as follows.
In Dual or Super Layer mode: all parts
In Split, or otherwise: the currently selected part
4.
Press the [EXIT] button to leave the edit screen.
SOLO SYNTH
Item Value Description
Level
0–127 Sets the volume of the Solo Synth.
Range
2OCT, 4OCT, 8OCT
Sets the Solo Synth to a pitch range of 2 octaves, 4 octaves, or 8 octaves.
EXPRESSION
Item Value Description
Range Min
0–127
Lower limit of the range of the Expression.
The effect will be applied when the position of your hand above the D Beam
controller is lower than this value.
Range Max
0–127
Upper limit of the range of the Expression.
The effect will be applied when the position of your hand above the D Beam
controller is above this value.
* By setting “Range Max” below “Range Min” you can invert the range of change.
ASSIGNABLE
Item Value Description
Type
MODULATION,
PORTA-TIME,
VOLUME,
PAN,
PORTAMENTO,
SOSTENUTO,
RESONANCE,
RELEASE-TIME,
ATTACK-TIME,
CUTOFF,
DECAY-TIME,
VIB-RATE,
VIB-DEPTH,
VIB-DELAY,
CHORUS-SEND,
REVERB-SEND,
AFTERTOUCH,
BEND-UP,
BEND-DOWN,
START/STOP
The D Beam controller can control the following functions.
The number in parentheses ( ) is the controller number of the control change message produced by the D Beam controller
when the corresponding function is assigned.
* The target of the following functions will depend on the current settings. For details, refer to the note that follows the table.
MODULATION (CC01):
Vibrato
PORTA-TIME (CC05):
Portamento time (p. 59)
VOLUME (CC07):
Level
PAN (CC10):
Pan (left/right position of the tone)
PORTAMENTO (CC65):
Portamento switch (p. 59)
SOSTENUTO (CC66):
The sound will be sustained only for keys that were already pressed.
RESONANCE (CC71):
Resonance (p. 66)
RELEASE-TIME (CC72):
Release time (p. 65)
ATTACK-TIME (CC73):
Attack time (p. 65)
CUTOFF (CC74):
Cutoff (p. 66)
DECAY-TIME (CC75):
Decay time (p. 65)
VIB-RATE (CC76):
Vibrato speed
VIB-DEPTH (CC77):
Vibrato depth
VIB-DELAY (CC78):
Vibrato delay time
CHORUS-SEND (CC93):
The amount of the chorus
REVERB-SEND (CC91):
The amount of the reverb
AFTERTOUCH:
Channel aftertouch
BEND-UP:
The pitch will rise when you bring your hand closer to the D Beam controller. The amount of available pitch
change is determined by the value set for “Bend Range Up” (p. 59).
BEND-DOWN:
The pitch will fall when you bring your hand closer to the D Beam controller.The amount of available pitch
change is determined by the value set for “Bend Range Down” (p. 59).
START/STOP:
By moving your hand over the D Beam you can start/stop the Song Player (p. 72) or Rhythm Pattern (p. 74).
Range Min
0–127
Lower limit of the range of the D Beam controller.
The effect will be applied when the position of your hand above the D Beam controller is lower than this value.
Range Max
0–127
Upper limit of the range of the D Beam controller.
The effect will be applied when the position of your hand above the D Beam controller is above this value.
* By setting “Range Max” below “Range Min” you can invert the range of change.
Range Min
Range Max
JUNO-Di_e.book 64 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
65
Detailed Settings for Performance Functions
You can use the SOUND MODIFY knobs to modify the sound in real time.
fig.soundmodify.eps
If you’ve selected a rhythm set when playing a single sound at
a time (i.e., if the [PERFORM] button is unlit), the ENVELOPE
[ATTACK] and [RELEASE] knobs and the [CUTOFF] and
[RESONANCE] knobs will apply to each individual key.
When you turn one of these knobs, the currently selected key
will be indicated (e.g., C4).
To change the key to which the effect is to be applied, press a
key and specify a new key name.
The values modified by each SOUND MODIFY knob will
depend on the JUNO-Di’s settings. For details, refer to the table
for each explanation.
If you’re using settings that play more than one tone at a time
(i.e., if the [PERFORM] button is lit), the target affected by these
modifications will depend on the current settings.
For dual or super layer
All parts
For split, or in other cases
The currently selected part
For some sounds, the knobs may not have an effect.
Modifying how the volume changes
(ENVELOPE [ATTACK]/[RELEASE] knobs)
The “envelope” is the shape of the volume changes from when an
instrument begins sounding until it decays to silence. On a keyboard
instrument, the envelope specifies the way that the volume changes,
starting when you press a key, and how it decays after you release the
key.
fig.envelope-e.eps
A: Attack time:
Time from when you press the key until the sound
reaches its maximum level
D: Decay time:
Time over which the level decays from the maximum
to the sustain level.
S: Sustain level:
Volume at which the sound will be sustained while
you hold down the key
R: Release time:
Time over which the sound decays after you release
the key
On the JUNO-Di, you can use the two ENVELOPE knobs to adjust the A
(Attack) and R (Release) times of the currently selected tone.
Items indicated by an “*” in the table are displayed in the
included “JUNO-Di Editor.”
Using the Knobs to Modify the
Sound (SOUND MODIFY)
[ATTACK] knob
Adjusts the time from when you press the
key until the sound reaches the maximum
level.
Turning the knob toward the right will
lengthen the attack time, and turning it
toward the left will shorten the attack time.
What is affected by the change
(JUNO-Di setting)
Item Value
Each part
([PERFORM] button lit)
ATK OFFSET *
(Attack Time Offset)
-64–+63
Tone
([PERFORM] button extinguished)
ATTACK TIME OFFSET * -63–+63
Rhythm Set
([PERFORM] button extinguished)
AMP ENV T1* 0–127
[RELEASE] knob
Adjusts the time from when you release the
key until the sound is no longer heard.
Turning the knob toward the right will
lengthen the release time, and turning it
toward the left will shorten the release
time.
What is affected by the change
(JUNO-Di setting)
Item Value
Each part
([PERFORM] button lit)
REL TIME OFFSET *
(Release Time Offset)
-64–+63
Tone
([PERFORM] button extinguished)
RELEASE TIME OFFSET *
-63–+63
Rhythm Set
([PERFORM] button extinguished)
AMP ENV T4 * 0–127
Volume
Note-on Note-off
Time
Sound Ends
AD
S
R
A: Attack time
D: Decay time
S: Sustain level
R: Release time
JUNO-Di_e.book 65 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
66
Detailed Settings for Performance Functions
Modifying the tonal character
([CUTOFF]/[RESONANCE] knobs)
You can use these knobs to adjust the filter that cuts or boosts specific
frequency regions of the sound.
These affect the following parameters of the currently selected tone.
Items indicated by an “*” in the table are displayed in the
included “JUNO-Di Editor.”
Adding Reverberation ([REVERB] Knob)
You can add reverb (reverberation) to the sounds that you play from the
keyboard.
By adding reverb, you can recreate the pleasant acoustics that are typical
of a performance in a concert hall or similar space.
The effect will be applied when “Reverb Switch” is turned “ON”
in the effect edit screen. Refer to “Editing the Effects (MFX/
Chorus/Reverb) (Effect Edit)” (p. 61).
For more about the Split function, refer to “Playing with a
Different Tone for Each Hand—[SPLIT] Button” (p. 33).
When using Split keyboard mode, you can change the split point (the
location at which the keyboard is divided).
To change the split point, you can either specify the split point key (p. 33)
or use the following shortcut.
1.
With the [SPLIT] button lit, hold down the [SHIFT] button
and press the [SPLIT] button.
The current setting will appear.
fig.disp-splitpoint.eps
2.
Use the dial to specify the desired split point.
Range:
C#2–C7
The split point is the lowest key of the Upper part.
3.
When you have made the setting, press the [EXIT]
button.
When using settings that allow you to play a single tone (i.e., when the
[PERFORM] button is unlit), here’s how you can make the currently
selected tone the Lower tone of the split.
* Normally, when you press the [SPLIT] button to turn Split on, the
currently selected tone will be assigned as the Upper tone.
1.
Hold down the [
] button and press the [SPLIT] button
so it’s lit.
Split will turn on, and the currently selected tone will be the Lower
tone.
When Split or Dual (p. 31) are on, here’s how to exchange the two
selected tones.
With the cursor located at the tone number for upper (U) or
part 1 (1) hold down the [SHIFT] button and press the [
]
button.
With the cursor located at the tone number for lower (L) or
part 2 (2), hold down the [SHIFT] button and press the [
]
button.
[CUTOFF] knob
Adjusts the frequency (cutoff frequency) at
which the filter begins to be applied.
Turning the knob toward the right will
brighten the sound, and turning it toward
the left will darken the sound.
What is affected by the change
(JUNO-Di setting)
Item Value
Each part
([PERFORM] button lit)
COF OFFSET *
(Cutoff Offset)
-64–+63
Tone
([PERFORM] button extinguished)
CUTOFF OFFSET * -63–+63
Rhythm Set
([PERFORM] button extinguished)
UTOFF * 0–127
[RESONANCE] knob
Boosts the sound in the vicinity of the
cutoff frequency, adding a distinctive
character to the sound.
Turning the knob toward the right will
strengthen this character, and turning the
knob toward the left will weaken it.
What is affected by the change
(JUNO-Di setting)
Item Value
Each part
([PERFORM] button lit)
RES OFFSET *
(Resonance Offset)
-64–+63
Tone
([PERFORM] button extinguished)
RES OFFSET *
(Resonance Offset)
-63–+63
Rhythm Set
([PERFORM] button extinguished)
RES *
(Resonance)
0–127
[REVERB] knob
Adjusts the amount of reverb.
Turning the knob toward the right will deepen
the reverb, and turning it toward the left will
decrease the reverb.
Item
Value
Reverb Level
0–127
Split Settings
Changing the Split Point
Making the Selected Tone the Lower Tone
of a Split
Exchanging the Two Tones in Split/Dual Mode
JUNO-Di_e.book 66 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
67
Detailed Settings for Performance Functions
“Octave Shift” is a setting that lets you change the pitch of the keyboard
in steps of an octave.
1.
Press the OCTAVE [DOWN] or [UP] button.
Pressing the [DOWN] button will lower the pitch of the currently
selected tone by one octave; pressing the [UP] button will raise it by
one octave.
You can change the pitch in a range of 3 octaves down (-3) to 3
octaves up (+3).
If this setting is other than “0”, OCTAVE [DOWN] or [UP] button will
light.
You can reset this setting to “0” by pressing OCTAVE [DOWN] and
[UP] buttons simultaneously.
What’s affected by the Octave Shift setting will depend on the current
settings.
When playing a single Tone
The octave of the selected tone will change. The setting cannot be saved.
When playing multiple Tones
The current settings will determine what is affected by Octave Shift.
For Dual or Super Layer
The octave of all parts will change.
You can save the Octave setting of each part by saving the performance
settings (Performance).
For Split or otherwise
The octave of the currently selected tone (part) will change.
You can set this independently for each part.
You can save the Octave setting of each part by saving the performance
settings (Performance).
For more about the Arpeggio function, refer to “Playing
Arpeggios—[ARPEGGIO] Button” (p. 37).
The arpeggio settings cannot be saved.
1.
Press the [ARPEGGIO] button so it’s lit. Alternatively,
hold down the [SHIFT] button and press the [ARPEGGIO]
button.
The “ARPEGGIO” screen appears.
fig.disp-arpe.eps
_70
By holding down the [SHIFT] button and pressing the
[ARPEGGIO] button, you can access the “ARPEGGIO” screen
without turning the arpeggio function on/off.
2.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to move the cursor to the
item that you want to edit.
3.
Use the dial to set the desired value.
Octave Shift Settings
Arpeggio Settings
Item
Value Description
(Arpeggio
Style)
001–128
This selects the arpeggio’s basic performance
style.
Part
Part1
(Upper),
Part2
(Lower),
Part3–16
If you’re using settings that play more than one
sound at a time (i.e., if the [PERFORM] button is
lit), this selects the part (only one part) that will
be played by the arpeggio.
If a rhythm set is assigned to a part, you can play
a rhythm set along with the arpeggios.
* This item is not shown if the [SUPER LAYER]
button is on.
* The part you select here functions for both
the arpeggio and the chord memory
functions.
Arpeggio
Hold
ON, OFF
You can produce arpeggios even without
continuing to press the keyboard.
Grid
1/4,
1/8,
1/8L,
1/8H,
1/12,
1/16,
1/16L,
1/16H,
1/24
This sets the particular note division and
resolution in a “single grid” used in creating the
arpeggio in an Arpeggio Style, and how much
of a “shuffle” syncopation is to be to applied
(none/weak/strong) to it (grid type).
1/4
: Quarter note (one grid section = one
beat)
1/8
: Eighth note (two grid sections = one
beat)
1/8L
: Eighth note shuffle Light (two grid
sections = one beat, with a light shuffle)
1/8H
: Eighth note shuffle Heavy (two grid
sections = one beat, with a heavy shuffle)
1/12
: Eighth note triplet (three grid sections
= one beat)
1/16
: Sixteenth note (four grid sections = one
beat)
1/16L
: Sixteenth note shuffle Light (four grid
sections = one beat, with a light shuffle)
1/16H
: Sixteenth note shuffle Heavy (four
grid sections = one beat, with a heavy shuffle)
1/24
: Sixteenth note triplet (six grid sections
= one beat)
* Grid settings are shared with the rhythm
pattern.
JUNO-Di_e.book 67 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
68
Detailed Settings for Performance Functions
4.
When you have made the setting, press the [EXIT]
button.
Selecting ascending/descending variations
(Motif)
This selects the method used to play sounds (motif) when you have a
greater number of notes than programmed for the Arpeggio Style.
* When the number of keys played is less than the number of notes in
the Style, the highest-pitched of the pressed keys is played by
default.
<Example>
Action of a Style starting from the lowest note, “1-2-3-2” when the keys
C
-D-E-F-
G
” are played
When “UP (L)” is selected as the motif:
C
-D-E-D
C
-E-F-E
C
-F-G-F (
repeated)
When “UP (_)” is selected as the motif:
C-D-E-D
D-E-F-E
E-F-G-F (
repeated)
When “U/D (L&H)” is selected as the motif:
C
-D-
G
-D
C
-E-
G
-E
C
-F-
G
-F
C
-E-
G
-E (
repeated)
Duration
30–120%,
Full
This determines whether the sounds are played
staccato (short and clipped), or tenuto (fully
drawn out).
30–120
: For example, when set to “30,” the
length of the note in a grid (or when a series
of grids is connected with ties, the final grid)
is 30% of the full length of the note set in the
grid type.
Full
: Even if the linked grid is not connected
with a tie, the same note continues to sound
until the point at which the next new sound is
specified.
* Duration settings are shared with the rhythm
pattern.
Motif
(See p. 68.)
This specifies what will happen if the number of
keys pressed exceeds the number of notes
specified by the arpeggio style.
Refer to “Selecting ascending/descending
variations (Motif)” (p. 68).
Velocity
REAL, 1–127
Specifies the loudness of the notes that you
play.
REAL
: The velocity will change according to
how strongly you strike the key.
1–127
: The notes will be sounded with the
velocity you specify here, regardless of how
strongly you strike the key.
Oct Range
-3–+3
This adds an effect that shifts arpeggios one
cycle at a time in octave units (octave range).
You can set the shift range upwards or
downwards (up to three octaves up or down).
Accent
0–100
When you play arpeggios, the velocity of each
arpeggiated note is determined by the velocity
of the notes programmed within the arpeggio
style. You can adjust the amount (“spread”) of
this dynamic variation.
With a setting of “100,” the arpeggiated notes
will have the velocities that are programmed
by the arpeggio style. With a setting of “0,” all
arpeggiated notes will be sounded at a fixed
velocity.
Item
Value Description
Value Description
Up (L)
Only the lowest of the keys pressed is sounded each time,
and the notes play in order from the lowest of the pressed
keys.
Up (L&H)
Notes from both the lowest and highest pressed keys are
sounded each time, and the notes play in order from the
lowest of the pressed keys.
Up (_)
The notes play in order from the lowest of the pressed keys.
No one note is played every time.
Down (L)
Only the lowest of the keys pressed is sounded each time,
and the notes play in order from the highest of the pressed
keys.
Down (L&H)
Notes from both the lowest and highest pressed keys are
sounded each time, and the notes play in order from the
highest of the pressed keys.
Down (_)
The notes play in order from the highest of the pressed keys.
No note is played every time.
U/D (L)
Notes will be sounded from the lowest to the highest key you
press and then back down to the lowest key, with only the
lowest key sounded each time.
U/D (L&H)
Notes from both the lowest and highest pressed keys are
sounded each time, and the notes play in order from the
lowest of the pressed keys and then back again in the reverse
order.
U/D (_)
The notes play in order from the lowest of the pressed keys,
and then back again in the reverse order. No note is played
every time.
Rand (L)
Notes will be sounded randomly for the keys you press, with
only the lowest key sounded each time.
Rand (_)
Only the lowest of the keys pressed is sounded each time, the
notes you press will be sounded randomly. No note will
sound each time.
Phrase
Pressing just one key will play a phrase based on the pitch of
that key. If you press more than one key, the key you press
last will be used.
JUNO-Di_e.book 68 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
69
Detailed Settings for Performance Functions
For more about the Chord Memory function, refer to “Playing a
Chord with a Single Key—[CHORD MEMORY] Button” (p. 37).
The chord memory settings cannot be saved.
1.
Press the [CHORD MEMORY] button so it’s lit.
Alternatively, hold down the [SHIFT] button and press
the [CHORD MEMORY] button.
The “CHORD MEMORY” screen appears.
fig.disp-chordmem.eps
_70
By holding down the [SHIFT] button and pressing the [CHORD
MEMORY] button, you can access the “CHORD MEMORY”
screen without turning the Chord Memory function on/off.
2.
Use the cursor buttons to move the cursor to the item
that you want to edit.
3.
Use the dial to set the desired value.
If you’re using settings that play multiple tones (i.e., if the
[PERFORM] button is lit), the part that is played by chord
memory (only one part) is specified by the arpeggio “Part”
setting (p. 67).
For more about the Favorite function, refer to “Registering and
Switching to Frequently Used Tones or Settings —FAVORITE
[ON/OFF] Button/[BANK] Button” (p. 46).
Here’s how to view or remove the Favorites you’ve registered.
1.
Press the [MENU] button.
The “MENU” screen will appear.
2.
Use the [ ] [ ] buttons to select “FAVORITE
UTILITY,” and press the [ENTER] button.
The “FAVORITE UTILITY” screen will appear.
fig.disp-chordmem.eps
You can also access the “FAVORITE UTILITY” screen by holding
down the [SHIFT] button and pressing the FAVORITE [ON/OFF]
button.
The currently selected Favorite will be displayed.
The middle line of the screen indicates the Favorite number, and the
lower line indicates the registered content. If nothing has been
registered as a Favorite, the screen will indicate “Not registered.”
You can perform the following operations in the “FAVORITE UTILITY”
screen.
3.
Press the [EXIT] button to exit the “FAVORITE UTILITY”
screen.
Chord Memory Settings
Item
Value Description
(Chord set)
001–017
Selects the type of chord set assigned to
the C–B keys.
KEY
C–B
Changes the key of the chord.
Roll Type
UP,
DOWN,
ALT,
OFF
The notes in the chord will be sounded
sequentially rather than simultaneously.
The speed at which the notes are sounded
will depend on the force with which you
strike the keys; this lets you realistically
simulate guitar-like playing methods
simply by using the keyboard.
UP
: Notes will be sounded in order
from bottom to top.
DOWN
: Notes will be sounded in order
from top to bottom.
ALT
: The order in which the notes are
sounded will change each time you
play the keyboard.
OFF
: The notes will be sounded as a
chord.
Favorite Settings
Viewing or Removing a Favorite
Operation
Description
[ ] [ ] buttons
Change the displayed Favorite number.
[
] [ ] buttons
Change the displayed Favorite bank.
[ENTER] button
Removes the displayed Favorite.
A confirmation screen will appear; when
you press the [ENTER] button once again,
the Favorite will be removed. If you decide
not to remove it, press the [EXIT] button.
Registered content
Favorite number
JUNO-Di_e.book 69 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
70
Detailed Settings for Performance Functions
V-LINK (
) is a function that allows music and images to
be performed together. By using MIDI to connect two or more V-LINK
compatible devices, you can easily enjoy performing a wide range of
visual effects that are linked to the expressive elements of a music
performance.
For example if you use the JUNO-Di in conjunction with Edirol P-10, you’ll
be able to do the following things.
Use the JUNO-Di’s keyboard (the far-left octave) to switch images.
Use the JUNO-Di’s pitch bend lever to control the image playback
speed.
You can use the JUNO-Di’s knobs to control the brightness and hue of
the image.
As an example, we will use a setup in which the JUNO-Di is connected to
the EDIROL P-10. Use a MIDI cable to connect the JUNO-Di’s MIDI OUT
connector to the MIDI IN connector of the EDIROL P-10.
Before connecting this unit to other devices, turn off the power
to all units. This will help prevent malfunctions and/or damage
to speakers or other devices.
fig.VlinkP10.eps
1.
Press the [V-LINK] button so it’s lit.
The “V-LINK” screen appears, and the V-LINK setting will be on.
fig.disp–Vlink.eps
Operations on the JUNO-Di
By operating the JUNO-Di’s keyboard and knobs, you can control the
image along with your performance on the JUNO-Di.
2.
With the “V-LINK” screen shown, press the [V-LINK]
button again.
The [V-LINK] button will go dark, and the V-LINK setting will be off.
1.
Press the [V-LINK] button to access the “V-LINK” screen.
The “V-LINK” screen will appear.
fig.disp–Vlink.eps
2.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to move the cursor to the
parameter you want to edit.
3.
Use the dial to set the value.
The changes you make will be saved when you leave the “V-
LINK” screen.
Using the Keyboard to Control
Images ([V-LINK] Button)
What is V-LINK?
Connection Example
EDIROL P-10
MIDI OUT
MIDI IN
JUNO-Di
Turning the V-LINK ON/OFF
Button/Knob/Keyboard
Description
Keys (leftmost octave)
Switch images.
[CUTOFF] knob
Controls the hue and brightness.
[RESONANCE] knob
Controls the saturation.
[REVERB] knob
Controls the image switching time.
Pitch Bend lever
Controls the playback speed.
V-LINK Settings
Item
Value Description
Tx Channel
1–16
MIDI channel that will control the
V-LINK device.
Speed Ctrl
0-1-2, 0.5-1-2, 0-1-4,
0.5-1-4, 0-1-8, 0.5-1-8,
0-1-16, 0.5-1-16, 0-1-32,
0.5-1-32, 0-2-4, 0-4-8,
0-8-16, 0-16-32, (-1)-0-1,
(-2)-1-4, (-6)-1-8
Range of video playback speed
The three values are the playback
speeds (multiples of normal speed)
at the left, center, and right
positions of the pitch bend.
JUNO-Di_e.book 70 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
71
Song Player Settings
The JUNO-Di’s “SONG PLAYER” has the following two functions.
You can play along on the keyboard to the accompaniment of the music
played back by the song player.
Song Player
This plays back songs (audio files or SMF) saved on USB memory. You can
play back songs in an order specified by a “playlist.”
Playlist:
When playing back multiple songs on the JUNO-Di, you can
create a list to specify the order in which the songs will be
played. Use the included “Playlist Editor” software to create a
playlist.
Song list:
This refers to the list of the songs specified in the playlist.
Rhythm Pattern (p. 74)
This plays back rhythm patterns for a wide variety of musical styles.
You can’t use the song player and rhythm patterns at the same
time.
Here’s the procedure for using the JUNO-Di’s song player to play back
music files.
1.
Copy the data from your computer to USB memory.
Music files in SMF, WAV, AIFF, or MP3 formats can be played.
For details, refer to “SMF/Audio Files that can be Played”.
2.
Connect your USB memory to the JUNO-Di, and play back
the music file.
Please use USB memory sold by Roland. We cannot
guarantee operation if other products are used.
Connect your USB memory after you’ve turned the JUNO-
Di’s power on.
Never disconnect the USB memory while the power is
turned on.
Creating a playlist
On your computer, start up the included “Playlist Editor” software and
create a playlist. When you want to use the JUNO-Di to play backing
tracks (accompaniment), it’s convenient to create a playlist beforehand to
specify the order in which the tracks should be played.
For details on how to create a playlist, refer to the
“PlaylistEditorManualE.pdf” that’s installed together with “Playlist Editor.”
You’ll need to use the included “Playlist Editor” to create
playlists. You can’t create playlists on the JUNO-Di itself.
Playlist Editor can handle up to 999 songs and 999 playlists,
but the JUNO-Di can use a maximum of 399 songs and 399
playlists.
You can play back individual songs without creating a
playlist. In this case, you’ll need to place the SMF or audio
files in the root directory of your USB memory. A maximum
of 99 songs can be in the root directory.
Audio files must have a sampling frequency of 44.1 kHz in
order to play them.
Folder structure
When you use the included “Playlist Editor” to create a playlist, the
following folders and files are created.
Playlists may not be shown if you directly add/delete/modify
the song data in the PLAYLIST folder without using Playlist
Editor.
Playing Back Music Files
(SONG PLAYER)
SMF/Audio Files that can be Played
SMF
Format
0 or 1
* For SMF format 1, there are
limitations on the tracks that can be
played.
File size
Maximum of approximately 240 KB
(this will change somewhat
depending on the content of the SMF)
System exclusive
Packet size must be 512 or less
Audio files
WAV/AIFF
Sampling
frequencies
44.1 kHz
Bit depth
8/16/24-bit
MP3
Format
MPEG-1 audio layer 3
Sampling frequency
44.1 kHz
Bit rate
32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/160/
192/224/256/320 kbps,
VBR (Variable Bit Rate)
Root directory
ROLAND folder
PLAYLIST folder
JUNO-Di_e.book 71 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
72
Song Player Settings
1.
Connect the USB memory containing your playlists and
songs to the JUNO-Di.
2.
Press the [SONG LIST] button.
The button’s indicator will light, and the song list screen will appear.
fig.disp-songlist.eps_70
3.
Use the dial or the [ ] [ ] buttons to select the song
that you want to play.
4.
Press the [PLAY/STOP] button.
The selected song will play.
After selecting a song, you can press the [SONGLIST] button,
[ENTER] button, or [EXIT] button to exit the song list screen and
access the main screen. Even while the song is playing, you can
change the tone played by the keyboard, and play along with
the song using an appropriate sound.
5.
To stop song playback, press the [PLAY/STOP] button.
The next time you press the [PLAY/STOP] button, playback will
resume from the point at which you stopped.
You can use the following buttons to move the playback location.
If you switch the song to be played while you’re in a screen
other than the song list screen, it may take several seconds
until playback begins.
1.
Press the [LEVEL] button.
The indication in the upper line of the screen will change depending
on the current state of the song player.
If audio data is selected for the song player, this will indicate “AUDIO
LEVEL.”
If SMF is selected for the song player, this will indicate “SMF LEVEL.”
2.
Use the dial to adjust the volume.
The volume of the song player will change.
Value:
0–127
3.
Press the [EXIT] button to return to the previous screen.
The “AUDIO LEVEL” and “SMF LEVEL” values you adjust as
described above will be lost when you turn off the power. If
you want these settings to be retained even while the power is
off, specify them using the System settings “Audio Level” and
“SMF Level” (p. 75).
You can change the playback tempo of SMF songs.
For details on operation, refer to “Changing the Tempo” (p. 58).
Even if an audio file is selected, the tempo setting will be
displayed and the value will be modified, but the tempo of the
song will not change.
Selecting and Playing a Song
([SONG LIST] Button)
Performance data from the SMF playback will not be
transmitted from the USB COMPUTER connector.
If you’re playing an SMF, turn on the [PERFORM]
button.
If you want to play along on the keyboard while the
SMF plays, select the setting that you want to play from
the keyboard, and then start playback. Don’t switch
settings while the SMF is playing.
If you play back an SMF while editing the sound
settings, the contents of the temporary area may be
rewritten or the data you were editing may be lost. If
you want to keep the changes you’ve made, carry out
the Write procedure to save your changes before you
play back the SMF (p. 62).
You can’t perform Write procedure or use Utility
functions (p. 77) while playing a song.
Only audio files with a sampling frequency of 44.1 kHz
can be played.
The JUNO-Di can handle a maximum of 399 songs or
playlists. (The maximum number that can be handled
by Playlist Editor is 999.)
Moving the Playback Location
Button
Description
[ ]
Returns to the beginning of the song. If you press this at
the beginning of a song, you’ll move to the beginning of
the preceding song. Hold down the button to rewind
the song.
[
]
Moves to the next song. Hold down the button to fast-
forward the song.
[PLAY/STOP]
Play/stop the song.
Adjusting the Volume of the Song Player
Changing the Tempo of the Song (SMF)
JUNO-Di_e.book 72 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
73
Song Player Settings
1.
Connect the USB memory containing your playlists and
songs to the JUNO-Di.
2.
Press the [SONG LIST] button.
The button’s indicator will light, and the song list screen will appear.
3.
Press the [
] button.
The “PLAYLIST SELECT” screen will appear.
fig.disp-playlist.eps_70
4.
Use the dial or the [
] [ ] buttons to select the
playlist that you want to play, and press the [ENTER]
button.
The list of songs in the selected playlist will appear.
From the “PLAYLIST SELECT” screen, you can press the [
]
button to access the song list screen for the selected playlist.
5.
Press the [PLAY/STOP] button.
The songs in the selected playlist will play in the specified order.
6.
To stop song playback, press the [PLAY/STOP] button.
The next time you press the [PLAY/STOP] button, playback will
resume from the location at which you stopped.
If you use the [C. CANCEL/MINUS ONE] button when playing back an SMF
song, the specified part will be muted (silenced); if you use it when
playing back an audio file, the sounds located in the center will be
minimized.
This allows you to mute a specific part of a song and play it yourself, or to
minimize the vocal or melody of a song while you perform that part.
Depending on the file type of the song, you’ll be able to perform the
following operations.
1.
Press the [C. CANCEL/MINUS ONE] button so it’s lit.
When you play back the song, the specified part will be muted if the
song is an SMF. If the song is an audio file, the sounds that are
located in the center will be diminished in volume.
2.
To turn off Minus-One or Center Cancel, press the [C.
CANCEL/MINUS ONE] button so it’s extinguished.
Selecting and Playing a Playlist
Performing Along with a Song
([C. CANCEL/MINUS ONE] Button)
File type
Function Description
SMFs Minus-One
Mutes the specified part. For details on
specifying the part to be muted, refer to
“Making Settings that are Common to the
Entire JUNO-Di (SYSTEM)” on “MINUS ONE” (p.
76).
Audio
files
Center cancel
Diminishes the volume of sounds that are
located in the center (such as the vocal or the
melody instrument).
* For some songs, the vocal might not be
minimized successfully.
JUNO-Di_e.book 73 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
74
Song Player Settings
Rhythm Pattern:
A rhythm pattern is a fixed phrase played by rhythm
instruments such as drums or percussion.
The JUNO-Di contains rhythm patterns for a wide range of
styles. It’s easy to play back these rhythm patterns while you
play along on the keyboard.
Rhythm Pattern Group:
Even within rhythm patterns of the same musical style, the
JUNO-Di provides a variety ranging from sparse, minimal
patterns to flamboyant, “busy” patterns. A “rhythm pattern
group” is a set of different rhythm patterns in the same style.
“Rhythm Pattern Group List” (p. 124)
1.
Press the [RHYTHM PATTERN] button so it’s lit.
The “RHYTHM PATTERN” screen will appear.
fig.disp-RhyPat.eps_70
2.
Press the [PLAY/STOP] button.
The rhythm pattern will begin playing.
3.
Use the [1]–[6] buttons or [
] [ ]
buttons to select a rhythm pattern.
The button corresponding to the currently playing rhythm pattern
will blink.
You can also play the rhythm pattern by pressing a button
from [1] through [6] instead of pressing the [PLAY/STOP]
button in step 2.
4.
To stop the rhythm pattern, press the [PLAY/STOP]
button.
You can also stop the rhythm pattern by pressing the blinking [1]–
[6] button.
The arpeggio settings “Grid” and “Duration” (p. 67, p. 68) are
used when playing the rhythm pattern.
If you want to select a rhythm pattern of a different style, change the
rhythm pattern group.
When you change the rhythm pattern group, the rhythm patterns
assigned to the [1]–[6] buttons will also change.
The rhythm set used to play a rhythm pattern is determined by the
rhythm pattern group, but you are free to change the rhythm set if
desired.
The rhythm pattern settings cannot be saved.
1.
Press the [RHYTHM PATTERN] button so it’s lit.
The “RHYTHM PATTERN” screen will appear.
2.
Use the [
] [ ] button to move the cursor to the
middle line of the screen, and use the dial to select a
rhythm pattern group.
Value:
001–024
When you select a rhythm pattern group, the most suitable rhythm
set will be selected.
3.
Use the [
] button to move the cursor to the bottom
line of the screen, and use the dial to select a rhythm set.
Value:
Rh001–
The volume setting of the rhythm pattern cannot be saved.
1.
Press the [LEVEL] button.
The level setting is shown in the top of the screen.
fig.disp-RhyPat.eps_70
2.
Use the dial to adjust the volume.
The volume of the rhythm pattern will change.
Value:
1–127
3.
Press the [EXIT] button to return to the previous screen.
Playing Rhythm Patterns
([RHYTHM PATTERN] Button)
Playing Rhythm Patterns
Changing the Style or Rhythm Set of the
Rhythm Pattern
Adjusting the Volume of the Rhythm Pattern
JUNO-Di_e.book 74 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
75
Other Settings
“System settings” refers to settings that apply to the entire JUNO-Di, such as keyboard touch settings and MIDI settings.
1.
Press the [MENU] button.
The “MENU” screen will appear.
2.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to select “SYSTEM,” and press
the [ENTER] button.
The setting screen will appear.
fig.disp-system.eps_70
3.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to select the setting that you
want to edit.
4.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to move the cursor to the
item that you want to set.
5.
Use the dial to set the value.
6.
Press the [EXIT] button to leave the setting screen.
This saves the system settings.
Making Settings that are Common to the Entire JUNO-Di (SYSTEM)
Procedure for Making System Settings
System Parameters
Menu
Item Value Description
KEYBOARD
TOUCH
Velo Curve
(Velocity Curve)
LIGHT, MEDIUM,
HEAVY
Sets the keyboard’s touch.
LIGHT:
This sets the keyboard to a light touch. You can achieve fortissimo (ff) play with a less forceful touch than
MEDIUM setting, so the keyboard feels lighter. This setting makes it easier for children, whose hands have less strength.
MEDIUM:
This sets the keyboard to the standard touch.
HEAVY:
This sets the keyboard to a heavy touch. You have to play the keyboard more forcefully than MEDIUM setting
in order to play fortissimo (ff), so the keyboard touch feels heavier. This setting allows you to add more expression when
playing dynamically.
Velo Sens
(Velocity Sense)
-63–+63
Makes fine adjustments to the keyboard sensitivity following the “Velo Curve” selection.
Higher settings for this value will increase the velocity value that is transmitted according to your playing strength.
Velocity
REAL, 1–127
Adjusts the velocity value that will be transmitted when you play the keyboard
REAL:
Actual keyboard velocity will be transmitted.
1–127:
A fixed velocity value will be transmitted regardless of how you play.
SOUND
Master Tune
415.3–466.2 Hz
Adjusts the overall tuning of the JUNO-Di.
The display shows the frequency of the A4 note (center A).
Output Gain
-12–+12 dB
Adjusts the output gain from the JUNO-Di’s output.
When, for example, there are relatively few voices being sounded, boosting the output gain can let you attain the most
suitable output level for recording and other purposes.
System Tempo
5–300
Specifies the JUNO-Di’s tempo.
Audio Level
0–127
Specifies the volume at which audio data is played by the Song Player.
SMF Level
0–127
Specifies the volume at which SMF is played by the Song Player.
HOLD
PEDAL
Assign
MODULATION,
PORTA-TIME,
VOLUME,
PAN,
EXPRESSION,
HOLD,
PORTAMENTO,
SOSTENUTO,
RESONANCE,
RELEASE-TIME,
ATTACK-TIME,
CUTOFF,
DECAY-TIME,
The pedal connected to the HOLD PEDAL jack can control the following functions.
The number in parentheses ( ) is the controller number of the control change message produced by the pedal when the
corresponding function is assigned.
* Regarding the following functions, the effect will apply to the currently selected sound if you’re playing a single sound.
If you’re using settings that play multiple tones (i.e., if the [PERFORM] button is lit), this will apply to the tone (part) you’re
playing.
MODULATION (CC01):
Vibrato
PORTA-TIME (CC05):
Portamento time (p. 59)
VOLUME (CC07):
Level
PAN (CC10):
Pan (left/right position of the tone)
EXPRESSION (CC11):
Level
HOLD (CC64):
The sound will be sustained for keys that are played or were already held down while holding down the
pedal.
PORTAMENTO (CC65):
Portamento switch (p. 59)
SOSTENUTO (CC66):
The sound will be sustained only for keys that were already pressed when you pressed the pedal.
RESONANCE (CC71):
Resonance (p. 66)
RELEASE-TIME (CC72):
Release time (p. 65)
ATTACK-TIME (CC73):
Attack time (p. 65)
CUTOFF
(CC74):
Cutoff (p. 66)
DECAY-TIME (CC75):
Decay time (p. 65)
JUNO-Di_e.book 75 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
76
Other Settings
HOLD
PEDAL
Assign
VIB-RATE,
VIB-DEPTH,
VIB-DELAY,
CHORUS-SEND,
REVERB-SEND,
AFTERTOUCH,
START/STOP,
TAP-TEMPO,
PROG-UP,
PROG-DOWN,
FAV-UP,
FAV-DOWN
VIB-RATE (CC76):
Vibrato speed
VIB-DEPTH (CC77):
Vibrato depth
VIB-DELAY (CC78):
Vibrato delay time
CHORUS-SEND (CC93):
The amount of the chorus
REVERB-SEND (CC91):
The amount of the reverb
AFTERTOUCH:
Channel aftertouch
START/STOP:
Pressing the pedal will start/stop the Song Player (p. 72) or Rhythm Pattern (p. 74).
TAP-TEMPO:
The tempo will be set to the interval at which you press the pedal (Tap Tempo).
PROG-UP:
If you’re playing a single sound, this selects the next sound. If you’re playing multiple sounds (i.e., when the
[PERFORM] button is lit), this selects the next-numbered performance.
PROG-DOWN:
If you’re playing a single sound, this selects the previous sound. If you’re playing multiple sounds (i.e.,
when the [PERFORM] button is lit), this selects the previous-numbered performance.
FAV-UP:
The favorite of the next number or bank will be selected.
FAV-DOWN:
The favorite of the previous number or bank will be selected.
Continuous
Hold
OFF, ON
If “Assign” is set to “HOLD,” turning this “ON” allows the HOLD PEDAL jack to support half-pedaling.
When this is set to support use of half-pedaling techniques, you can then connect an optional expression pedal (DP-10,
etc.), and employ pedal work to achieve even finer control in performances in which piano tones are used.
Polarity
STANDARD,
REVERSE
Selects the polarity of the pedal connected to the HOLD PEDAL jack.
On some pedals, the electrical signal output by the pedal when it is pressed or released is the opposite of other pedals. If
your pedal has an effect opposite of what you expect, set this parameter to “REVERSE.” If you are using a Roland pedal (that
has no polarity switch), set this parameter to “STANDARD.”
MIDI
Local Switch
OFF, ON
Determines whether the internal sound generator is disconnected (OFF) from the controller section (keyboard, pitch
bend/modulation lever, knobs, buttons, D Beam controller, pedal, and so on); or not disconnected (ON).
Normally this is left “ON,” but if you wish to use the JUNO-Di’s keyboard and controllers to control only external sound
modules, set it to “OFF.”
Patch Rx/Tx Ch
1–16
Channel used to transmit and receive MIDI messages for the keyboard part. For details, refer to “Setting the Receive
Channel” (p. 82).
Tx Edit Data
OFF, ON
Specifies whether changes you make in the settings of a tone, performance will be transmitted as system exclusive
messages (ON), or will not be transmitted (OFF).
Soft Through
OFF, ON
If this is “ON,” incoming MIDI messages from the MIDI IN connector will be re-transmitted without change from the MIDI
OUT connector.
Sync Mode
MASTER, SLAVE
Specifies the synchronization message that the JUNO-Di will use for operation.
MASTER:
The JUNO-Di will be the master. Choose this setting when using the JUNO-Di by itself without synchronizing
to another device.
SLAVE:
The JUNO-Di will be the slave. Choose this setting when you want the JUNO-Di to synchronize to MIDI Clock
messages received from another MIDI device.
USB Driver
VENDER,
GENERIC
Sets the USB driver.
* This setting will take effect when you turn the power off, then on again.
MIC IN
SETTINGS
Rev Level
(Reverb Level)
0–127
Adjust the amount of reverb that is applied to the sound of the microphone.
Rev Type
(Reverb Type)
ROOM1, ROOM2,
STAGE1,
STAGE2,
HALL1, HALL2,
DELAY,
PAN-DELAY
Select the type of reverb/delay
ROOM1:
Short, high-density reflections
ROOM2:
Short, low-density reflections
STAGE1:
Greater amount of late reverberation
STAGE2:
Stronger early reflections
HALL1:
Clear-sounding reverberation
HALL2:
Rich-sounding reverberation
DELAY:
Conventional delay
PAN-DELAY:
Delay that moves the reflections between left and right
Rev Time
(Reverb Time)
0–127
Adjusts the length of the reverberation (when Rev Type is ROOM1–HALL2) or the delay time of the delay (when Rev Type
is DELAY or PAN-DELAY).
Mic Mode
ALL, VOCODER
Specifies whether the sound from the mic will be output at all times (ALL) or only if MFX (p. 61) is set to “79:VOCODER”
(VOCODER).
MINUS
ONE
Parts to Mute
Part 1–Part16,
4&5, 1&4&5,
All except 10,
All except 2&10
Specifies the parts that will be muted by Minus One (p. 73) when playing back an SMF song. Parts for which this setting is
ON will be muted.
Part 1–Part16
: The specified part 1–16 will be muted.
4&5
: Parts 4 and 5 will be muted.
1&4&5
: Parts 1, 4, and 5 will be muted.
All except 10
: Parts other than part 10 will be muted. Normally, only the drums will be heard.
All except 2&10
: Parts other than parts 2 and 10 will be muted.
DBEAM
SETTINGS
D Beam Sens
0–127
This sets the D Beam controller’s sensitivity.
Increasing this value will make the D Beam controller more responsive.
POWER
SAVE
MODE
Time
OFF, 1min, 3min,
5min, 10min,
15min, 20min,
30min, 60min
Amount of idle time that is to pass before the JUNO-Di enters power-save mode.
When the JUNO-Di enters power-save mode, it will reduce its power consumption by turning off the display backlight and
minimizing button illumination.
Menu
Item Value Description
JUNO-Di_e.book 76 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
77
Other Settings
Utility functions let you save user data to USB memory or restore data
from USB memory back to the JUNO-Di. You’ll also use these utility
functions when you want to return the JUNO-Di to its factory settings, or
initialize USB memory.
Connect your USB memory after you’ve turned the JUNO-Di’s
power on. Never disconnect the USB memory while the power
is turned on.
Use USB memory sold by Roland. We cannot guarantee correct
operation if other products are used.
When you save settings from the JUNO-Di to USB memory, the following
settings are saved.
User data for tones and performances
Favorites
MIDI Controller mode settings
The tones that are selected first by each tone button
System settings
Here’s how to save user data to USB memory. This operation is called
“Backup.”
1.
Press the [MENU] button.
The “MENU” screen will appear.
2.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to select “UTILITY,” and press
the [ENTER] button.
The “UTILITY” screen will appear.
fig.disp-uility.eps_70
3.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to select “BACKUP,” and
press the [ENTER] button.
The following screen will appear.
fig.disp-utilbackup.eps_70
4.
Press the [ENTER] button.
If you decide to cancel, press the [EXIT] button.
When the backup has been completed, you will return to the
“UTILITY” screen.
Here’s how to restore backed-up user data from USB memory into the
JUNO-Di. This operation is called “Restore.”
All user data will be rewritten when you execute the Restore
operation. If the JUNO-Di contains important data that you
want to keep, you must save it to a separate USB memory
device before you execute Restore.
1.
Press the [MENU] button.
The “MENU” screen will appear.
2.
Use the [ ] [ ] buttons to select “UTILITY,” and press
the [ENTER] button.
The “UTILITY” screen will appear.
3.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to select “RESTORE,” and
press the [ENTER] button.
The following screen will appear.
fig.disp-utilrestore.eps_70
4.
Press the [ENTER] button.
If you decide to cancel, press the [EXIT] button.
When the restore operation has been completed, the following
screen will appear.
fig.disp-restorecomp.eps
5.
Turn the power of the JUNO-Di off, then on again.
Backing Up or Initializing Data
(UTILITY)
Types of Data that can be Saved
Saving Data to USB Memory (BACKUP)
Restoring Saved Data from USB Memory
Back into the JUNO-Di (RESTORE)
JUNO-Di_e.book 77 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
78
Other Settings
You can return all of the JUNO-Di’s settings to the state they were in
when the instrument was shipped from the factory. This operation is
called “Factory Reset.”
If the JUNO-Di’s internal memory contains important data that
you’ve created, be aware that all of this user data will be lost
when you execute the factory reset operation. If you want to
keep this data, save it to USB memory before you continue.
1.
Press the [MENU] button.
The “MENU” screen will appear.
2.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to select “UTILITY,” and press
the [ENTER] button.
The “UTILITY” screen will appear.
3.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to select “FACTORY RESET,”
and press the [ENTER] button.
The following screen will appear.
fig.disp-uitlreset.eps_70
4.
Press the [ENTER] button.
If you decide to cancel, press the [EXIT] button.
When the factory reset has been completed, the following screen
will appear.
fig.disp-resetcomp.eps_70
5.
Turn the power of the JUNO-Di off, then on again.
You can initialize (format) USB memory. This operation is called “USB
Memory Format.”
If the USB memory contains important data that you’ve
created, be aware that all of this data will be lost when you
execute this operation.
1.
Press the [MENU] button.
The “MENU” screen will appear.
2.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to select “UTILITY,” and press
the [ENTER] button.
The “UTILITY” screen will appear.
3.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to select “USB MEMORY
FORMAT,” and press the [ENTER] button.
The following screen will appear.
fig.disp-utilusb.eps_70
4.
Press the [ENTER] button.
If you decide to cancel, press the [EXIT] button.
Returning to the Factory Settings
(FACTORY RESET)
Initializing USB Memory
(USB MEMORY FORMAT)
JUNO-Di_e.book 78 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
79
Other Settings
1.
Press the [MENU] button.
The “MENU” screen will appear.
2.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to select “DEMO PLAY,” and
press the [ENTER] button.
The “DEMO MENU” screen will appear.
3.
Use the dial or the [
] [ ] buttons to select a demo
song.
4.
Press the [ENTER] button or the [PLAY/STOP] button.
The selected demo song will begin playing.
If you select “ALL Songs,” the first through fourth songs will play,
and playback will stop when the fourth song has ended.
While a song is playing, you can use the [ ]
[ ] buttons to select the previous or next song.
You won’t be able to play the keyboard while the “DEMO
MENU” screen is shown or while a demo song is playing.
5.
To stop playback, press the [EXIT] button or the [PLAY/
STOP] button.
Playback will stop, and you will return to the “DEMO MENU” screen.
Press the [EXIT] button to leave the “DEMO MENU” screen.
For details about Demo Song (such as title, etc.), refer to
“Listening to the Demo Songs” (p. 21).
If USB memory is not connected and the [RHYTHM PATTERN]
button is off (not lit), you can play the demo song simply by
pressing the [PLAY/STOP] button.
Here’s how to view the version of the JUNO-Di’s software.
1.
Press the [MENU] button.
The “MENU” screen will appear.
2.
Use the [ ] [ ] buttons to select “VERSION INFO,”
and press the [ENTER] button.
The “Version Info” screen will appear, displaying the software
version.
Playing the Demo Songs
(DEMO PLAY)
Viewing the Version
(VERSION INFO)
JUNO-Di_e.book 79 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
80
Connecting an External MIDI Device
MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital Interface) is a standard specification that
allows musical data to be transferred between electronic musical
instruments and computers. If a MIDI cable is connected between devices
equipped with MIDI connectors, you’ll be able to play multiple devices
from a single MIDI keyboard, perform ensembles using multiple MIDI
instruments, program the settings to change automatically as the song
progresses, and more.
The JUNO-Di is equipped with the following two types of MIDI
connectors, each of which has the following role.
fig.midiconnector
MIDI IN Connector
This connector receives MIDI messages that are sent from an external
MIDI device. When the JUNO-Di receives MIDI messages, it can respond
by playing notes, switching sounds, etc.
MIDI OUT Connector
This connector transmits MIDI messages to an external MIDI device. Use it
when you want to control an external MIDI device.
MIDI is able to transmit multiple streams of performance data over a
single MIDI cable. This is made possible thanks to the concept of MIDI
channels. MIDI channels allow a receiving device to pay attention only to
the messages that are intended for it, and not to messages intended for
another device. In some ways, MIDI channels are similar to television
channels. By changing the reception channel of a television set, you can
view the programs that are being broadcast by different stations. This is
because the television set is choosing only the desired data from the
variety of data that is being broadcast. In the same way, MIDI also allows
a device to distinguish and use only the incoming data that is being
transmitted to it.
fig.MidiCh1-j.eps
There are sixteen MIDI channels: 1-16. Normally, you’ll set the receiving
device to receive only the channels that it needs to receive.
Example:
Set the transmitting device to transmit on channel 1 and channel 2, set
sound module A to receive only channel 1, and set sound module B to
receive only channel 2. With this setup, you could create an ensemble in
which sound module A is playing a guitar sound while sound module B is
playing a bass sound.
fig.MidiCh2-j.eps
You’ll be able to use up to sixteen channels when using the JUNO-Di as a
sound module. Sound modules that can receive multiple channels of
data simultaneously and play different sounds on each channel are called
multitimbral sound modules.
About MIDI
About MIDI Connectors
MIDI Channels and Multitimbral
Sound Generators
The cable from the antenna carries the TV
signals from many broadcast stations.
The TV is set to the channel of the station
you wish to watch.
Station B
Station A
Station C
MIDI OUT MIDI IN MIDI THRU
MIDI IN
Receive channel: 1
Receive channel: 2
Sound
Module
A
Sound
Module
B
Transmit channel: 1, 2
MIDI keyboard
GM
GM (General MIDI) is a set of recommendations that allows the MIDI
capabilities of sound modules to be standardized across
manufacturers. Sound modules or music data that meet the GM
standard carry the GM logo ( ). Music data with the GM logo
can be played back on any sound module carrying the GM logo, and
will produce essentially the same musical performance.
GM2
GM2 ( ) is a set of recommendations that is upwardly
compatible with the original GM recommendations, and allows a
higher level of musical expression and compatibility. It covers issues
that were not covered by the original GM recommendations, such
as ways in which sounds can be edited and how effects should be
handled. It also expands the sounds that are available.
Sound modules that are compatible with GM2 will correctly play
back music data that carries either the GM or GM2 logo. The original
GM, which does not include the GM2 enhancements, is sometimes
called “GM1” in order to distinguish it from the newer set of
recommendations.
JUNO-Di_e.book 80 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
81
Connecting an External MIDI Device
You can connect external MIDI devices to the JUNO-Di’s MIDI OUT
connector, and use the JUNO-Di to control the connected MIDI devices.
Connection Example
fig.midi-control-e.eps
1.
Press the [MIDI CONTROLLER] button so it’s lit.
The “MIDI CONTROLLER” screen will appear, and the JUNO-Di will be
in MIDI Controller mode.
If MIDI Controller mode is selected, you can perform the following
operations on the JUNO-Di.
When you press one of the [0]–[9] buttons, the program change
message assigned to that button will be transmitted.
You can turn the SOUND MODIFY knobs to transmit control change
messages.
The note numbers transmitted in MIDI controller mode are
determined by the key you press, the transpose setting (p. 44),
and the octave shift setting (p. 34) you specify in MIDI
controller mode.
You can use the arpeggio (p. 37) and chord memory (p. 37)
functions even when you’re in MIDI Controller mode.
2.
To exit MIDI controller mode, press the [MIDI
CONTROLLER] button to turn off the button’s
illumination.
The D Beam controller will not operate when you’re in MIDI
controller mode.
Set the JUNO-Di’s transmit channel so it matches the channel your
external MIDI device is using for reception.
1.
In the “MIDI CONTROLLER” screen, use the [
] button
to move the cursor to the “MIDI Ch” value.
2.
Use the dial to edit the value.
Value:
1–16
For details on how to set the receive channel of your external
MIDI device, refer to its owner’s manual.
fig.disp-midicont.eps
1.
In the “MIDI CONTROLLER” screen, use the [
] [ ]
buttons to select the parameter that you want to edit.
2.
Use the dial to edit the value.
The changes you make to these settings will be saved when
you exit MIDI controller mode.
Using the JUNO-Di as a Master
Keyboard (MIDI Controller Mode)
MIDI OUT
MIDI IN
MIDI sound module
JUNO-Di
Specifying the Transmit Channel
Detailed Settings in MIDI Controller Mode
Item
Value Description
MIDI Ch
1–16
Specifies the channel on
which MIDI messages
will be transmitted.
Local Sw
OFF, ON
Specifies whether MIDI
messages will be sent to
the JUNO-Di’s own
internal sound generator
when you operate the
JUNO-Di.
PC
1–128
Specifies program
change number that is
transmitted.
MSB
0–127, OFF (If you specify
“OFF,” the LSB will also be
“OFF.”)
Specifies bank select
MSB that is transmitted.
LSB
0–127, OFF (If you specify
“OFF,” the MSB will also
be “OFF.”)
Specifies bank select LSB
that is transmitted.
Knob
ATTACK,
RELEASE,
REVERB,
CUTOFF,
RESONANCE
Selects the SOUND
MODIFY knob for which
you’ll make a controller
assignment.
Knob Assign
CC01–31,
CC33–95,
PITCH BEND,
AFTERTOUCH
Specifies the controller
assignment for the
selected SOUND MODIFY
knob.
JUNO-Di_e.book 81 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
82
Connecting an External MIDI Device
You can use the JUNO-Di as a MIDI sound module in one of two ways; in
Patch mode to play a single tone, or in Performance mode to play more
than one tone simultaneously.
Patch mode
In Patch mode you can use a connected keyboard or other device to play
a single tone (patch) on the JUNO-Di. Since Patch mode lets you use a
variety of effects on a single tone (patch), you can play very rich textures.
In Patch mode it’s also easy to edit the selected sound, so this is the mode
to use when editing or creating your own sounds.
In Patch mode, the [PERFORM] button will be extinguished.
Performance mode
In Performance mode you can use multiple tones (patches) or rhythm
sets simultaneously.
If the [PERFORM] button is on (lit), the JUNO-Di is in Performance mode.
A performance contains sixteen “Parts.” You can assign a tone (patch) or
rhythm set to each part, and use them as an ensemble, or layer sounds to
create rich textures.
How a performance is structured
A performance has a tone (patch) or rhythm set assigned to each of the
16 parts, and can simultaneously handle 16 sounds.
Part
A “part” is something to which you assign a tone (patch) or rhythm set. In
Performance mode, each performance has sixteen parts, and you can
assign a tone (patch) or rhythm set to each part.
fig.Performance-e.eps
Connection example
fig.midi-receive-j.eps
You’ll need to match your external MIDI device’s transmit channel with
the JUNO-Di’s receive channel.
In Patch mode
The receive channel setting is one of the “system settings.” As described
in “Procedure for Making System Settings” (p. 75), select the “MIDI”
menu, select “Patch Rx/Tx Ch” as the item you want to set, and specify the
receive channel.
In Performance mode
The JUNO-Di supports GM2; when it receives the MIDI message “GM2
System On,” it will be ready to play back GM2-compatible SMF.
Alternatively, you can press the [PERFORM] button and select “64: GM2
Template” to use the JUNO-Di as a GM2 sound module.
If you want to use the JUNO-Di as a sound module to play multiple parts,
press the [PERFORM] button and select “63:Seq:Template.”
If “63: Seq:Template” or “64: GM2 Template” are selected, the receive
channels will be set as follows: part 1 to ch.1, part 2 to ch.2, ... part 16
to ch.16.
If Super Layer is selected, the receive channel is fixed at channel 1.
If Dual or Split are selected, the receive channel for part 1 (upper) is
set to channel 1, and part 2 (lower) to channel 2.
Using the JUNO-Di as a MIDI Sound
Module
Performance
Part 16
Part 1
Patch/
Rhythm Set
Playing the JUNO-Di from an
External MIDI Device
Setting the Receive Channel
MIDI Sequencer
MIDI OUT
MIDI IN
JUNO-Di
JUNO-Di_e.book 82 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
83
Connecting an External MIDI Device
“Through” is a function by which the MIDI messages received at the MIDI
IN connector are re-transmitted without change from the MIDI OUT
connector.
Connection example
If this setting is “OFF,” the MIDI messages arriving at the MIDI IN
connector are sent to the sound generator, and will play the JUNO-Di’s
sound generator. The MIDI messages from the MIDI IN connector will not
be transmitted from the MIDI OUT connector.
If this setting is “ON,” the MIDI messages arriving at the MIDI IN connector
will play the JUNO-Di’s sound generator and will also be re-transmitted
without change from the MIDI OUT connector.
The Soft Through setting is one of the “system settings.” As described in
“Procedure for Making System Settings” (p. 75), select the “MIDI” menu,
select “Soft Through” as the item you want to set, and select either “ON”
or “OFF.”
Normally, this should be turned “OFF.”
If you use a commercially available USB cable to connect the JUNO-Di’s
rear panel USB COMPUTER connector to a USB connector on your
computer, you’ll be able to do the following things.
SMF played back by MIDI-compatible software can be sounded by the
JUNO-Di. The JUNO-Di supports GM2; when it receives the MIDI
message “GM2 System On,” it will be ready to play back GM2-
compatible SMF. Alternatively, you can press the [PERFORM] button
and select “64: GM2 Template” to use the JUNO-Di as a GM2 sound
module.
MIDI messages can be exchanged between the JUNO-Di and your
sequencer software, allowing you to carry out sophisticated music
production and editing. If you want to use the JUNO-Di as a sound
module to play multiple parts, press the [PERFORM] button and select
“63:Seq:Template.”
Connection example
fig.midi-usb-e.eps
For details on the operating requirements, refer to the Roland
website.
Roland website: http://www.roland.com/
Depending on the type of your computer, this may not work
correctly. For details on the operating systems that are
supported, refer to the Roland website.
Soft Through On/Off
MIDI Sound Module
MIDI Keyboard
Soft Thru
MIDI OUT
MIDI OUTMIDI IN
MIDI IN
JUNO-Di
Using Your Computer for Music
Production
JUNO-Di
USB COMPUTER connector
To USB connector
of your computer
USB cable
Computer
Note
Before making connections to other equipment, you must
minimize the volume on all your equipment and turn off the
power in order to avoid malfunction and/or damage to your
speakers or other devices.
Only MIDI data can be transmitted or received via USB.
No USB cable is included. Please consult the dealer from
whom you purchased the JUNO-Di.
Power up the JUNO-Di before you start up the MIDI
application on your computer. Do not turn the JUNO-Di’s
power on or off while the MIDI application is running.
JUNO-Di_e.book 83 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
84
Connecting an External MIDI Device
You’ll need to install the USB driver if you want to use the
software provided on the included CD-ROM.
The driver is provided on the included CD-ROM (JUNO-Di CD-ROM). You
can also download it from the Roland website.
Roland website:
http://www.roland.com/
The correct driver and the installation procedure for it will depend on the
system you’re using. Please carefully read the Readme file on the CD-
ROM before you proceed.
Here’s how to specify the USB driver that will be used when the JUNO-Di
is connected to your computer via the USB COMPUTER connector.
With the factory settings, this is set to “VENDER.” There’s no
need to change this setting if you’re using the USB driver from
the included CD-ROM or a USB driver downloaded from the
Roland website.
If you want to change this setting, disconnect the USB cable
before doing so.
1.
Press the [MENU] button.
The “MENU” screen will appear.
2.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to select “SYSTEM,” and press
the [ENTER] button.
The setting screen will appear.
3.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to select “MIDI,” and press
the [ENTER] button.
4.
Use the [
] [ ] buttons to select “USB Driver,” and
press the [ENTER] button.
5.
Use the dial to specify the driver.
6.
Press the [EXIT] button to leave the setting screen.
This saves the setting.
7.
Turn the power off, then on again.
After changing the “USB Driver” setting and saving it, you must
turn the power off, then on again in order to get the system to
operate correctly.
1.
Install the USB driver in your computer.
Refer to “Installing the USB Driver in Your Computer.”
2.
If necessary, make the appropriate USB driver setting on
the JUNO-Di.
If you need to change the setting, refer to “Specifying the USB
Driver.”
With the factory settings, this is set to “VENDER.” There’s no
need to change this setting if you’re using the USB driver from
the included CD-ROM or a USB driver downloaded from the
Roland website.
3.
Use a USB cable (sold separately) to connect the JUNO-Di
to your computer.
Installing the USB Driver in Your Computer
Specifying the USB Driver
What is the USB MIDI driver?
The USB MIDI driver is software that passes data between your
computer application (e.g., sequencer software) and the JUNO-Di
when your computer and the JUNO-Di are connected via a USB
cable.
The USB driver passes data from your application to the JUNO-Di,
and passes data from the JUNO-Di to your application.
fig.Driver-e.eps
Application
USB
driver
Computer
USB connector
USB cable
USB COMPUTER
connector
JUNO-Di
Value
Description
VENDER
Choose this if you want to use a USB driver from the
included CD-ROM or a USB driver downloaded from the
Roland website.
GENERIC
Choose this if you want to use the generic USB driver
provided by your computer’s operating system.
Connecting the JUNO-Di to Your Computer
JUNO-Di_e.book 84 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
85
Connecting an External MIDI Device
The included JUNO-Di Editor/Librarian/Playlist Editor software will help
you enjoy the full potential of the JUNO-Di.
“JUNO-Di Editor” lets you use your computer to perform detailed editing
for sounds and other settings that cannot be accessed from the JUNO-
Di’s front panel. By assigning items to sliders and knobs in the computer
screen, you can efficiently edit the settings in an intuitive, graphical
manner.
User patches you’ve created using JUNO-Di Editor can be selected using
the JUNO-Di’s tone buttons. Settings for using multiple tones together
that you’ve created using JUNO-Di Editor can be selected using the
JUNO-Di’s [PERFORM] button.
“JUNO-Di Librarian” is software that lets you manage the JUNO-Di’s
parameters as a library on your computer, allowing efficient
management of tones (patches), rhythm sets, and performances.
“Playlist Editor” is software that lets you create playlists for the Song
Player (p. 71).
You can create a playlist to specify the order of the songs in your live set,
and also specify the volume for each song.
The playlist editor can handle 999 songs and 999 playlists, but
the JUNO-Di can use only 399 songs and 399 playlists.
For details on using these software programs, refer to the
manual for each program.
1.
Insert the included “JUNO-Di CD-ROM” into the CD-ROM
drive of your computer, and double-click the icon of the
appropriate installer.
Macintosh users
Windows users
The installer will start up. Proceed with the installation as directed
by the screen.
Using JUNO-Di Editor/Librarian/
Playlist Editor
Installing JUNO-Di Editor/Librarian/Playlist
Editor in Your Computer
Folder
Editor
Driver Playlist Editor
Icon
JUNO-Di Editor
Installer.mpkg
JUNOSeries
USBDriver.pkg
Playlist Editor
Installer.pkg
Folder
Editor
Driver/XP
/Vista
Playlist Editor
Icon
setup(.exe)
setup(.exe) setup(.exe)
JUNO-Di_e.book 85 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
86
MEMO
JUNO-Di_e.book 86 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
87
Appendices
JUNO-Di_e.book 87 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
88
Troubleshooting
If the JUNO-Di does not function in the way you expect, first check the following points. If this does not resolve the problem, consult your dealer or a nearby
Roland Service Station.
* If any sort of message is being displayed on the screen during an operation, refer to “Error Messages” (p. 92).
Q
The power does not turn on.
A
Check the following points.
Make sure that the JUNO-Di’s AC adaptor is correctly connected to
an AC outlet and to the rear panel power connector, and that the
adaptor itself and AC power cord are connected correctly (p. 17).
If you connect the AC adaptor and turn on the power when
batteries are installed, the AC adaptor will be used preferentially.
Even if batteries are installed, the power will not turn on unless the
AC adaptor is connected to an AC outlet.
If you’re using batteries, disconnect the AC adaptor from the JUNO-
Di. If batteries are installed, connecting or disconnecting the power
cord from the outlet or connecting or disconnecting the DC plug of
the AC adaptor while the JUNO-Di is turned on will cause the power
to turn off.
Q
There is no sound.
A
Check the following points.
Is the power for connected amps and speakers turned on?
Could you have lowered the volume of your connected equipment?
Is the [VOLUME] knob turned all the way down?
Have connections been made correctly?
Can you hear sound through headphones?
If there is sound in the headphones, it is possible that the
connection cables are broken, or that your amp/mixer has
malfunctioned. Check your cables and amp/mixer system once
again.
If you do not hear sound when you play the keyboard, check
whether the Local Switch is turned OFF.
Make sure that the Local Switch setting is turned on (p. 76).
Could the level of the tone (patch) be too low?
Check the level setting.
The Part level settings may be too low.
Check the level of each part (p. 60).
Are the Effect settings correct?
Check the Effect settings ON or OFF (p. 61).
Also use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the effect level and
other settings.
Could the volume have been lowered by pedal operations,
operations of the D Beam controller, or by MIDI messages (volume
or expression messages) received from an external MIDI device?
Q
A specific Part does not sound.
A
Check the following points.
Has the volume level of the part been lowered?
Check the level of each part (p. 60).
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the following settings.
Could the keyboard switch be off?
Turn the keyboard switch on.
Could the part be muted?
Set the Mute parameter to “OFF.”
Q
Specific pitch ranges do not sound.
A
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the following settings.
Has a restricted range of notes been set?
If a specific range of notes does not sound, check the Key Range
settings for the Patch Tone, the Performance Part.
Tone Key Range
VELOCITY & KEY RANGE PATCH KEY RANGE LOWER/UPPER
Part Key Range
PERFORM KEYBOARD RANGE LOWER/UPPER
Q
The sound is distorted.
A
Check the following points.
Is an effect which distorts the sound being applied?
If the sound for a specific tone (patch) or part is distorted, lower the
volume level on that part.
If all sounds are distorted, use the [VOLUME] knob to lower the
volume level.
Could the Output Gain be excessively high?
Check the system setting “SOUND” (p. 75).
Q
Pitch is incorrect.
A
Check the following points.
Is the tuning of the JUNO-Di incorrect?
Check the “Master Tune” setting (p. 75).
Has the pitch been changed by pedal operations or by Pitch Bend
messages received from an external MIDI device?
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the following settings.
Have the Coarse or Fine parameters been set for specific Parts?
Check the Coarse parameter and Fine parameter settings.
Q
The sound is interrupted.
A
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the following settings.
Sounds will be interrupted if more than 128 voices are used
simultaneously.
Reduce the number of Tones that you are using.
Increase the Voice Reserve setting for parts that must not drop out.
Problems Concerning the Entire JUNO-Di
Issues Related to Sound
JUNO-Di_e.book 88 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
89
Troubleshooting
Q
When I play the keyboard, notes do not stop.
A
Is the pedal polarity of the Hold Pedal reversed?
Check the “Hold Pedal” “Polarity” parameter setting (p. 76).
Q
There are some sounds I can’t select.
A
If you use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to set the patch’s category
to “NO ASSIGN,” you won’t be able to select it from the JUNO-Di’s
panel.
Q
The sound cuts off when I switch tones (patches) in Patch
mode.
A
Although you can apply a wide variety of multi-effects with the
JUNO-Di’s multi-effects, switching the tone (patch) also switches the
type of multi-effects used.
In such instances, discrepancies between the sound being produced
and the multi-effects type can arise, which may result in sounds
being different than intended, so sounds produced when tones
(patches) are switched may be muted when factory settings are in
effect. In certain situations, such as when not using multi-effects
that have a great influence on the sound, remembering to set Patch
Remain parameter to “ON” allows you to switch Patches without
sounds being muted. Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check
the Patch Remain setting.
Q
When switching tones (patches) in Patch mode, the
volume and other parameters set with Control Changes
end up being reset.
A
Set Patch Remain parameter to “ON.” Even once they have switched
Patches, Control Change messages that have been received are
carried forward, so even when switching a tone (patch) whose level
is turned all the way down by a Control Change volume message,
the level remains unchanged. Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to
check the Patch Remain setting.
Q
If the Tone Delay time value is set to the note, then does
the delay time not change beyond a fixed length when
the tempo is slowed down?
A
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the following settings.
There is a maximum permissible value for the Tone Delay Time
parameter. So, if the time setting is specified in terms of a note
value, and the tempo is slowed down, this maximum permissible
value will be reached, and it cannot be increased further. The upper
time limit for each is the maximum value that can be set other than
the numerical value for the beat.
Q
Even when I set the Pan for a tone (patch) completely to
one side, sound still comes from the other channel.
A
The JUNO-Di’s internal effects are in stereo, so if you have effects
applied to a tone (patch), even if the Pan is set all the way to one
side, you will still be able to hear sounds of the effect component
from the other channel.
Q
Sometimes, when playing legato, the pitch won’t rise.
A
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the following settings.
When the Legato Switch parameter is “ON,” and the Legato
Retrigger parameter is “OFF,” and you hold down keys in the high
register to play legato, the upper pitch limit of the wave may be
exceeded, so that the pitch does not rise as far as you expect, but
will stop rising at a certain point. Additionally, if differing upper
pitch limits are used for the waves of a tone (patch) that uses
multiple tones, it may stop being heard in MONO. When making
large pitch changes, set the Legato Retrigger parameter to “ON.”
Q
The notes sound strange in the upper registers of the
keyboard.
A
Sometimes when playing the keys in the upper part of the JUNO-
Di’s keyboard, the sound may stop, or the pitch may stop rising; or
with certain keys, there may be intermittent noise. This occurs
mainly when the JUNO-Di’s upper pitch limit is exceeded, so this
issue doesn’t arise in the ranges normally used. But, in any case, it
does not indicate a malfunction.
Q
Although the same tone (patch) is selected, it sounds
different when I listen to it in the Performance.
A
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the following settings.
In Performance mode, the parameters of each part of the
performance can apply further modification to parameters such as
pan, octave, and filter, relative to the settings specified by the patch.
Thus, tones (patches) in a Performance may sound different than
they do when heard in Patch mode.
Additionally, although a tone (patch) may comprise tones created
with the use of the multi-effects, the multi-effects used in the
Performance may differ from the multi-effects selected by the tone
(patch). Check the multi-effect settings of the performance. Also do
the same for the Chorus and Reverb settings.
Q
I can’t play arpeggios.
The rhythm pattern won’t play.
A
Could the system setting “Sync Mode” (p. 76) be set to “SLAVE”?
If “Sync Mode” is set to “SLAVE,” the JUNO-Di needs to receive MIDI
clock messages from an external device.
You should leave “Sync Mode” set to “MASTER” unless you’re
synchronizing the JUNO-Di to an external device.
JUNO-Di_e.book 89 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
90
Troubleshooting
Q
Effects not applied.
A
Check the following points.
Could the effect switch be off?
Check the on/off status of each effect (p. 61).
Are the various effect settings correct? (p. 61)
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the following settings.
In Performance mode, is the Output Assign setting of each part set
to “MFX”?
In some cases, such as “064: GM2 Template,” the Output Assign is
not set to “MFX” with the factory settings.
If the send level of each effect is set to 0, the effect will not be
applied. Check the settings.
Even with send levels to each effect set at 0, effects are not applied if
the Multi-effects Output Level, the Chorus Level, or the Reverb Level
is set to 0. Check each setting.
Q
The Modulation or other controller is always on.
A
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the following settings.
Check the Matrix Controller settings.
The JUNO-Di allows you to use the Matrix Control to control tones
(patches) in real time. The Matrix Control functions as the control
source for the Control Change and other MIDI messages received by
the JUNO-Di, and makes changes to the various tone (patch)
parameters based on these messages.
Depending on these settings, the JUNO-Di may be responding to
MIDI messages sent from external MIDI devices, and may result the
tones (patches) sounding different than intended.
Q
Raising the chorus or reverb send level for each part of a
performance still does not cause the effect to be applied
sufficiently.
A
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the following settings.
Although you can make Send level settings to the Chorus and
Reverb for each individual Part in a Performance, these values only
set the upper limit of the Chorus and Reverb Send levels for the tone
(patch) used. Accordingly, even when the value is set to the
maximum of 127, if the Send level is lowered in the tone (patch)
being used, there will be no effect. In addition, different tone (patch)
Chorus and Reverb Send level settings can be used according to
whether or not the multi-effects are used.
Q
Using the Matrix Control or other such means to control
the LFO results in noise when the Pan is changed
suddenly.
A
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the following settings.
Lower the change in speed (LFO Rate).
Due to the specialized processing used for the Pan, which alters the
volume level in each of the left and right sides, sudden Pan
movements causing rapid changes in these levels creates large
changes in volume, and noise from this may be audible as a result.
Q
Multi-effect 43: DELAY or other delay time value is set to
the note, and then the tempo is slowed down, does the
delay time not change beyond a fixed length?
A
Such Delay time settings have an upper limit, so if the upper limit of
a value set to the note is exceeded when the tempo is retarded, that
upper value cannot rise any further. The upper time limit for each is
the maximum value that can be set other than the numerical value
for the beat.
Q
The sound or performance settings (Performance) are
not saved when you perform the Write operation.
A
If you’re using settings that enable you to play with multiple tones
(i.e., when the [PERFORM] button is lit), the data that is saved will
depend on the location of the cursor in the Main screen (p. 58).
For example, if you want to save the Performance settings, move the
cursor to the upper line of the screen and then press the [WRITE]
button.
Q
The Performance sounds different than when it was
written.
A
If you have modified the settings of a tone (patch) used by a
performance, or if the temporary patch of the performance has
been modified by an external MIDI device, these tones (patches)
must also be saved.
If tones (patches) used by a performance have been edited when
you write that performance, the JUNO-Di will display a message
asking whether you want to discard these patches. In such cases,
first save the tone (patch) or rhythm set, and then save the
performance again (p. 62).
Q
Tones (patches) sound different than when written.
A
The write operation cannot be used to save tones (patches) as
changed in Patch mode using Control Change messages from an
external MIDI device.
Q
Playlists are not shown.
A
This may be due to the following reasons.
Playlists may not be shown if you directly add/delete/modify the
song data in the PLAYLIST folder without using Playlist Editor.
For some reason the USB memory is not recognized.
It is possible that the USB memory was not formatted correctly. The
JUNO-Di can use USB memory that has been formatted as FAT. If
your USB memory was formatted using any other method, please
re-format it using FAT.
Q
Songs are not shown.
A
This may be due to the following reasons.
Are the songs placed in the root directory?
Even if you place a song in a newly created folder, it will not be
displayed by the JUNO-Di.
Issues Related to Effects
Issues Related to Saving Data
Issues Related to Songs
JUNO-Di_e.book 90 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
91
Troubleshooting
Songs may not be shown if you directly add/delete/modify the song
data in the PLAYLIST folder without using Playlist Editor.
It is possible that the USB memory was not formatted correctly. The
JUNO-Di can use USB memory that has been formatted as FAT. If
your USB memory was formatted using any other method, please
re-format it using FAT.
Q
Songs won’t play.
A
This may be due to the following reasons.
Songs (audio files) whose sample rate is other than 44.1 kHz cannot
be played by the JUNO-Di.
The file type of the song is not one of the file types that the
JUNO-Di can play.
It may be that the song data is damaged.
Songs cannot be played if you directly add/delete/modify the song
data in the PLAYLIST folder without using Playlist Editor.
Q
Can’t hear the playback sound.
A
Check the following point.
[VOLUME] knob setting
Value for LEVEL that appears when you press the [LEVEL] button (p.
72, p. 74).
Minus-one setting (p. 76)
Q
No Sound from connected MIDI device.
A
Check the following points.
Is the instrument set to transmit MIDI messages?
In Patch Mode
“Patch Rx/Tx Ch” value in the SYSTEM setting “MIDI”
(p. 76)
In Performance Mode
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the following settings.
Keyboard switch.
MIDI messages are not transmitted for parts whose keyboard switch
is turned off.
Q
Exclusive messages are not received.
A
Does the Device ID number of the transmitting device match the
Device ID number of the JUNO-Di?
The device ID number is fixed at “17.”
Q
The JUNO-Di’s rhythm set does not sound when an
external sequencer or MIDI keyboard is connected to the
MIDI IN connector.
A
Check to make sure that the MIDI Transmit channel of the external
MIDI device and the JUNO-Di’s MIDI Receive channel are matched.
The MIDI Receive channel used by the JUNO-Di in Patch mode is set
with the Kbd Patch RX/TX Channel parameter. Rhythm Set
performance data is generally received on MIDI Channel 10.
Q
When using sequencing software, operating the knobs
or other controls does not affect the sound.
A
For some sequencing programs, System Exclusive messages are not
transmitted by the Thru function. If you are using such sequencer
software and want to record system exclusive messages, turn on the
following parameters.
In Patch Mode
“Local Switch” setting (p. 76).
In Performance Mode
Use the included “JUNO-Di Editor” to check the Keyboard switch
settings.
Q
When the Bend Range for a tone (patch) is increased (48),
the pitch does not rise sufficiently, even when a MIDI
Pitch Bend message is received.
A
While Patch Bend Ranges can be set anywhere between 0 and 48,
when certain Waves in which the pitch is raised (in the + direction)
are used, the pitch may stop rising at a fixed point, rather than
continuing to go up. Although a value of 12 is ensured for the upper
limit of raised pitches, use caution when setting the Bend Range
above this figure.
Q
Microphone sound is not output/is too weak.
A
Check the following points.
Is the mic cable connected correctly?
Check the connection.
Could you have connected a condenser mic?
The JUNO-Di does not support the use of condenser microphones.
The mic level may have been lowered.
Could the front panel MIC IN [VOLUME] knob be turned down?
Could the System setting “MIC IN SETTINGS” item “Mic Mode” be set
to “VOCODER”?
If this is set to “VOCODER,” a microphone is usable only when the
effect type is “VOCODER” (p. 76).
Q
The volume level of the instrument connected to JUNO-
Di is too low.
A
Could you be using a connection cable that contains a resistor?
Use a connection cable that does not contain a resistor.
Q
USB memory is not detected.
The files are not shown.
A
Check the format of your USB memory.
The JUNO-Di can use USB memory that has been formatted as FAT.
If your USB memory was formatted using any other method, please
re-format it using FAT.
Q
Can’t back up to USB memory
A
Check the following points.
Could the USB memory be write protected?
Is there sufficient free space on the USB memory?
Issues Related to MIDI and External
Devices
Issues Related to USB Memory
JUNO-Di_e.book 91 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
92
Error Messages
If an incorrect operation is performed, or if processing could not be performed as you specified, an error message will appear.
Refer to the explanation for the error message that appears, and take the appropriate action.
Message
Meaning Action
USB Mem Not Ready!
USB memory is not connected.
Connect USB memory.
Read Error!
Failed to load data from USB memory.
Make sure that USB memory is correctly connected.
It may be that the file is damaged. Do not use this file.
This file cannot be loaded since its format is incorrect. Do not use this file.
The target file was not found in USB memory. Make sure that the target file exists in USB memory.
Write Error!
Failed to write data to USB memory. Make sure that USB memory is correctly connected.
Data cannot be written because the USB memory has no
more free space.
Delete unneeded files from the USB memory. Alternatively, use a
different USB memory device, one that has more free space available.
The file or the USB memory itself is write protected. Make sure that the file or the USB memory is not write protected.
Incorrect File!
This is a file that the JUNO-Di is unable to play.
Do not use this file.
This song has not been transferred from Playlist Editor to USB
memory.
Select the song for transfer from Playlist Editor, and transfer the data
once again to USB memory.
Playback is not possible, since you have exceeded the
number of songs that the JUNO-Di can handle.
The JUNO-Di can handle up to 99 songs in the root directory, and a
total of up to 399 songs in all other playlists.
Sys Mem Damaged!
It is possible that the contents of system memory have been
damaged.
Please execute a Factory Reset.
If this does not resolve the problem, contact your dealer or a nearby
Roland service center.
MIDI Buffer Full!
An unusually large amount of MIDI data was received, and
could not be processed.
Reduce the amount of MIDI messages that are being transmitted.
MIDI Offline!
The MIDI IN connection was broken.
Check that there is no problem with the MIDI cable connected to the
JUNO-Di’s MIDI IN, and that the MIDI cable was not disconnected.
Now Playing!
The Song Player is currently playing.
Either stop playback, or wait until playback has ended.
Battery Low!
The battery has run down.
Recharge the batteries, or use an AC adaptor.
No More Favorites!
No more favorites have been registered.
Check the currently selected favorite number and the direction
(“FAV-UP” or “FAV-DOWN”) that’s assigned to the pedal (p. 76).
JUNO-Di_e.book 92 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
93
Effects List
The multi-effects feature 79 different kinds of effects. Some of the effects consist of two or more different effects connected in series.
Multi-Effects Parameters (MFX1–3, MFX)
FILTER (10 types)
01
EQUALIZER
P.94
02
SPECTRUM
P.94
03
ISOLATOR
P.94
04
LOW BOOST
P.94
05
SUPER FILTER
P.95
06
STEP FILTER
P.95
07
ENHANCER
P.95
08
AUTO WAH
P.95
09
HUMANIZER
P.95
10
SPEAKER SIMULATOR
P.95
MODULATION (12 types)
11
PHASER
P.95
12
STEP PHASER
P.96
13
MLT STAGE PHASER
P.96
14
INFINITE PHASER
P.96
15
RING MODULATOR
P.96
16
STEP RING MOD
P.96
17
TREMOLO
P.96
18
AUTO PAN
P.96
19
STEP PAN
P.97
20
SLICER
P.97
21
ROTARY
P.97
22
VK ROTARY
P.97
CHORUS (12 types)
23
CHORUS
P.97
24
FLANGER
P.97
25
STEP FLANGER
P.97
26
HEXA-CHORUS
P.97
27
TREMOLO CHORUS
P.97
28
SPACE-D
P.98
29
3D CHORUS
P.98
30
3D FLANGER
P.98
31
3D STEP FLANGER
P.98
32
2BAND CHORUS
P.98
33
2BAND FLANGER
P.98
34
2BAND STEP FLANGR
P.98
DYNAMICS (8 types)
35
OVERDRIVE
P.98
36
DISTORTION
P.98
37
VS OVERDRIVE
P.99
38
VS DISTORTION
P.99
39
GUITAR AMP SIM
P.99
40
COMPRESSOR
P.99
41
LIMITER
P.99
42
GATE
P.99
DELAY (13 types)
43
DELAY
P.99
44
LONG DELAY
P.99
45
SERIAL DELAY
P.100
46
MODULATION DELAY
P.100
47
3TAP PAN DELAY
P.100
48
4TAP PAN DELAY
P.100
49
MULTI TAP DELAY
P.100
50
REVERSE DELAY
P.100
51
SHUFFLE DELAY
P.100
52
3D DELAY
P.100
53
ANALOG DELAY
P.101
54
ANALOG LONG DELAY
P.101
55
TAPE ECHO
P.101
LO-FI (5 types)
56
LOFI NOISE
P.101
57
LOFI COMPRESS
P.101
58
LOFI RADIO
P.101
59
TELEPHONE
P.101
60
PHONOGRAPH
P.101
PITCH (3 types)
61
PITCH SHIFTER
P.101
62
2VOI PCH SHIFTER
P.102
63
STEP PCH SHIFTER
P.102
REVERB (2 types)
64
REVERB
P.102
65
GATED REVERB
P.102
COMBINATION (12 types)
66
OD
CHORUS
P.102
67
OD
FLANGER
P.102
68
OD
DELAY
P.102
69
DST
CHORUS
P.102
70
DST
FLANGER
P.102
71
DST
DELAY
P.103
72
ENH
CHORUS
P.103
73
ENH
FLANGER
P.103
74
ENH
DELAY
P.103
75
CHORUS
DELAY
P.103
76
FLANGER
DELAY
P.103
77
CHORUS
FLANGER
P.103
PIANO (1 type)
78
SYMPATHETIC RESO
P.103
VOCODER (1 type)
79
VOCODER
P.103
JUNO-Di_e.book 93 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
94
Effects List
Some effect settings (such as Rate or Delay Time) can be specified in
terms of a note value. The note value for the current setting is shown
following the numerical value.
* If the Rate is specified as a note value, the modulation will be
synchronized with the tempo when you play back SMF song data.
note:
fig.MFX-note2.e_88
If you specify the delay time as a note value, slowing down the
tempo will not change the delay time beyond a certain length.
This is because there is an upper limit for the delay time; if the
delay time is specified as a note value and you slow down the
tempo until this upper limit is reached, the delay time cannot
change any further. This upper limit is the maximum value that
can be specified when setting the delay time as a numerical
value.
The depth of chorus and reverb applied to the sound processed by the
multi-effect is determined by the “Effect Edit” settings “Cho Send Level”
and “Rev Send Level.”
For details, refer to “Editing the Effects (MFX/Chorus/Reverb) (Effect
Edit)” (p. 61).
This is a three-band stereo equalizer (low, mid, high).
This is a stereo spectrum. Spectrum is a type of filter which modifies the
timbre by boosting or cutting the level at specific frequencies.
This is an equalizer which cuts the volume greatly, allowing you to add a
special effect to the sound by cutting the volume in varying ranges.
Boosts the volume of the lower range, creating powerful lows.
About Note
Chorus Send and Reverb Send
Double note
Dotted whole note
Dotted half note
Dotted thirty-second note
Whole note
Double-note triplet
Sixteenth-note triplet
Thirty-second note
Sixty-fourth-note triplet
Sixty-fourth note
Thirty-second-note triplet
Dotted eighth noteQuarter-note tripletEighth note
Half-note tripletQuarter note
Dotted quarter note
Whole-note triplet
Half note
Sixteenth note
Eighth-note triplet
Dotted sixteenth note
01:
EQUALIZER
Item
Value Description
Low Gain
-15–+15 dB
Gain of the low range
Mid Gain
-15–+15 dB
Gain of the middle range
High Gain
-15–+15 dB Gain of the high range
Level
0–127
Output Level
02:
SPECTRUM
Item
Value Description
Band (250Hz)
-15–+15 dB
Gain of each frequency band
Band (1000Hz)
Band (4000Hz)
Level
0–127 Output Level
03:
ISOLATOR
Item
Value Description
Boost/
Cut Low
-60–+4 dB
These boost and cut each of the High,
Middle, and Low frequency ranges.
At -60 dB, the sound becomes
inaudible. 0 dB is equivalent to the
input level of the sound.
Boost/
Cut Mid
Boost/
Cut High
Level
0–127
Output Level
04:
LOW BOOST
Item
Value Description
Boost Gain
0–+12 dB
Amount by which the lower range will be
boosted
Level
0–127 Output level
JUNO-Di_e.book 94 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
95
Effects List
This is a filter with an extremely sharp slope. The cutoff frequency can be
varied.
This is a filter whose cutoff frequency can be modulated in steps. You can
specify the pattern by which the cutoff frequency will change.
Controls the overtone structure of the high frequencies, adding sparkle
and tightness to the sound.
Cyclically controls a filter to create cyclic change in timbre.
Adds a vowel character to the sound, making it similar to a human voice.
Simulates the speaker type.
Specifications of each Speaker Type
The speaker column indicates the diameter of each speaker unit (in
inches) and the number of units.
A phase-shifted sound is added to the original sound and modulated.
05:
SUPER FILTER
Item
Value Description
Filter Type
LPF, BPF, HPF,
NOTCH
Filter type
Frequency range that will pass through
each filter
LPF:
frequencies below the cutoff
BPF:
frequencies in the region of the cutoff
HPF:
frequencies above the cutoff
NOTCH:
frequencies other than the
region of the cutoff
Filter Cutoff
0–127
Filter cutoff frequency value
Increasing this setting will raise the
frequency.
Level
0–127
Output level
06:
STEP FILTER
Item
Value Description
Filter Type
LPF, BPF, HPF,
NOTCH
Filter type
Frequency range that will pass through
each filter
LPF:
frequencies below the cutoff
BPF:
frequencies in the region of the cutoff
HPF:
frequencies above the cutoff
NOTCH:
frequencies other than the
region of the cutoff
Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz,
note
Rate of modulation
Level
0–127
Output level
07: ENHANCER
Item
Value Description
Low Gain
-15–+15 dB
Gain of the low range
High Gain
-15–+15 dB
Gain of the high range
Level
0–127
Output Level
08:
AUTO WAH
Item
Value Description
Polarity
UP, DOWN
Sets the direction in which the frequency
will change when the auto-wah filter is
modulated.
UP:
The filter will change toward a higher
frequency.
DOWN:
The filter will change toward a
lower frequency.
Level
0–127
Output Level
09:
HUMANIZER
Item
Value Description
Vowel1
a, e, i, o, u
Selects the vowel.
Vowel2
a, e, i, o, u
Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz,
note
Frequency at which the two vowels switch
Level
0–127
Output level
10:
SPEAKER SIMULATOR
Item
Value Description
Speaker
(See the table right.) Type of speaker
Level
0–127
Output Level
Type
Cabinet Speaker Microphone
SMALL 1
small open-back enclosure
10 dynamic
SMALL 2
small open-back enclosure
10 dynamic
MIDDLE
open back enclosure
12 x 1 dynamic
JC-120
open back enclosure
12 x 2 dynamic
BUILT-IN 1
open back enclosure
12 x 2 dynamic
BUILT-IN 2
open back enclosure
12 x 2 condenser
BUILT-IN 3
open back enclosure
12 x 2 condenser
BUILT-IN 4
open back enclosure
12 x 2 condenser
BUILT-IN 5
open back enclosure 12 x 2 condenser
BG STACK 1
sealed enclosure
12 x 2 condenser
BG STACK 2
large sealed enclosure
12 x 2 condenser
MS STACK 1
large sealed enclosure
12 x 4 condenser
MS STACK 2
large sealed enclosure
12 x 4 condenser
METAL STACK
large double stack
12 x 4 condenser
2-STACK
large double stack
12 x 4 condenser
3-STACK
large triple stack 12 x 4 condenser
11:
PHASER
Item
Value Description
Mode
4-STAGE, 8-STAGE,
12-STAGE
Number of stages in the phaser
Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Frequency of modulation
Mix
0–127
Level of the phase-shifted sound
Level
0–127
Output Level
JUNO-Di_e.book 95 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
96
Effects List
The phaser effect will be varied gradually.
Extremely high settings of the phase difference produce a deep phaser
effect.
A phaser that continues raising/lowering the frequency at which the
sound is modulated.
This is an effect that applies amplitude modulation (AM) to the input
signal, producing bell-like sounds. You can also change the modulation
frequency in response to changes in the volume of the sound sent into
the effect.
This is a ring modulator that uses a 16-step sequence to vary the
frequency at which modulation is applied.
Cyclically modulates the volume to add tremolo effect to the sound.
Cyclically modulates the stereo location of the sound.
12:
STEP PHASER
Item
Value Description
Mode
4-STAGE, 8-STAGE,
12-STAGE
Number of stages in the phaser
Step Rate
0.10–20.00 Hz, note
Rate of the step-wise change in
the phaser effect
Mix
0–127
Level of the phase-shifted sound
Level
0–127
Output Level
13:
MLT STAGE PHASER
Item
Value Description
Mode
4-STAGE, 8-STAGE,
12-STAGE, 16-STAGE,
20-STAGE, 24-STAGE
Number of phaser stages
Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Frequency of modulation
Mix
0–127 Level of the phase-shifted sound
Level
0–127
Output Level
14:
INFINITE PHASER
Item
Value Description
Mode
1, 2, 3, 4
Higher values will produce a
deeper phaser effect.
Speed
-100–+100
Speed at which to raise or lower
the frequency at which the sound
is modulated
(+: upward / -: downward)
Level
0–127
Output volume
15:
RING MODULATOR
Item
Value Description
Frequency
0–127
Adjusts the frequency at which modulation is
applied.
Level
0–127
Output level
16:
STEP RING MOD
(STEP RING MODULATOR)
Item
Value Description
Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Rate at which the 16-step sequence
will cycle
Level
0–127
Output volume
17:
TREMOLO
Item
Value Description
Mod Wave
TRI, SQR, SIN, SAW1,
SAW2
Modulation Wave
TRI:
triangle wave
SQR:
square wave
SIN:
sine wave
SAW1/2:
sawtooth wave
Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Frequency of the change
Level
0–127
Output Level
18:
AUTO PAN
Item
Value Description
Mod Wave
TRI, SQR, SIN, SAW1,
SAW2
Modulation Wave
TRI:
triangle wave
SQR:
square wave
SIN:
sine wave
SAW1/2:
sawtooth wave
Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Frequency of the change
Level
0–127 Output Level
SAW1 SAW2
SAW1 SAW2
L
R
L
R
JUNO-Di_e.book 96 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
97
Effects List
This uses a 16-step sequence to vary the panning of the sound.
By applying successive cuts to the sound, this effect turns a conventional
sound into a sound that appears to be played as a backing phrase. This is
especially effective when applied to sustain-type sounds.
The Rotary effect simulates the sound of the rotary speakers often used
with the electric organs of the past.
This type provides modified response for the rotary speaker, with the low
end boosted further.
This is a rotary effect taken from the VK.
This is a stereo chorus.
This is a stereo flanger. (The LFO has the same phase for left and right.)
It produces a metallic resonance that rises and falls like a jet airplane
taking off or landing. A filter is provided so that you can adjust the timbre
of the flanged sound.
This is a flanger in which the flanger pitch changes in steps. The speed at
which the pitch changes can also be specified in terms of a note-value of
a specified tempo.
Uses a six-phase chorus (six layers of chorused sound) to give richness
and spatial spread to the sound.
This is a chorus effect with added Tremolo (cyclic modulation of volume).
19:
STEP PAN
Item
Value Description
Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Rate at which the 16-step sequence
will cycle
Level
0–127
Output volume
20:
SLICER
Item
Value Description
Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz,
note
Rate at which the 16-step sequence will cycle
Level
0–127 Output level
21:
ROTARY
Item
Value Description
Speed
SLOW, FAST
Simultaneously switch the rotational
speed of the low frequency rotor and
high frequency rotor.
SLOW:
Slows down the rotation
FAST:
Speeds up the rotation
Slow Speed
0.05–10.00 Hz
Rotational speed for SLOW setting
Fast Speed
0.05–10.00 Hz
Rotational speed for FAST setting
Level
0–127
Output Level
22:
VK ROTARY
Item
Value Description
Speed
SLOW, FAST
Simultaneously switch the rotational
speed of the low frequency rotor and
high frequency rotor.
SLOW:
Slows down the rotation
FAST:
Speeds up the rotation
Slow Speed
0.05–10.00 Hz Rotational speed for SLOW setting
Fast Speed
0.05–10.00 Hz
Rotational speed for FAST setting
Level
0–127
Output Level
23:
CHORUS
Item
Value Description
Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Frequency of modulation
Depth
0–127 Depth of modulation
Level
0–127
Output Level
24:
FLANGER
Item
Value Description
Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Frequency of modulation
Depth
0–127
Depth of modulation
Level
0–127
Output Level
25:
STEP FLANGER
Item
Value Description
Step Rate
0.10–20.00 Hz, note
Rate (period) of pitch change
Level
0–127
Output Level
26:
HEXA-CHORUS
Item
Value Description
Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Frequency of modulation
Depth
0–127
Depth of modulation
Level
0–127
Output Level
27:
TREMOLO CHORUS
Item
Value Description
Tremolo Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Modulation frequency of the
tremolo effect
Level
0–127
Output Level
JUNO-Di_e.book 97 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
98
Effects List
This is a multiple chorus that applies two-phase modulation in stereo.
It gives no impression of modulation, but produces a transparent chorus
effect.
This applies a 3D effect to the chorus sound. The chorus sound will be
positioned 90 degrees left and 90 degrees right.
This applies a 3D effect to the flanger sound. The flanger sound will be
positioned 90 degrees left and 90 degrees right.
This applies a 3D effect to the step flanger sound. The flanger sound will
be positioned 90 degrees left and 90 degrees right.
A chorus effect that lets you apply an effect independently to the low-
frequency and high-frequency ranges.
A flanger that lets you apply an effect independently to the low-
frequency and high-frequency ranges.
A step flanger that lets you apply an effect independently to the low-
frequency and high-frequency ranges.
Creates a soft distortion similar to that produced by vacuum tube
amplifiers.
Produces a more intense distortion than Overdrive.
28:
SPACE-D
Item
Value Description
Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Frequency of modulation
Depth
0–127
Depth of modulation
Level
0–127
Output Level
29:
3D CHORUS
Item
Value Description
Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Frequency of modulation
Depth
0–127
Modulation depth of the chorus
effect
Level
0–127
Output Level
30:
3D FLANGER
Item
Value Description
Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Frequency of modulation
Depth
0–127
Depth of modulation
Level
0–127
Output Level
31:
3D STEP FLANGER
Item
Value Description
Step Rate
0.10–20.00 Hz, note
Rate (period) of pitch change
Level
0–127
Output Level
32:
2 BAND CHORUS
Item
Value Description
Low Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Rate at which the low-range
chorus sound is modulated
High Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Rate at which the low-range
chorus sound is modulated
Depth
0–127
Modulation depth for the chorus
sound
Level
0–127
Output volume
33:
2 BAND FLANGER
Item
Value Description
Low Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Rate at which the low-range
flanger sound is modulated
High Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Rate at which the high-range
flanger sound is modulated
Depth
0–127
Modulation depth for the flanger
sound
Level
0–127
Output volume
34:
2BAND STEP FLANGR
Item
Value Description
Lo Stp Rate
0.10–20.00 Hz, note
Rate at which the steps will cycle
for the low-range flanger sound
Hi Stp Rate
0.10–20.00 Hz, note
Rate at which the steps will cycle
for the high-range flanger sound
Level
0–127
Output volume
35:
OVERDRIVE
Item
Value Description
Amp Type
SMALL, BUILT-IN,
2-STACK, 3-STACK
Type of guitar amp
SMALL:
small amp
BUILT-IN:
single-unit type amp
2-STACK:
large double stack
amp
3-STACK:
large triple stack
amp
Drive
0–127
Degree of distortion
Also changes the volume.
Level
0–127
Output Level
36:
DISTORTION
Item
Value Description
Amp Type
SMALL, BUILT-IN,
2-STACK, 3-STACK
Type of guitar amp
SMALL:
small amp
BUILT-IN:
single-unit type amp
2-STACK:
large double stack
amp
3-STACK:
large triple stack
amp
Drive
0–127
Degree of distortion
Also changes the volume.
Level
0–127
Output Level
JUNO-Di_e.book 98 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
99
Effects List
This is an overdrive that provides heavy distortion.
This is a distortion effect that provides heavy distortion.
This is an effect that simulates the sound of a guitar amplifier.
Flattens out high levels and boosts low levels, smoothing out fluctuations
in volume.
Compresses signals that exceed a specified volume level, preventing
distortion from occurring.
Cuts the reverb’s delay according to the volume of the sound sent into
the effect. Use this when you want to create an artificial-sounding
decrease in the reverb’s decay.
This is a stereo delay.
A delay that provides a long delay time.
This is a monaural delay.
37:
VS OVERDRIVE
Item
Value Description
Amp Type
SMALL, BUILT-IN,
2-STACK, 3-STACK
Type of guitar amp
SMALL:
small amp
BUILT-IN:
single-unit type amp
2-STACK:
large double stack amp
3-STACK:
large triple stack amp
Drive
0–127
Degree of distortion
Also changes the volume.
Level
0–127
Output Level
38:
VS DISTORTION
Item
Value Description
Amp Type
SMALL, BUILT-IN,
2-STACK, 3-STACK
Type of guitar amp
SMALL:
small amp
BUILT-IN:
single-unit type amp
2-STACK:
large double stack amp
3-STACK:
large triple stack amp
Drive
0–127
Degree of distortion
Also changes the volume.
Level
0–127 Output Level
39:
GUITAR AMP SIM
Item
Value Description
Amp Type
JC-120,
CLEAN TWIN,
MATCH DRIVE,
BG LEAD, MS1959I,
MS1959II, MS1959I+II,
SLDN LEAD,
METAL 5150,
METAL LEAD,
OD-1,
OD-2 TURBO,
DISTORTION, FUZZ
Type of guitar amp
Amp Gain
LOW, MIDDLE, HIGH Amount of pre-amp distortion
Level
0–127
Output level
40:
COMPRESSOR
Item
Value Description
Threshold
0–127
Adjusts the volume at which compression
begins
Level
0–127
Output level
41:
LIMITER
Item
Value Description
Threshold
0–127
Adjusts the volume at which compression
begins
Level
0–127
Output level
42:
GATE
Item
Value Description
Threshold
0–127
Volume level at which the gate begins to close
Level
0–127
Output level
43:
DELAY
Item
Value Description
Delay Time
0–1300 msec,
note
Adjusts the time until the delay sound is
heard.
Feedback
-98–+98%
Adjusts the amount of the delay sound that’s
fed back into the effect.
Negative (-) settings invert the phase.
Balance
D100:0W–
D0:100W
Volume balance between the direct sound (D)
and the delay sound (W)
44:
LONG DELAY
Item
Value Description
Delay Time
0–2600 msec, note
Delay time from when the original
sound is heard to when the delay
sound is heard
Feedback
-98–+98%
Proportion of the delay sound that
is to be returned to the input
(negative values invert the phase)
Balance
D100:0W–D0:100W
Volume balance of the original
sound (D) and delay sound (W)
JUNO-Di_e.book 99 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
100
Effects List
This delay connects two delay units in series.
Adds modulation to the delayed sound.
Produces three delay sounds; center, left and right.
This effect has four delays.
This is a variation of delay in which four delayed sounds are heard.
This is a reverse delay that adds a reversed and delayed sound to the
input sound.
Adds a shuffle to the delay sound, giving the sound a bouncy delay effect
with a swing feel.
This applies a 3D effect to the delay sound. The delay sound will be
positioned 90 degrees left and 90 degrees right.
45:
SERIAL DELAY
Item
Value Description
Delay 1 Time
0–1300 msec, note
Delay time from when sound is
input to delay 1 until the delay
sound is heard
Delay 2 Time
0–1300 msec, note
Delay time from when sound is
input to delay 2 until the delay
sound is heard
Feedback
-98–+98%
Proportion of the delay sound that
is to be returned to the input of
delay (negative values invert the
phase)
Balance
D100:0W–D0:100W
Volume balance of the original
sound (D) and delay sound (W)
46:
MODULATION DELAY
Item
Value Description
Delay Time
0–1300 msec,
note
Adjusts the time until the delay sound is
heard.
Feedback
-98–+98%
Adjusts the amount of the delay sound that’s
fed back into the effect.
Negative (-) settings invert the phase.
Balance
D100:0W–
D0:100W
Volume balance between the direct sound
(D) and the delay sound (W)
47: 3TAP PAN DELAY
Item
Value Description
Delay Time
0–860 msec,
note
Delay time from the original sound until the
delay sound is heard.
Feedback
-98–+98%
Adjusts the amount of the delay sound that’s
fed back into the effect.
Negative (-) settings invert the phase.
Balance
D100:0W–
D0:100W
Volume balance between the direct sound
(D) and the delay sound (W)
48:
4TAP PAN DELAY
Item
Value Description
Delay Time
0–650 msec,
note
Adjusts the time from the original sound
until delay sounds are heard
Delay 1
Feedback
-98–+98%
Adjusts the amount of the delay sound that’s
fed back into the effect.
Negative (-) settings invert the phase.
Balance
D100:0W–
D0:100W
Volume balance between the direct sound
(D) and the delay sound (W)
49:
MULTI TAP DELAY
Item
Value Description
Delay Time
0–650 msec,
note
Adjusts the time until Delays are heard.
Delay 1
Feedback
-98–+98%
Adjusts the amount of the delay sound that’s
fed back into the effect.
Negative (-) settings invert the phase.
Balance
D100:0W–
D0:100W
Volume balance between the direct sound
(D) and the effect sound (W)
50:
REVERSE DELAY
Item
Value Description
Rev Dly
0–1300 msec, note
Delay time from when sound is
input into the reverse delay until
the delay sound is heard
Rev Dly Fback
-98–+98%
Proportion of the delay sound that
is to be returned to the input of
the reverse delay (negative values
invert the phase)
Balance
D100:0W–D0:100W
Volume balance of the original
sound (D) and delay sound (W)
51: SHUFFLE DELAY
Item
Value Description
Delay Time
0–2600 msec,
note
Adjusts the time until the delay sound is
heard.
Shuffle
Rate
0–100
Adjusts the ratio (as a percentage) of the time
that elapses before Delay B sounds relative to
the time that elapses before the Delay A
sounds.
When set to 100, the delay times are the
same.
Feedback
-98–+98%
Adjusts the amount of the delay that’s
feedback into the effect.
Negative (-) settings invert the phase.
52:
3D DELAY
Item
Value Description
Delay Time
0–860 msec, note
Adjusts the delay time from the
direct sound until the delay sound
is heard.
Center
Fback
-98–+98%
Adjusts the proportion of the
delay sound that is fed back into
the effect.
Negative (-) settings will invert
the phase.
Balance
D100:0W–D0:100W
Volume balance between the
direct sound (D) and the effect
sound (W)
JUNO-Di_e.book 100 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
101
Effects List
A stereo delay in which the delay time can be varied smoothly.
A delay in which the delay time can be varied smoothly, and allowing an
extended delay to be produced.
This is a monaural delay.
A virtual tape echo that produces a realistic tape delay sound. This
simulates the tape echo section of a Roland RE-201 Space Echo.
In addition to a lo-fi effect, this adds various types of noise such as white
noise and disc noise.
This is an effect that intentionally degrades the sound quality for creative
purposes.
In addition to a Lo-Fi effect, this effect also generates radio noise.
This effect produces a muffled sound, like that heard through a telephone.
Simulates a sound recorded on an analog record and played back on a
record player. This effect also simulates the various types of noise that are
typical of a record, and even the rotational irregularities of an old
turntable.
A stereo pitch shifter.
53:
ANALOG DELAY
Item
Value Description
Delay Time
0–1300 msec, note
Adjusts the time until the delay is
heard.
Feedback
-98–+98%
Adjusts the amount of the delay
that’s fed back into the effect.
Negative (-) settings invert the phase.
Balance
D100:0W–D0:100W
Volume balance between the direct
sound (D) and the delay sound (W)
54:
ANALOG LONG DELAY
Item
Value Description
Delay Time
0–2600 msec,
note
Adjusts the time until the delay is heard.
Feedback
-98–+98%
Adjusts the amount of the delay that’s fed
back into the effect.
Negative (-) settings invert the phase.
Balance
D100:0W–
D0:100W
Volume balance between the direct sound (D)
and the delay sound (W)
55: TAPE ECHO
Item
Value Description
Repeat Rate
0–127
Tape speed
Increasing this value will shorten the
spacing of the delayed sounds.
Intensity
0–127
Amount of delay repeats
Echo Level
0–127 Volume of the echo sound
56:
LOFI NOISE
Item
Value Description
Noise Level
0–127
Volume of the white noise
Disc Nois
Level
0–127
Volume of the record noise
Level
0–127 Output level
57:
LOFI COMPRESS
Item
Value Description
Level
0–127
Output level
58:
LOFI RADIO
Item
Value Description
Radio
Detune
0–127
Simulates the tuning noise of a radio. As this
value is raised, the tuning drifts further.
Radio Noise
Lev
0–127
Volume of the radio noise
Level
0–127
Output level
59:
TELEPHONE
Item
Value Description
Level
0–127
Output level
60: PHONOGRAPH
Item
Value Description
Total Noise
Lev
0–127
Volume of overall noise
Total Wow/
Flutr
0–127
Depth of overall rotational irregularity
Level
0–127
Output level
61:
PITCH SHIFTER
Item
Value Description
Coarse
-24–+12 semi
Adjusts the pitch of the pitch
shifted sound in semitone steps.
Balance
D100:0W–D0:100W
Volume balance between the
direct sound (D) and the pitch
shifted sound (W)
JUNO-Di_e.book 101 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
102
Effects List
Shifts the pitch of the original sound. This 2-voice pitch shifter has two
pitch shifters, and can add two pitch shifted sounds to the original sound.
A pitch shifter in which the amount of pitch shift is varied by a 16-step
sequence.
Adds reverberation to the sound, simulating an acoustic space.
This is a special type of reverb in which the reverberant sound is cut off
before its natural length.
62:
2VOI PCH SHIFTER
(2VOICE PITCH SHIFTER)
Item
Value Description
Pch1 Coarse
-24-+12 semi
Adjusts the pitch of Pitch Shift 1 in
semitone steps.
Pch2 Coarse
-24-+12 semi
Settings of the Pitch Shift 2 sound.
The items are the same as for the
Pitch Shift 1 sound.
Balance
D100:0W-D0:100W
Volume balance between the
direct sound (D) and the pitch
shifted sound (W)
63:
STEP PCH SHIFTER
(STEP PITCH SHIFTER)
Item
Value Description
Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Rate at which the 16-step
sequence will cycle
Balance
D100:0W–D0:100W
Volume balance of the original
sound (D) and pitch-shifted sound
(W)
64:
REVERB
Item
Value Description
Type
ROOM1, ROOM2,
STAGE1, STAGE2,
HALL1, HALL2
Type of reverb
ROOM1:
dense reverb with
short decay
ROOM2:
sparse reverb with
short decay
STAGE1:
reverb with greater
late reverberation
STAGE2:
reverb with strong
early reflections
HALL1:
reverb with clear
reverberance
HALL2:
reverb with rich
reverberance
Time
0–127 Time length of reverberation
65:
GATED REVERB
Item
Value Description
Type
NORMAL, REVERSE,
SWEEP1, SWEEP2
Type of reverb
NORMAL:
conventional gated
reverb
REVERSE:
backwards reverb
SWEEP1:
the reverberant
sound moves from right to left
SWEEP2:
the reverberant
sound moves from left to right
Gate Time
5–500 msec
Adjusts the time from when the
reverb is heard until it
disappears.
66:
OD
CHORUS (OVERDRIVE
CHORUS)
Item
Value Description
Overdrive
Drive
0–127
Degree of distortion
Also changes the volume.
Chorus Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Frequency of modulation
Chorus Depth
0–127
Depth of modulation
Level
0–127
Output Level
67:
OD
FLANGER (OVERDRIVE
FLANGER)
Item
Value Description
Overdrive
Drive
0–127
Degree of distortion
Also changes the volume.
Flangr Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Frequency of modulation
Flangr Depth
0–127
Depth of modulation
Level
0–127
Output Level
68:
OD
DELAY (OVERDRIVE
DELAY)
Item
Value Description
Overdrive Drive
0–127
Degree of distortion
Also changes the volume.
Delay Time
0–2600 msec, note
Adjusts the delay time from the
direct sound until the delay sound
is heard.
Delay
Feedback
-98–+98%
Adjusts the proportion of the
delay sound that is fed back into
the effect. Negative (-) settings will
invert the phase.
Level
0–127
Output Level
69:
DST
CHORUS
(DISTORTION
CHORUS)
Item
Value Description
Dst Drive
0–127
Degree of distortion
Also changes the volume.
Chorus Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note Frequency of modulation
Chorus Depth
0–127
Depth of modulation
Level
0–127
Output Level
70:
DST
FLANGER
(DISTORTION
FLANGER)
Item
Value Description
Dst Drive
0–127
Degree of distortion
Also changes the volume.
Flangr Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Frequency of modulation
Flangr Depth
0–127
Depth of modulation
Level
0–127
Output Level
JUNO-Di_e.book 102 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
103
Effects List
On an acoustic piano, holding down the damper pedal allows other
strings to resonate in sympathy with the notes you play, creating rich and
spacious resonances. This effect simulates these sympathetic resonances.
71:
DST
DELAY
(DISTORTION
DELAY)
Item
Value Description
Dst Drive
0–127
Degree of distortion
Also changes the volume.
Delay Time
0–2600 msec, note
Adjusts the delay time from the
direct sound until the delay sound
is heard.
Delay
Feedback
-98–+98%
Adjusts the proportion of the
delay sound that is fed back into
the effect. Negative (-) settings will
invert the phase.
Level
0–127
Output Level
72:
ENH
CHORUS
(ENHANCER
CHORUS)
Item
Value Description
Enhancer Mix
0–127
Level of the overtones generated by
the enhancer
Chorus Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Frequency of modulation
Chorus Depth
0–127
Depth of modulation
Level
0–127 Output Level
73:
ENH
FLANGER
(ENHANCER
FLANGER)
Item
Value Description
Enhancer Mix
0–127
Level of the overtones generated by
the enhancer
Flangr Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Frequency of modulation
Flangr Depth
0–127
Depth of modulation
Level
0–127
Output Level
74:
ENH
DELAY
(ENHANCER
DELAY)
Item
Value Description
Enhancer Mix
0–127
Level of the overtones generated
by the enhancer
Delay Time
0–2600 msec, note
Adjusts the delay time from the
direct sound until the delay sound
is heard.
Delay
Feedback
-98–+98%
Adjusts the proportion of the
delay sound that is fed back into
the effect. Negative (-) settings will
invert the phase.
Level
0–127
Output Level
75:
CHORUS
DELAY
Item
Value Description
Chorus Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note Frequency of modulation
Delay Time
0–2600 msec, note
Adjusts the delay time from the
direct sound until the delay sound is
heard.
Delay
Feedback
-98–+98%
Adjusts the proportion of the delay
sound that is fed back into the
effect. Negative (-) settings will
invert the phase.
Level
0–127
Output Level
76:
FLANGER
DELAY
Item
Value Description
Flangr Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Frequency of modulation
Delay Time
0–2600 msec, note
Adjusts the delay time from the
direct sound until the delay sound
is heard.
Delay
Feedback
-98–+98%
Adjusts the proportion of the delay
sound that is fed back into the
effect. Negative (-) settings will
invert the phase.
Level
0–127
Output Level
77:
CHORUS
FLANGER
Item
Value Description
Chorus Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Modulation frequency of the chorus
effect
Flangr Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Modulation frequency of the flanger
effect
Level
0–127
Output Level
78:
SYMPATHETIC RESO
(SYMPATHETIC RESONANCE)
Item
Value Description
Lid
1–6
This simulates the actual changes in
sound that occur when the lid of a
grand piano is set at different
heights.
79:
VOCODER
Item
Value Description
Mic Sens
0–127
Input sensitivity of the microphone
Synth Level
0–127
Input level of the instrument
Mic Mix
0–127
Amount of mic audio added to the
output of the vocoder
Level
0–127
Volume level after passing through
the vocoder
JUNO-Di_e.book 103 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
104
Effects List
The JUNO-Di’s Chorus effect unit can also be used as a stereo delay unit.
These settings allow you to select chorus or delay, and the characteristics
of the selected effect type.
If you specify the delay time as a note value, slowing down the
tempo will not change the delay time beyond a certain length.
This is because there is an upper limit for the delay time; if the
delay time is specified as a note value and you slow down the
tempo until this upper limit is reached, the delay time cannot
change any further. This upper limit is the maximum value that
can be specified when setting the delay time as a numerical
value.
note:
fig.MFX-note2.e
These settings allow you to select the desired type of reverb, and its
characteristics.
Chorus Parameters
Item
Value Description
Chorus Type
00: OFF,
01: CHORUS,
02: DELAY,
03: GM2 CHORUS
Selects either Chorus or Delay.
00: OFF
Neither Chorus or Delay is used.
01: CHORUS
Chorus is used.
02: DELAY
Delay is used.
03: GM2 CHORUS
GM2 Chorus is used.
Chorus Level
or Delay Level
0–127
Volume of the chorus sound
01: CHORUS
Rate
0.05–10.00 Hz, note
Frequency of modulation
Depth
0–127
Depth of modulation
02: DELAY
Delay Time
0–1000 msec, note
Adjusts the delay time from the direct
sound until the delay sound is heard.
Feedback
-98–+98%
Adjusts the proportion of the delay
sound that is fed back into the effect.
Negative (-) settings will invert the
phase.
03: GM2 CHORUS
Rate
0–127
Frequency of modulation
Depth
0–127
Depth of modulation
Double note
Dotted whole note
Dotted half note
Dotted thirty-second note
Whole note
Double-note triplet
Sixteenth-note triplet
Thirty-second note
Sixty-fourth-note triplet
Sixty-fourth note
Thirty-second-note triplet
Dotted eighth noteQuarter-note tripletEighth note
Half-note tripletQuarter note
Dotted quarter note
Whole-note triplet
Half note
Sixteenth note
Eighth-note triplet
Dotted sixteenth note
Reverb Parameters
Item
Value Description
Reverb
Type
00: OFF,
01: REVERB,
02: SRV ROOM,
03: SRV HALL,
04: SRV PLATE,
05
:
GM2 REVERB
Type of reverb
00: OFF
Reverb is not used.
01: REVERB
Normal reverb
02: SRV ROOM
This simulates typical room acoustic
reflections.
03: SRV HALL
This simulates typical concert hall
acoustic reflections.
04: SRV PLATE
This simulates a reverb plate, a popular
type of artificial reverb unit that derives
its sound from the vibration of a metallic
plate.
05: GM2 REVERB
GM2 Reverb
Reverb
Level
0–127
Volume of the reverb sound
01: REVERB
Type
ROOM1, ROOM2,
STAGE1, STAGE2,
HALL1, HALL2,
DELAY,
PAN-DELAY
Type of reverb/delay
ROOM1: short reverb with high density
ROOM2: short reverb with low density
STAGE1: reverb with greater late
reverberation
STAGE2: reverb with strong early reflections
HALL1: very clear-sounding reverb
HALL2: rich reverb
DELAY: conventional delay effect
PAN-DELAY: delay effect with echoes that
pan left and right
Time
0–127
Time length of reverberation
(Type: ROOM1–HALL2)
Delay time
(Type: DELAY, PAN-DELAY)
02: SRV ROOM
03: SRV HALL
04: SRV PLATE
Size
1–8
Size of the simulated room or hall
Time
0–127
Time length of reverberation
05: GM2 REVERB
Character
0–7
Type of reverb
0–5: reverb
6, 7: delay
Time
0–127
Time length of reverberation
JUNO-Di_e.book 104 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
105
Tone List
[PIANO] Button
* Pf111–Pf128 are GM/GM2 tones.
No.
Tone Name Category MSB LSB PC
1
Pf001 88StageGrand PNO 087 064 001
2 Pf002 88StgGrand 2 PNO 087 064 002
3 Pf003 88StgGrand 3 PNO 087 064 003
4 Pf004 JUNO Piano 1 PNO 087 064 004
5 Pf005 JUNO Piano 2 PNO 087 064 005
6 Pf006 Rich Grand 1 PNO 087 064 006
7 Pf007 Rich Grand 2 PNO 087 064 007
8 Pf008 Piano+Str 1 PNO 087 064 008
9 Pf009 Fairy Piano PNO 087 064 009
10 Pf010 Pop Piano 1 PNO 087 064 010
11 Pf011 Pop Piano 2 PNO 087 064 011
12 Pf012 ConcertGrand PNO 087 064 012
13 Pf013 Warm Tune PNO 087 064 013
14 Pf014 Hall Concert PNO 087 064 014
15 Pf015 Mellow Tune PNO 087 064 015
16 Pf016 Mono Piano 1 PNO 087 064 016
17 Pf017 Mono Piano 2 PNO 087 064 017
18 Pf018 Mono Piano 3 PNO 087 064 018
19 Pf019 Piano+Pad 1 PNO 087 064 019
20 Pf020 Piano+Pad 2 PNO 087 064 020
21 Pf021 Piano+Vox PNO 087 064 021
22 Pf022 Piano+Str 2 PNO 087 064 022
23 Pf023 Layers PNO 087 064 023
24 Pf024 Grand Hall PNO 087 064 024
25 Pf025 Cicada Piano PNO 087 064 025
26 Pf026 Rapsody PNO 087 064 026
27 Pf027 Pop Piano 3 PNO 087 064 027
28 Pf028 Pop Piano 4 PNO 087 064 028
29 Pf029 Radio Piano PNO 087 064 029
30 Pf030 Rokkin’ pF PNO 087 064 030
31 Pf031 JD Piano 1 PNO 087 064 031
32 Pf032 JD Piano 2 PNO 087 064 032
33 Pf033 JD Piano&Str PNO 087 064 033
34 Pf034 SA Dance Pno PNO 087 064 034
35 Pf035 E-Grand PNO 087 064 035
36 Pf036 Back E-Grand PNO 087 064 036
37 Pf037 Dark Grand PNO 087 064 037
38 Pf038 Grand+FM PNO 087 064 038
39 Pf039 Blend Piano PNO 087 064 039
40 Pf040 Piano Oz PNO 087 064 040
41 Pf041 Meditate Pno PNO 087 064 041
42 Pf042 FX Piano PNO 087 064 042
43 Pf043 AmbientPiano PNO 087 064 043
44 Pf044 Pure EP EP 087 064 044
45 Pf045 Pure EP Trem EP 087 064 045
46 Pf046 Stage Phazer EP 087 064 046
47 Pf047 SA EPiano 1 EP 087 064 047
48 Pf048 FM EP 1 EP 087 064 048
49 Pf049 Pure Wurly 1 EP 087 064 049
50 Pf050 Wurly Trem 1 EP 087 064 050
51 Pf051 VelSpdWurly EP 087 064 051
52 Pf052 Phase EP 1 EP 087 064 052
53 Pf053 Phase Stg EP EP 087 064 053
54 Pf054 Flanger EP EP 087 064 054
55 Pf055 TEL Stage EP EP 087 064 055
56 Pf056 Vintage EP 1 EP 087 064 056
57 Pf057 Vintage EP 2 EP 087 064 057
58 Pf058 Vintage EP 3 EP 087 064 058
59 Pf059 Stage EP 1 EP 087 064 059
60 Pf060 Stage EP 2 EP 087 064 060
61 Pf061 StageCabinet EP 087 064 061
62 Pf062 StageEP Trem EP 087 064 062
63 Pf063 EP Trem 1 EP 087 064 063
64 Pf064 EP Trem 2 EP 087 064 064
65 Pf065 EP Trem 3 EP 087 064 065
66 Pf066 EP Chorus 1 EP 087 064 066
67 Pf067 EP Chorus 2 EP 087 064 067
68 Pf068 EP Chorus 3 EP 087 064 068
69 Pf069 Phase EP 2 EP 087 064 069
70 Pf070 80s EP 1 EP 087 064 070
71 Pf071 Dyno EP EP 087 064 071
72 Pf072 E.Piano EP 087 064 072
73 Pf073 Back2the60s EP 087 064 073
74 Pf074 Tine EP EP 087 064 074
75 Pf075 LEO EP EP 087 064 075
76 Pf076 SA EPiano 2 EP 087 064 076
77 Pf077 SA EP Trem EP 087 064 077
78 Pf078 FM EP mix EP 087 064 078
79 Pf079 FM-777 EP 087 064 079
80 Pf080 FM EP 2 EP 087 064 080
81 Pf081 FM EP 3 EP 087 064 081
82 Pf082 FM EP 4 EP 087 064 082
83 Pf083 Pure Wurly 2 EP 087 064 083
84 Pf084 Pure Wurly 3 EP 087 064 084
85 Pf085 Wurly Trem 2 EP 087 064 085
86 Pf086 Wurly Trem 3 EP 087 064 086
87 Pf087 EP Layer EP 087 064 087
88 Pf088 80s EP 2 EP 087 064 088
89 Pf089 Pop EP EP 087 064 089
90 Pf090 EP Bell 1 EP 087 064 090
91 Pf091 EP Bell 2 EP 087 064 091
92 Pf092 LonesomeRoad EP 087 064 092
93 Pf093 Age’n’Tines EP 087 064 093
94 Pf094 Brill TremEP EP 087 064 094
95 Pf095 Crystal EP EP 087 064 095
96 Pf096 Vintage Tine EP 087 064 096
97 Pf097 Mk2 Stg phsr EP 087 064 097
98 Pf098 Celestial EP EP 087 064 098
99 Pf099 Psycho EP 1 EP 087 064 099
100 Pf100 Psycho EP 2 EP 087 064 100
101 Pf101 TineEP+Pad EP 087 064 101
102 Pf102 Wurly+Pad EP 087 064 102
103 Pf103 Dreaming EP EP 087 064 103
104 Pf104 Balladeer EP 087 064 104
105 Pf105 Remember EP 087 064 105
106 Pf106 Vibe EP EP 087 064 106
107 Pf107 sin(EP) EP 087 064 107
108 Pf108 Fonky Fonky EP 087 064 108
109 Pf109 FM EPad EP 087 064 109
110 Pf110 EP Stack EP 087 064 110
111 Pf111 Piano 1 PNO 121 0 1
112 Pf112 Piano 1w PNO 121 1
113 Pf113 European Pf PNO 121 2
114 Pf114 Piano 2 PNO 121 0 2
115 Pf115 Piano 2w PNO 121 1
116 Pf116 Piano 3 PNO 121 0 3
117 Pf117 Piano 3w PNO 121 1
118 Pf118 Honky-tonk PNO 121 0 4
119 Pf119 Honky-tonk 2 PNO 121 4
120 Pf120 E.Piano 1 EP 121 0 5
121 Pf121 St.Soft EP EP 121 1
122 Pf122 FM+SA EP EP 121 2
123 Pf123 Wurly EP 121 3
124 Pf124 E.Piano 2 EP 121 0 6
125 Pf125 Detuned EP 2 EP 121 1
126 Pf126 St.FM EP EP 121 2
127 Pf127 EP Legend EP 121 3
128 Pf128 EP Phase EP 121 4
No.
Tone Name Category MSB LSB PC
JUNO-Di_e.book 105 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
106
Tone List
[KEYBOARD/ORGAN] Button
* Ky125–Ky162 are GM/GM2 tones.
No.
Tone Name Category MSB LSB PC
129
Ky001 HardRockORG1 ORG 087 064 111
130 Ky002 HardRockORG2 ORG 087 064 112
131 Ky003 GT Org Stack ORG 087 064 113
132 Ky004 GT Org Std ORG 087 064 114
133 Ky005 GT Org Clean ORG 087 064 115
134 Ky006 Perc Organ 1 ORG 087 064 116
135 Ky007 FullStop Org ORG 087 064 117
136 Ky008 FullDraw Org ORG 087 064 118
137 Ky009 StakDraw Org ORG 087 064 119
138 Ky010 JUNO PercOrg ORG 087 064 120
139 Ky011 VKHold4Speed ORG 087 064 121
140 Ky012 Pop Organ 1 ORG 087 064 122
141 Ky013 Pop Organ 2 ORG 087 064 123
142 Ky014 Pop Organ 3 ORG 087 064 124
143 Ky015 B Org 1 ORG 087 064 125
144 Ky016 B Org 2 ORG 087 064 126
145 Ky017 B Org 3 ORG 087 064 127
146 Ky018 B Org 4 ORG 087 064 128
147 Ky019 D.Bar Org 1 ORG 087 065 001
148 Ky020 D.Bar Org 2 ORG 087 065 002
149 Ky021 D.Bar Org 3 ORG 087 065 003
150 Ky022 D.Bar Org 4 ORG 087 065 004
151 Ky023 D.Bar Org 5 ORG 087 065 005
152 Ky024 D.Bar Org 6 ORG 087 065 006
153 Ky025 D.Bar Org 7 ORG 087 065 007
154 Ky026 D.Bar Org 8 ORG 087 065 008
155 Ky027 Perc Organ 2 ORG 087 065 009
156 Ky028 X Perc Organ ORG 087 065 010
157 Ky029 Rhythm’n’B ORG 087 065 011
158 Ky030 Phono Organ ORG 087 065 012
159 Ky031 Rochno Org ORG 087 065 013
160 Ky032 R&B Organ 1 ORG 087 065 014
161 Ky033 R&B Organ 2 ORG 087 065 015
162 Ky034 SuperDistOrg ORG 087 065 016
163 Ky035 SuperDist Ld ORG 087 065 017
164 Ky036 Dist Bee ORG 087 065 018
165 Ky037 LoFi PercOrg ORG 087 065 019
166 Ky038 60’s Org 1 ORG 087 065 020
167 Ky039 60’s Org 2 ORG 087 065 021
168 Ky040 Smoky Organ ORG 087 065 022
169 Ky041 Soap Opera ORG 087 065 023
170 Ky042 Crummy Organ ORG 087 065 024
171 Ky043 Aqua Org/Pno ORG 087 065 025
172 Ky044 Positive Org ORG 087 065 026
173 Ky045 Chapel Organ ORG 087 065 027
174 Ky046 Cathedral ORG 087 065 028
175 Ky047 Grand Pipe ORG 087 065 029
176 Ky048 Pipe Organ 1 ORG 087 065 030
177 Ky049 Pipe Organ 2 ORG 087 065 031
178 Ky050 Masked Opera ORG 087 065 032
179 Ky051 Clavi 1 KEY 087 065 033
180 Ky052 Clavi 2 KEY 087 065 034
181 Ky053 Phase Clavi1 KEY 087 065 035
182 Ky054 Phase Clavi2 KEY 087 065 036
183 Ky055 AnalogClavi1 KEY 087 065 037
184 Ky056 Pulse Clavi KEY 087 065 038
185 Ky057 VintageClavi KEY 087 065 039
186 Ky058 Cutter Clavi KEY 087 065 040
187 Ky059 Over-D6 KEY 087 065 041
188 Ky060 Cell Clavi KEY 087 065 042
189 Ky061 Clavi 3 KEY 087 065 043
190 Ky062 Clavi 4 KEY 087 065 044
191 Ky063 Clavi 5 KEY 087 065 045
192 Ky064 Funky D KEY 087 065 046
193 Ky065 Funky Line KEY 087 065 047
194 Ky066 AnalogClavi2 KEY 087 065 048
195 Ky067 PWM Clavi KEY 087 065 049
196 Ky068 Biting Clavi KEY 087 065 050
197 Ky069 Reso Clavi KEY 087 065 051
198 Ky070 BPF Clavi Ph KEY 087 065 052
199 Ky071 Snappy Clavi KEY 087 065 053
200 Ky072 Harpsy Clavi KEY 087 065 054
201 Ky073 JUNO Harpsi KEY 087 065 055
202 Ky074 Amadeus KEY 087 065 056
203 Ky075 Music Bells BEL 087 065 057
204 Ky076 D50Fantasia1 BEL 087 065 058
205 Ky077 D50Fantasia2 BEL 087 065 059
206 Ky078 Frends Bell BEL 087 065 060
207 Ky079 FM Syn Bell BEL 087 065 061
208 Ky080 Dreaming Box BEL 087 065 062
209 Ky081 Himalaya Ice BEL 087 065 063
210 Ky082 Wine Glass BEL 087 065 064
211 Ky083 MuBox Pad BEL 087 065 065
212 Ky084 Pop Bell BEL 087 065 066
213 Ky085 Candy Bell BEL 087 065 067
214 Ky086 FM Heaven BEL 087 065 068
215 Ky087 JUNO Celesta BEL 087 065 069
216 Ky088 Celesta Trem BEL 087 065 070
217 Ky089 Glocken BEL 087 065 071
218 Ky090 Music Box 1 BEL 087 065 072
219 Ky091 Music Box 2 BEL 087 065 073
220 Ky092 Kalimbells BEL 087 065 074
221 Ky093 JUNO Bell BEL 087 065 075
222 Ky094 Grained Bell BEL 087 065 076
223 Ky095 Chime BEL 087 065 077
224 Ky096 Bell Ring BEL 087 065 078
225 Ky097 Tubular Bell BEL 087 065 079
226 Ky098 5th Key BEL 087 065 080
227 Ky099 Bell Monitor BEL 087 065 081
228 Ky100 TubyRuesday BEL 087 065 082
229 Ky101 Step Ice BEL 087 065 083
230 Ky102 Vibe Trem 1 MLT 087 065 084
231 Ky103 Vibe Trem 2 MLT 087 065 085
232 Ky104 Pure Vibe MLT 087 065 086
233 Ky105 Ringy Vibes MLT 087 065 087
234 Ky106 Airie Vibez MLT 087 065 088
235 Ky107 JUNO Marimba MLT 087 065 089
236 Ky108 Soft Marimba MLT 087 065 090
237 Ky109 FM Wood MLT 087 065 091
238 Ky110 Xylo MLT 087 065 092
239 Ky111 Ethno Keys MLT 087 065 093
240 Ky112 Synergy MLT MLT 087 065 094
241 Ky113 JUNO SteelDr MLT 087 065 095
242 Ky114 50`SteelDrms MLT 087 065 096
243 Ky115 Xylosizer MLT 087 065 097
244 Ky116 AirPluck MLT 087 065 098
245 Ky117 Toy Box MLT 087 065 099
246 Ky118 Icy Keys MLT 087 065 100
247 Ky119 Squeeze Me! ACD 087 065 101
248 Ky120 Vodkakordion ACD 087 065 102
249 Ky121 Guinguette ACD 087 065 103
250 Ky122 JUNO Harm HRM 087 065 104
251 Ky123 Blues harp HRM 087 065 105
252 Ky124 Green Bullet HRM 087 065 106
253 Ky125 Harpsichord KEY 121 0 7
254 Ky126 Coupled Hps. KEY 121 1
255 Ky127 Harpsi.w KEY 121 2
256 Ky128 Harpsi.o KEY 121 3
257 Ky129 Clav. KEY 121 0 8
No.
Tone Name Category MSB LSB PC
JUNO-Di_e.book 106 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
107
Tone List
[GUITAR/BASS] Button
* Gt176–Gt219 are GM/GM2 tones.
258
Ky130 Pulse Clav KEY 121 1
259 Ky131 Celesta KEY 121 0 9
260 Ky132 Glockenspiel BEL 121 0 10
261 Ky133 Music Box BEL 121 0 11
262 Ky134 Vibraphone MLT 121 0 12
263 Ky135 Vibraphone w MLT 121 1
264 Ky136 Marimba MLT 121 0 13
265 Ky137 Marimba w MLT 121 1
266 Ky138 Xylophone MLT 121 0 14
267 Ky139 Tubular-bell BEL 121 0 15
268 Ky140 Church Bell BEL 121 1
269 Ky141 Carillon BEL 121 2
270 Ky142 Organ 1 ORG 121 0 17
271 Ky143 Trem. Organ ORG 121 1
272 Ky144 60’s Organ 1 ORG 121 2
273 Ky145 70’s E.Organ ORG 121 3
274 Ky146 Organ 2 ORG 121 0 18
275 Ky147 Chorus Or.2 ORG 121 1
276 Ky148 Perc. Organ ORG 121 2
277 Ky149 Organ 3 ORG 121 0 19
278 Ky150 Church Org.1 ORG 121 0 20
279 Ky151 Church Org.2 ORG 121 1
280 Ky152 Church Org.3 ORG 121 2
281 Ky153 Reed Organ ORG 121 0 21
282 Ky154 Puff Organ ORG 121 1
283 Ky155 Accordion Fr ACD 121 0 22
284 Ky156 Accordion It ACD 121 1
285 Ky157 Harmonica HRM 121 0 23
286 Ky158 Bandoneon ACD 121 0 24
287 Ky159 Crystal BEL 121 0 99
288 Ky160 Syn Mallet BEL 121 1
289 Ky161 Tinkle Bell BEL 121 0 113
290 Ky162 Steel Drums MLT 121 0 115
No.
Tone Name Category MSB LSB PC
291
Gt001 JUNO Nylon AGT 087 065 107
292 Gt002 Comp Stl Gtr AGT 087 065 108
293 Gt003 Pre Mass Hum AGT 087 065 109
294 Gt004 Uncle Martin AGT 087 065 110
295 Gt005 12str Guitar AGT 087 065 111
296 Gt006 Nylon Gtr AGT 087 065 112
297 Gt007 SoftNyln Gtr AGT 087 065 113
298 Gt008 Wet Nyln Gtr AGT 087 065 114
299 Gt009 Bright Nylon AGT 087 065 115
300 Gt010 Pure Nylon AGT 087 065 116
301 Gt011 Nylon Delay AGT 087 065 117
302 Gt012 Thick Steel AGT 087 065 118
303 Gt013 Wide Ac Gtr AGT 087 065 119
304 Gt014 So good ! AGT 087 065 120
305 Gt015 Jazz Guitar1 EGT 087 065 121
306 Gt016 Jazz Guitar2 EGT 087 065 122
307 Gt017 DynoJazz Gtr EGT 087 065 123
308 Gt018 Clean Gtr 1 EGT 087 065 124
309 Gt019 Clean Gtr 2 EGT 087 065 125
310 Gt020 Pick Gtr EGT 087 065 126
311 Gt021 Strat Gtr 1 EGT 087 065 127
312 Gt022 Strat Gtr 2 EGT 087 065 128
313 Gt023 Funk Gtr EGT 087 066 001
314 Gt024 StratSeq’nce EGT 087 066 002
315 Gt025 Plug n’ Gig1 EGT 087 066 003
316 Gt026 Plug n’ Gig2 EGT 087 066 004
317 Gt027 Kinda Kurt EGT 087 066 005
318 Gt028 Nice Oct Gtr EGT 087 066 006
No.
Tone Name Category MSB LSB PC
319
Gt029 Crimson Gtr EGT 087 066 007
320 Gt030 Plugged!! DGT 087 066 008
321 Gt031 Punker 1 DGT 087 066 009
322 Gt032 Rockin’ Dly DGT 087 066 010
323 Gt033 Loud Gtr DGT 087 066 011
324 Gt034 Searing Gtr DGT 087 066 012
325 Gt035 Searing COSM DGT 087 066 013
326 Gt036 OctSearingGt DGT 087 066 014
327 Gt037 Dist.Fingerz DGT 087 066 015
328 Gt038 Fuzz Gtr DGT 087 066 016
329 Gt039 Crunch Twin DGT 087 066 017
330 Gt040 Larsen DGT 087 066 018
331 Gt041 Trem-o-Vibe DGT 087 066 019
332 Gt042 Touch Drive DGT 087 066 020
333 Gt043 Chunk Atk DGT 087 066 021
334 Gt044 LP Dist DGT 087 066 022
335 Gt045 Hurtling Gtr DGT 087 066 023
336 Gt046 Power Chord DGT 087 066 024
337 Gt047 Punker 2 DGT 087 066 025
338 Gt048 Ac Bass 1 BS 087 066 026
339 Gt049 Ac Bass 2 BS 087 066 027
340 Gt050 Ac Bass 3 BS 087 066 028
341 Gt051 Ulti Ac Bass BS 087 066 029
342 Gt052 Downright Bs BS 087 066 030
343 Gt053 Cmp’d Fng Bs BS 087 066 031
344 Gt054 FingerMaster BS 087 066 032
345 Gt055 Return2Base! BS 087 066 033
346 Gt056 Finger Bs 1 BS 087 066 034
347 Gt057 Finger Bs 2 BS 087 066 035
348 Gt058 Finger Bs 3 BS 087 066 036
349 Gt059 Fretless Bs1 BS 087 066 037
350 Gt060 Fretless Bs2 BS 087 066 038
351 Gt061 Fretless Bs3 BS 087 066 039
352 Gt062 RichFretless BS 087 066 040
353 Gt063 NewAge Frtls BS 087 066 041
354 Gt064 P-Bass BS 087 066 042
355 Gt065 Roomy Bass BS 087 066 043
356 Gt066 All Round Bs BS 087 066 044
357 Gt067 Pick Bass 1 BS 087 066 045
358 Gt068 Pick Bass 2 BS 087 066 046
359 Gt069 Thumb Up! BS 087 066 047
360 Gt070 Tubby Mute BS 087 066 048
361 Gt071 Chicken Bass BS 087 066 049
362 Gt072 Snug Bass BS 087 066 050
363 Gt073 Chorus Bass BS 087 066 051
364 Gt074 A Big Pick BS 087 066 052
365 Gt075 Slap Bass BS 087 066 053
366 Gt076 Slap w/Fx BS 087 066 054
367 Gt077 Basement BS 087 066 055
368 Gt078 Low Bass SBS 087 066 056
369 Gt079 Foundation SBS 087 066 057
370 Gt080 SH Sawtooth SBS 087 066 058
371 Gt081 Fat RubberBs SBS 087 066 059
372 Gt082 Garage Bass1 SBS 087 066 060
373 Gt083 Reso SynBs 1 SBS 087 066 061
374 Gt084 TB Dist Bs SBS 087 066 062
375 Gt085 JUNO Acid Bs SBS 087 066 063
376 Gt086 Monster Bass SBS 087 066 064
377 Gt087 Oil Can Bass SBS 087 066 065
378 Gt088 Pedal Syn Bs SBS 087 066 066
379 Gt089 Big Mini 1 SBS 087 066 067
380 Gt090 Big Mini 2 SBS 087 066 068
381 Gt091 SH-2 Bs SBS 087 066 069
382 Gt092 SH-101 Bs 1 SBS 087 066 070
383 Gt093 R&B Bass 1 SBS 087 066 071
384 Gt094 R&B Bass 2 SBS 087 066 072
No.
Tone Name Category MSB LSB PC
JUNO-Di_e.book 107 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
108
Tone List
385
Gt095 R&B Bass 3 SBS 087 066 073
386 Gt096 Moogy Bass 1 SBS 087 066 074
387 Gt097 Moogy Bass 2 SBS 087 066 075
388 Gt098 JUNO Reso SBS 087 066 076
389 Gt099 Alpha SynBs1 SBS 087 066 077
390 Gt100 Alpha SynBs2 SBS 087 066 078
391 Gt101 SH Square SBS 087 066 079
392 Gt102 Pedal Square SBS 087 066 080
393 Gt103 Doze Bass 1 SBS 087 066 081
394 Gt104 VirtualRnBs1 SBS 087 066 082
395 Gt105 Saw&MG Bass1 SBS 087 066 083
396 Gt106 Square Bass SBS 087 066 084
397 Gt107 Bs MG SBS 087 066 085
398 Gt108 Bs Reso SBS 087 066 086
399 Gt109 Bs SH SBS 087 066 087
400 Gt110 Bs TB SBS 087 066 088
401 Gt111 Bs MC SBS 087 066 089
402 Gt112 Bs Pedal SBS 087 066 090
403 Gt113 Bs Release SBS 087 066 091
404 Gt114 Bs Cheeze SBS 087 066 092
405 Gt115 Mini Like! SBS 087 066 093
406 Gt116 MC-404 Bass SBS 087 066 094
407 Gt117 Soft SynBass SBS 087 066 095
408 Gt118 JUNO-106 Bs SBS 087 066 096
409 Gt119 Smooth Bass SBS 087 066 097
410 Gt120 Flat Bass SBS 087 066 098
411 Gt121 Punch MG 2 SBS 087 066 099
412 Gt122 Electro Rubb SBS 087 066 100
413 Gt123 R&B Bass 4 SBS 087 066 101
414 Gt124 Enorjizor SBS 087 066 102
415 Gt125 LowFat Bass SBS 087 066 103
416 Gt126 Doze Bass 2 SBS 087 066 104
417 Gt127 DCO Bass SBS 087 066 105
418 Gt128 VirtualRnBs2 SBS 087 066 106
419 Gt129 Saw&MG Bass2 SBS 087 066 107
420 Gt130 MG+SubOsc Bs SBS 087 066 108
421 Gt131 R&B Bass 5 SBS 087 066 109
422 Gt132 R&B Bass 6 SBS 087 066 110
423 Gt133 Not a Bass SBS 087 066 111
424 Gt134 Reso SynBs 2 SBS 087 066 112
425 Gt135 SH-1 Bass SBS 087 066 113
426 Gt136 SH-101 Bs 2 SBS 087 066 114
427 Gt137 Punch MG 1 SBS 087 066 115
428 Gt138 MKS-50 SynBs SBS 087 066 116
429 Gt139 Gashed Bass SBS 087 066 117
430 Gt140 Q Bass SBS 087 066 118
431 Gt141 Super-G DX SBS 087 066 119
432 Gt142 Kickin’ Bass SBS 087 066 120
433 Gt143 OilDrum Bass SBS 087 066 121
434 Gt144 Dust Bass SBS 087 066 122
435 Gt145 Glide-iator SBS 087 066 123
436 Gt146 Acid Punch SBS 087 066 124
437 Gt147 Unison Bass SBS 087 066 125
438 Gt148 Detune Bass SBS 087 066 126
439 Gt149 Lo Bass SBS 087 066 127
440 Gt150 Garage Bass2 SBS 087 066 128
441 Gt151 Sub Sonic SBS 087 067 001
442 Gt152 Jungle Bass SBS 087 067 002
443 Gt153 R&B Bass 7 SBS 087 067 003
444 Gt154 Simply Basic SBS 087 067 004
445 Gt155 Beepin Bass SBS 087 067 005
446 Gt156 MC-TB Bass SBS 087 067 006
447 Gt157 Acdg Bass SBS 087 067 007
448 Gt158 Loco Voco SBS 087 067 008
449 Gt159 Unplug it! SBS 087 067 009
450 Gt160 S&H Bass SBS 087 067 010
No.
Tone Name Category MSB LSB PC
451
Gt161 Destroyed Bs SBS 087 067 011
452 Gt162 Lo-Fi TB SBS 087 067 012
453 Gt163 Drop Bass SBS 087 067 013
454 Gt164 Big Mini 3 SBS 087 067 014
455 Gt165 Muffled MG SBS 087 067 015
456 Gt166 Intrusive Bs SBS 087 067 016
457 Gt167 Alpha SynBs3 SBS 087 067 017
458 Gt168 TransistorBs SBS 087 067 018
459 Gt169 JUNO-60 Bass SBS 087 067 019
460 Gt170 Storm Bass SBS 087 067 020
461 Gt171 Alpha ResoBs SBS 087 067 021
462 Gt172 SH-101 Vibe SBS 087 067 022
463 Gt173 Fazee Bass SBS 087 067 023
464 Gt174 Hi-Energy Bs SBS 087 067 024
465 Gt175 Low Nz Bass SBS 087 067 025
466 Gt176 Nylon-str.Gt AGT 121 0 25
467 Gt177 Ukulele AGT 121 1
468 Gt178 Nylon Gt.o AGT 121 2
469 Gt179 Nylon Gt.2 AGT 121 3
470 Gt180 Steel-str.Gt AGT 121 0 26
471 Gt181 12-str.Gt AGT 121 1
472 Gt182 Mandolin AGT 121 2
473 Gt183 Steel + Body AGT 121 3
474 Gt184 Jazz Gt. EGT 121 0 27
475 Gt185 Pedal Steel EGT 121 1
476 Gt186 Clean Gt. EGT 121 0 28
477 Gt187 Chorus Gt. EGT 121 1
478 Gt188 Mid Tone GTR EGT 121 2
479 Gt189 Muted Gt. EGT 121 0 29
480 Gt190 Funk Pop EGT 121 1
481 Gt191 Funk Gt.2 EGT 121 2
482 Gt192 Jazz Man EGT 121 3
483 Gt193 Overdrive Gt DGT 121 0 30
484 Gt194 Guitar Pinch DGT 121 1
485 Gt195 DistortionGt DGT 121 0 31
486 Gt196 Feedback Gt. DGT 121 1
487 Gt197 Dist Rtm GTR DGT 121 2
488 Gt198 Gt.Harmonics EGT 121 0 32
489 Gt199 Gt. Feedback EGT 121 1
490 Gt200 Acoustic Bs. BS 121 0 33
491 Gt201 Fingered Bs. BS 121 0 34
492 Gt202 Finger Slap BS 121 1
493 Gt203 Picked Bass BS 121 0 35
494 Gt204 Fretless Bs. BS 121 0 36
495 Gt205 Slap Bass 1 BS 121 0 37
496 Gt206 Slap Bass 2 BS 121 0 38
497 Gt207 Synth Bass 1 SBS 121 0 39
498 Gt208 SynthBass101 SBS 121 1
499 Gt209 Acid Bass SBS 121 2
500 Gt210 Clavi Bass SBS 121 3
501 Gt211 Hammer SBS 121 4
502 Gt212 Synth Bass 2 SBS 121 0 40
503 Gt213 Beef FM Bass SBS 121 1
504 Gt214 RubberBass 2 SBS 121 2
505 Gt215 Attack Pulse SBS 121 3
506 Gt216 Atmosphere AGT 121 0 100
507 Gt217 Gt.FretNoise AGT 121 0 121
508 Gt218 Gt.Cut Noise AGT 121 1
509 Gt219 String Slap AGT 121 2
No.
Tone Name Category MSB LSB PC
JUNO-Di_e.book 108 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
109
Tone List
[ORCHESTRA] Button
* Oc070–Oc087 are GM/GM2 tones.
[WORLD] Button
* Wr058–Wr118 are GM/GM2 tones.
No.
Tone Name Category MSB LSB PC
510
Oc001 String Ens STR 087 067 026
511 Oc002 JUNO Strings STR 087 067 027
512 Oc003 Chamber Str1 STR 087 067 028
513 Oc004 Chamber Str2 STR 087 067 029
514 Oc005 Staccato STR 087 067 030
515 Oc006 Pizzicato STR 087 067 031
516 Oc007 Pizz/Stacc STR 087 067 032
517 Oc008 Sahara Str STR 087 067 033
518 Oc009 Random Mood STR 087 067 034
519 Oc010 X Hall Str STR 087 067 035
520 Oc011 DelayQuartet STR 087 067 036
521 Oc012 Pop Str 1 STR 087 067 037
522 Oc013 Pop Str 2 STR 087 067 038
523 Oc014 Pop Str 3 STR 087 067 039
524 Oc015 WhiteStrings STR 087 067 040
525 Oc016 JV Strings STR 087 067 041
526 Oc017 Marcato STR 087 067 042
527 Oc018 Strings 1 STR 087 067 043
528 Oc019 Strings 2 STR 087 067 044
529 Oc020 Stringz 101 STR 087 067 045
530 Oc021 Crossed Bows STR 087 067 046
531 Oc022 Small Str STR 087 067 047
532 Oc023 Warm Strings STR 087 067 048
533 Oc024 DynaStrSect1 STR 087 067 049
534 Oc025 DynaStrSect2 STR 087 067 050
535 Oc026 Full Strings STR 087 067 051
536 Oc027 X StrSection STR 087 067 052
537 Oc028 Oct Strings STR 087 067 053
538 Oc029 Strings 3 STR 087 067 054
539 Oc030 Monkey Str STR 087 067 055
540 Oc031 Hybrid Str 1 STR 087 067 056
541 Oc032 Hybrid Str 2 STR 087 067 057
542 Oc033 Biggie Bows STR 087 067 058
543 Oc034 Str Stacc mp STR 087 067 059
544 Oc035 So Staccato STR 087 067 060
545 Oc036 Long/Stacc STR 087 067 061
546 Oc037 Pizz/Long STR 087 067 062
547 Oc038 Vls PizzHall STR 087 067 063
548 Oc039 DelicatePizz STR 087 067 064
549 Oc040 Orch Pizz STR 087 067 065
550 Oc041 BrightViolin STR 087 067 066
551 Oc042 Bright Cello STR 087 067 067
552 Oc043 Gang Strangs STR 087 067 068
553 Oc044 Clustered!?! STR 087 067 069
554 Oc045 Movie Scene STR 087 067 070
555 Oc046 Mellow Tron STR 087 067 071
556 Oc047 Tronic Str STR 087 067 072
557 Oc048 Wind & Str 1 ORC 087 067 073
558 Oc049 Wind & Str 2 ORC 087 067 074
559 Oc050 Farewell ORC 087 067 075
560 Oc051 Orch & Horns ORC 087 067 076
561 Oc052 Soft Orch 1 ORC 087 067 077
562 Oc053 Soft Orch 2 ORC 087 067 078
563 Oc054 Henry IX ORC 087 067 079
564 Oc055 Ending Scene ORC 087 067 080
565 Oc056 Symphonika ORC 087 067 081
566 Oc057 Cheezy Movie HIT 087 067 082
567 Oc058 Philly Hit HIT 087 067 083
568 Oc059 Smear Hit 1 HIT 087 067 084
569 Oc060 Smear Hit 2 HIT 087 067 085
570 Oc061 Good Old Hit HIT 087 067 086
571 Oc062 Mix Hit 1 HIT 087 067 087
572 Oc063 Mix Hit 2 HIT 087 067 088
573 Oc064 Lo-Fi Hit HIT 087 067 089
574 Oc065 2ble Action HIT 087 067 090
575 Oc066 In da Cave HIT 087 067 091
576 Oc067 Housechord HIT 087 067 092
577 Oc068 Mod Chord HIT 087 067 093
578 Oc069 Dance Steam HIT 087 067 094
579 Oc070 Violin STR 121 0 41
580 Oc071 Slow Violin STR 121 1
581 Oc072 Viola STR 121 0 42
582 Oc073 Cello STR 121 0 43
583 Oc074 Contrabass STR 121 0 44
584 Oc075 Tremolo Str STR 121 0 45
585 Oc076 PizzicatoStr STR 121 0 46
586 Oc077 Strings STR 121 0 49
587 Oc078 Orchestra ORC 121 1
588 Oc079 60s Strings STR 121 2
589 Oc080 Slow Strings STR 121 0 50
590 Oc081 Syn.Strings1 STR 121 0 51
591 Oc082 Syn.Strings3 STR 121 1
592 Oc083 OrchestraHit HIT 121 0 56
593 Oc084 Bass Hit HIT 121 1
594 Oc085 6th Hit HIT 121 2
595 Oc086 Euro Hit HIT 121 3
596 Oc087 Fiddle STR 121 0 111
No.
Tone Name Category MSB LSB PC
597
Wr001 Sitar on C PLK 087 072 002
598 Wr002 JUNO Sitar 1 PLK 087 072 003
599 Wr003 JUNO Sitar 2 PLK 087 072 004
600 Wr004 Sitar Baby PLK 087 072 005
601 Wr005 Neo Sitar PLK 087 072 006
602 Wr006 SaraswatiRvr PLK 087 072 007
603 Wr007 Teky Drop PLK 087 072 008
604 Wr008 TroubadorEns PLK 087 072 009
605 Wr009 Elec Sitar PLK 087 072 010
606 Wr010 Pat is away PLK 087 072 011
607 Wr011 Nice Kalimba PLK 087 072 012
608 Wr012 Quiet River PLK 087 072 013
609 Wr013 Aerial Harp PLK 087 072 014
610 Wr014 Harpiness PLK 087 072 015
611 Wr015 Skydiver PLK 087 072 016
612 Wr016 Jamisen PLK 087 072 017
613 Wr017 JUNO Koto PLK 087 072 018
614 Wr018 Monsoon PLK 087 072 019
615 Wr019 Bend Koto PLK 087 072 020
616 Wr020 JUNO Banjo FRT 087 072 021
617 Wr021 Pan Pipes ETH 087 072 022
618 Wr022 Andes Mood ETH 087 072 023
619 Wr023 LongDistance ETH 087 072 024
620 Wr024 Ambi Shaku ETH 087 072 025
621 Wr025 HimalayaPipe ETH 087 072 026
622 Wr026 Ethnic Lead ETH 087 072 027
623 Wr027 Lochscape ETH 087 072 028
624 Wr028 PipeDream ETH 087 072 029
625 Wr029 Angel Pipes ETH 087 072 030
626 Wr030 Far East ETH 087 072 031
627 Wr031 Wired Synth ETH 087 072 032
628 Wr032 4DaCommonMan ETH 087 072 033
629 Wr033 Orgaenia ETH 087 072 034
630 Wr034 Sleeper ETH 087 072 035
631 Wr035 Ice Palace ETH 087 072 036
632 Wr036 Story Harp ETH 087 072 037
633 Wr037 LostParadise ETH 087 072 038
No.
Tone Name Category MSB LSB PC
JUNO-Di_e.book 109 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
110
Tone List
[BRASS] Button
* Br077–Br110 are GM/GM2 tones.
634
Wr038 Timpani+Low PRC 087 072 039
635 Wr039 Timpani Roll PRC 087 072 040
636 Wr040 Bass Drum PRC 087 072 041
637 Wr041 Ambidextrous SFX 087 072 042
638 Wr042 En-co-re SFX 087 072 043
639 Wr043 Mobile Phone SFX 087 072 044
640 Wr044 ElectroDisco BTS 087 072 045
641 Wr045 Groove 007 BTS 087 072 046
642 Wr046 In Da Groove BTS 087 072 047
643 Wr047 Sweet 80s BTS 087 072 048
644 Wr048 Auto Trance2 BTS 087 072 049
645 Wr049 JUNO Pop BTS 087 072 050
646 Wr050 Compusonic 1 BTS 087 072 051
647 Wr051 Compusonic 2 BTS 087 072 052
648 Wr052 Mix Drum 1 DRM 087 072 053
649 Wr053 Mix Drum 2 DRM 087 072 054
650 Wr054 Lounge Kit CMB 087 072 055
651 Wr055 80s Combo CMB 087 072 056
652 Wr056 Analog Days CMB 087 072 057
653 Wr057 Techno Craft CMB 087 072 058
654 Wr058 Santur PLK 121 0 16
655 Wr059 Harp PLK 121 0 47
656 Wr060 Yang Qin PLK 121 1
657 Wr061 Timpani PRC 121 0 48
658 Wr062 Shakuhachi ETH 121 0 78
659 Wr063 Sitar PLK 121 0 105
660 Wr064 Sitar 2 PLK 121 1
661 Wr065 Banjo FRT 121 0 106
662 Wr066 Shamisen PLK 121 0 107
663 Wr067 Koto PLK 121 0 108
664 Wr068 Taisho Koto PLK 121 1
665 Wr069 Kalimba PLK 121 0 109
666 Wr070 Bagpipe ETH 121 0 110
667 Wr071 Shanai ETH 121 0 112
668 Wr072 Agogo PRC 121 0 114
669 Wr073 Woodblock PRC 121 0 116
670 Wr074 Castanets PRC 121 1
671 Wr075 Taiko PRC 121 0 117
672 Wr076 Concert BD PRC 121 1
673 Wr077 Melo. Tom 1 PRC 121 0 118
674 Wr078 Melo. Tom 2 PRC 121 1
675 Wr079 Synth Drum PRC 121 0 119
676 Wr080 808 Tom PRC 121 1
677 Wr081 Elec Perc PRC 121 2
678 Wr082 Reverse Cym. PRC 121 0 120
679 Wr083 Seashore SFX 121 0 123
680 Wr084 Rain SFX 121 1
681 Wr085 Thunder SFX 121 2
682 Wr086 Wind SFX 121 3
683 Wr087 Stream SFX 121 4
684 Wr088 Bubble SFX 121 5
685 Wr089 Bird SFX 121 0 124
686 Wr090 Dog SFX 121 1
687 Wr091 Horse-Gallop SFX 121 2
688 Wr092 Bird 2 SFX 121 3
689 Wr093 Telephone 1 SFX 121 0 125
690 Wr094 Telephone 2 SFX 121 1
691 Wr095 DoorCreaking SFX 121 2
692 Wr096 Door SFX 121 3
693 Wr097 Scratch SFX 121 4
694 Wr098 Wind Chimes SFX 121 5
695 Wr099 Helicopter SFX 121 0 126
696 Wr100 Car-Engine SFX 121 1
697 Wr101 Car-Stop SFX 121 2
698 Wr102 Car-Pass SFX 121 3
699 Wr103 Car-Crash SFX 121 4
No.
Tone Name Category MSB LSB PC
700
Wr104 Siren SFX 121 5
701 Wr105 Train SFX 121 6
702 Wr106 Jetplane SFX 121 7
703 Wr107 Starship SFX 121 8
704 Wr108 Burst Noise SFX 121 9
705 Wr109 Applause SFX 121 0 127
706 Wr110 Laughing SFX 121 1
707 Wr111 Screaming SFX 121 2
708 Wr112 Punch SFX 121 3
709 Wr113 Heart Beat SFX 121 4
710 Wr114 Footsteps SFX 121 5
711 Wr115 Gun Shot SFX 121 0 128
712 Wr116 Machine Gun SFX 121 1
713 Wr117 Lasergun SFX 121 2
714 Wr118 Explosion SFX 121 3
No.
Tone Name Category MSB LSB PC
715
Br001 Bright Brass BRS 087 067 095
716 Br002 BreakOut Brs BRS 087 067 096
717 Br003 StackTp Sect BRS 087 067 097
718 Br004 Tb Section BRS 087 067 098
719 Br005 TpTb Sect. BRS 087 067 099
720 Br006 Brass Sect 1 BRS 087 067 100
721 Br007 Brass Sect 2 BRS 087 067 101
722 Br008 Brass & Sax BRS 087 067 102
723 Br009 Simple Tutti BRS 087 067 103
724 Br010 Tpts & Tmbs BRS 087 067 104
725 Br011 BrassPartOut BRS 087 067 105
726 Br012 Full sForza BRS 087 067 106
727 Br013 Stereo Brass BRS 087 067 107
728 Br014 F.Horns Sect BRS 087 067 108
729 Br015 Solo Tp BRS 087 067 109
730 Br016 Ambi Tp BRS 087 067 110
731 Br017 Horn Chops BRS 087 067 111
732 Br018 Mute Tp BRS 087 067 112
733 Br019 Harmon Mute BRS 087 067 113
734 Br020 Soft Tb BRS 087 067 114
735 Br021 Solo Tb BRS 087 067 115
736 Br022 Solo Bone BRS 087 067 116
737 Br023 Flugel Horn BRS 087 067 117
738 Br024 Spit Flugel BRS 087 067 118
739 Br025 XP Horn BRS 087 067 119
740 Br026 Grande Tuba BRS 087 067 120
741 Br027 JUNO Tuba BRS 087 067 121
742 Br028 80s Brass 1 SBR 087 067 122
743 Br029 Wide Syn Brs SBR 087 067 123
744 Br030 Poly Brass SBR 087 067 124
745 Br031 JP8000 Brass SBR 087 067 125
746 Br032 JUNO Brass SBR 087 067 126
747 Br033 DetuneSawBrs SBR 087 067 127
748 Br034 J-Pop Brass SBR 087 067 128
749 Br035 80s Brass 2 SBR 087 068 001
750 Br036 80s Brass 3 SBR 087 068 002
751 Br037 80s Brass 4 SBR 087 068 003
752 Br038 80s Brass 5 SBR 087 068 004
753 Br039 Ana Brass SBR 087 068 005
754 Br040 Soft Brass SBR 087 068 006
755 Br041 Ox Brass SBR 087 068 007
756 Br042 Syn Brass 1 SBR 087 068 008
757 Br043 Syn Brass 2 SBR 087 068 009
758 Br044 Xpand Brass1 SBR 087 068 010
759 Br045 Xpand Brass2 SBR 087 068 011
760 Br046 Super Saw SBR 087 068 012
No.
Tone Name Category MSB LSB PC
JUNO-Di_e.book 110 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
111
Tone List
[VOCAL/PAD] Button
* Vo143–Vo162 are GM/GM2 tones.
761
Br047 SoftSynBrass SBR 087 068 013
762 Br048 Windy Synth SBR 087 068 014
763 Br049 Silky JP SBR 087 068 015
764 Br050 Silk Brs Pad SBR 087 068 016
765 Br051 X-Saw Brass SBR 087 068 017
766 Br052 Cheesy Brass SBR 087 068 018
767 Br053 Dual Saw Brs SBR 087 068 019
768 Br054 JUNO-106 Brs SBR 087 068 020
769 Br055 BreakOut Key SBR 087 068 021
770 Br056 Stacked Brs SBR 087 068 022
771 Br057 Sax Sect. 1 SAX 087 068 023
772 Br058 Sax Sect. 2 SAX 087 068 024
773 Br059 Horny Sax SAX 087 068 025
774 Br060 JUNO Sop Sax SAX 087 068 026
775 Br061 Solo Sop Sax SAX 087 068 027
776 Br062 JUNO AltoSax SAX 087 068 028
777 Br063 AltoLead Sax SAX 087 068 029
778 Br064 FXM Alto Sax SAX 087 068 030
779 Br065 XP TnrBrethy SAX 087 068 031
780 Br066 JUNO Tnr Sax SAX 087 068 032
781 Br067 Fat TenorSax SAX 087 068 033
782 Br068 JUNO BariSax SAX 087 068 034
783 Br069 JUNO Flute FLT 087 068 035
784 Br070 JUNO Piccolo FLT 087 068 036
785 Br071 Clarence.net WND 087 068 037
786 Br072 JUNO Oboe WND 087 068 038
787 Br073 JUNO E.Horn WND 087 068 039
788 Br074 JUNO Bassoon WND 087 068 040
789 Br075 Good Old Day WND 087 068 041
790 Br076 WindWood WND 087 068 042
791 Br077 Trumpet BRS 121 0 57
792 Br078 Dark Trumpet BRS 121 1
793 Br079 Trombone BRS 121 0 58
794 Br080 Trombone 2 BRS 121 1
795 Br081 Bright Tb BRS 121 2
796 Br082 Tuba BRS 121 0 59
797 Br083 MutedTrumpet BRS 121 0 60
798 Br084 MuteTrumpet2 BRS 121 1
799 Br085 French Horns BRS 121 0 61
800 Br086 Fr.Horn 2 BRS 121 1
801 Br087 Brass 1 BRS 121 0 62
802 Br088 Brass 2 BRS 121 1
803 Br089 Synth Brass1 SBR 121 0 63
804 Br090 JP Brass SBR 121 1
805 Br091 Oct SynBrass SBR 121 2
806 Br092 Jump Brass SBR 121 3
807 Br093 Synth Brass2 SBR 121 0 64
808 Br094 SynBrass sfz SBR 121 1
809 Br095 Velo Brass 1 SBR 121 2
810 Br096 Soprano Sax SAX 121 0 65
811 Br097 Alto Sax SAX 121 0 66
812 Br098 Tenor Sax SAX 121 0 67
813 Br099 Baritone Sax SAX 121 0 68
814 Br100 Oboe WND 121 0 69
815 Br101 English Horn WND 121 0 70
816 Br102 Bassoon WND 121 0 71
817 Br103 Clarinet WND 121 0 72
818 Br104 Piccolo FLT 121 0 73
819 Br105 Flute FLT 121 0 74
820 Br106 Recorder FLT 121 0 75
821 Br107 Pan Flute FLT 121 0 76
822 Br108 Bottle Blow FLT 121 0 77
823 Br109 Whistle FLT 121 0 79
824 Br110 Ocarina FLT 121 0 80
No.
Tone Name Category MSB LSB PC
No. Tone Name Category MSB LSB PC
825
Vo001 Jazz Scat VOX 087 070 116
826 Vo002 Jazz Doos VOX 087 070 117
827 Vo003 Choir Aahs 1 VOX 087 070 118
828 Vo004 Choir Aahs 2 VOX 087 070 119
829 Vo005 Choir Oohs VOX 087 070 120
830 Vo006 AngelsChoir1 VOX 087 070 121
831 Vo007 AngelsChoir2 VOX 087 070 122
832 Vo008 Syn Opera VOX 087 070 123
833 Vo009 Angelique VOX 087 070 124
834 Vo010 Vox Pad 1 VOX 087 070 125
835 Vo011 Vox Pad 2 VOX 087 070 126
836 Vo012 Gospel Oohs VOX 087 070 127
837 Vo013 Choir&Str VOX 087 070 128
838 Vo014 SynVox 1 VOX 087 071 001
839 Vo015 SynVox 2 VOX 087 071 002
840 Vo016 Aah Vox VOX 087 071 003
841 Vo017 Sweet Keys VOX 087 071 004
842 Vo018 JUNO Synvox VOX 087 071 005
843 Vo019 Uhmmm VOX 087 071 006
844 Vo020 Morning Star VOX 087 071 007
845 Vo021 BeautifulOne VOX 087 071 008
846 Vo022 Ooze VOX 087 071 009
847 Vo023 Aerial Choir VOX 087 071 010
848 Vo024 3D Vox VOX 087 071 011
849 Vo025 Sample Opera VOX 087 071 012
850 Vo026 Film Cue VOX 087 071 013
851 Vo027 Paradise VOX 087 071 014
852 Vo028 Sad ceremony VOX 087 071 015
853 Vo029 Lost Voices VOX 087 071 016
854 Vo030 Beat Vox VOX 087 071 017
855 Vo031 Talk 2 Me VOX 087 071 018
856 Vo032 FM Vox VOX 087 071 019
857 Vo033 Let’s Talk! VOX 087 071 020
858 Vo034 VOCODER Robt VOX 087 071 021
859 Vo035 VOCODER Chr VOX 087 071 022
860 Vo036 VOCODER Ens VOX 087 071 023
861 Vo037 Cosmic Rays BPD 087 071 024
862 Vo038 Phaser Pad 1 BPD 087 071 025
863 Vo039 PhaseStrings BPD 087 071 026
864 Vo040 Super SynStr BPD 087 071 027
865 Vo041 80s Str 1 BPD 087 071 028
866 Vo042 80s Str 2 BPD 087 071 029
867 Vo043 BreakOut Str BPD 087 071 030
868 Vo044 Frends Syn BPD 087 071 031
869 Vo045 Comb BPD 087 071 032
870 Vo046 Voyager BPD 087 071 033
871 Vo047 Stringship BPD 087 071 034
872 Vo048 DarknessSide BPD 087 071 035
873 Vo049 Fat Stacks BPD 087 071 036
874 Vo050 Strings R Us BPD 087 071 037
875 Vo051 Electric Pad BPD 087 071 038
876 Vo052 Neo RS-202 BPD 087 071 039
877 Vo053 OB Rezo Pad BPD 087 071 040
878 Vo054 Synthi Ens BPD 087 071 041
879 Vo055 Giant Sweep BPD 087 071 042
880 Vo056 Mod Dare BPD 087 071 043
881 Vo057 Cell Space BPD 087 071 044
882 Vo058 Digi-Swell BPD 087 071 045
883 Vo059 New Year Day BPD 087 071 046
884 Vo060 Polar Morn BPD 087 071 047
885 Vo061 Distant Sun BPD 087 071 048
886 Vo062 PG Chimes BPD 087 071 049
887 Vo063 Saturn Rings BPD 087 071 050
JUNO-Di_e.book 111 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
112
Tone List
[SYNTH] Button
* Sy330–Sy352 are GM/GM2 tones.
888
Vo064 Brusky BPD 087 071 051
889 Vo065 2.2 Pad 1 BPD 087 071 052
890 Vo066 2.2 Pad 2 BPD 087 071 053
891 Vo067 2.2 Pad 3 BPD 087 071 054
892 Vo068 SaturnHolida BPD 087 071 055
893 Vo069 Neuro-Drone BPD 087 071 056
894 Vo070 In The Pass BPD 087 071 057
895 Vo071 Polar Night BPD 087 071 058
896 Vo072 Cell 5th BPD 087 071 059
897 Vo073 MistOver5ths BPD 087 071 060
898 Vo074 Gritty Pad BPD 087 071 061
899 Vo075 India Garden BPD 087 071 062
900 Vo076 BillionStars BPD 087 071 063
901 Vo077 Sand Pad BPD 087 071 064
902 Vo078 ReverseSweep BPD 087 071 065
903 Vo079 HugeSoundMod BPD 087 071 066
904 Vo080 Metal Swell BPD 087 071 067
905 Vo081 NuSoundtrack BPD 087 071 068
906 Vo082 Phat Strings BPD 087 071 069
907 Vo083 Hollow SPD 087 071 070
908 Vo084 Heaven Pad SPD 087 071 071
909 Vo085 Soft OB Pad SPD 087 071 072
910 Vo086 Reso Pad SPD 087 071 073
911 Vo087 Slow Saw Str SPD 087 071 074
912 Vo088 Terra Nostra SPD 087 071 075
913 Vo089 Summer Pad SPD 087 071 076
914 Vo090 Frends Pad SPD 087 071 077
915 Vo091 Pop Pad SPD 087 071 078
916 Vo092 Sqr Pad SPD 087 071 079
917 Vo093 Silk Pad SPD 087 071 080
918 Vo094 WarmReso Pad SPD 087 071 081
919 Vo095 Soft Pad SPD 087 071 082
920 Vo096 Air Pad SPD 087 071 083
921 Vo097 Soft Breeze SPD 087 071 084
922 Vo098 JP Strings 1 SPD 087 071 085
923 Vo099 JP Strings 2 SPD 087 071 086
924 Vo100 DelayStrings SPD 087 071 087
925 Vo101 NorthStrings SPD 087 071 088
926 Vo102 Syn Strings1 SPD 087 071 089
927 Vo103 Syn Strings2 SPD 087 071 090
928 Vo104 OB Strings 1 SPD 087 071 091
929 Vo105 OB Strings 2 SPD 087 071 092
930 Vo106 Strings Pad SPD 087 071 093
931 Vo107 R&B SoftPad SPD 087 071 094
932 Vo108 Phat Pad SPD 087 071 095
933 Vo109 Phaser Pad 2 SPD 087 071 096
934 Vo110 Mystic Str SPD 087 071 097
935 Vo111 Glass Organ SPD 087 071 098
936 Vo112 Wind Pad SPD 087 071 099
937 Vo113 Combination SPD 087 071 100
938 Vo114 HumanKindnes SPD 087 071 101
939 Vo115 Beauty Pad SPD 087 071 102
940 Vo116 Atmospherics SPD 087 071 103
941 Vo117 OB Aaahs SPD 087 071 104
942 Vo118 Vulcano Pad SPD 087 071 105
943 Vo119 Cloud #9 SPD 087 071 106
944 Vo120 Organic Pad SPD 087 071 107
945 Vo121 Hum Pad SPD 087 071 108
946 Vo122 Vox Pad SPD 087 071 109
947 Vo123 Digital Aahs SPD 087 071 110
948 Vo124 Tri 5th Pad SPD 087 071 111
949 Vo125 Movin Pad SPD 087 071 112
950 Vo126 Seq-Pad 2 SPD 087 071 113
951 Vo127 Follow SPD 087 071 114
952 Vo128 Consolament SPD 087 071 115
953 Vo129 Spacious Pad SPD 087 071 116
No.
Tone Name Category MSB LSB PC
954
Vo130 JD Pop Pad SPD 087 071 117
955 Vo131 JP-8 Phase SPD 087 071 118
956 Vo132 Nu Epic Pad SPD 087 071 119
957 Vo133 Flange Dream SPD 087 071 120
958 Vo134 Evolution X SPD 087 071 121
959 Vo135 Angelis Pad SPD 087 071 122
960 Vo136 JUNO-106 Str SPD 087 071 123
961 Vo137 JupiterMoves SPD 087 071 124
962 Vo138 Oceanic Pad SPD 087 071 125
963 Vo139 Fairy’s Song SPD 087 071 126
964 Vo140 Borealis SPD 087 071 127
965 Vo141 JX Warm Pad SPD 087 071 128
966 Vo142 Analog Bgrnd SPD 087 072 001
967 Vo143 Syn.Strings2 SPD 121 0 52
968 Vo144 Choir Aahs VOX 121 0 53
969 Vo145 Chorus Aahs VOX 121 1
970 Vo146 Voice Oohs VOX 121 0 54
971 Vo147 Humming VOX 121 1
972 Vo148 SynVox VOX 121 0 55
973 Vo149 Analog Voice VOX 121 1
974 Vo150 Warm Pad SPD 121 0 90
975 Vo151 Sine Pad SPD 121 1
976 Vo152 Space Voice VOX 121 0 92
977 Vo153 Itopia VOX 121 1
978 Vo154 Bowed Glass SPD 121 0 93
979 Vo155 Metal Pad BPD 121 0 94
980 Vo156 Halo Pad BPD 121 0 95
981 Vo157 Sweep Pad SPD 121 0 96
982 Vo158 Soundtrack SPD 121 0 98
983 Vo159 Echo Drops BPD 121 0 103
984 Vo160 Echo Bell BPD 121 1
985 Vo161 Echo Pan BPD 121 2
986 Vo162 Star Theme BPD 121 0 104
No.
Tone Name Category MSB LSB PC
987
Sy001 Porta Lead 1 HLD 087 068 043
988 Sy002 Porta Lead 2 HLD 087 068 044
989 Sy003 Solo Saw Ld HLD 087 068 045
990 Sy004 Wind Syn Ld HLD 087 068 046
991 Sy005 GR Lead 1 HLD 087 068 047
992 Sy006 Sync Lead HLD 087 068 048
993 Sy007 JupiterLead1 HLD 087 068 049
994 Sy008 Alpha Spit 1 HLD 087 068 050
995 Sy009 Pro Fat Ld HLD 087 068 051
996 Sy010 Saw Lead 1 HLD 087 068 052
997 Sy011 Saw Lead 2 HLD 087 068 053
998 Sy012 Saw Lead 3 HLD 087 068 054
999 Sy013 Saw Lead 4 HLD 087 068 055
1000 Sy014 Saw Lead 5 HLD 087 068 056
1001 Sy015 Saw Lead 6 HLD 087 068 057
1002 Sy016 JUNO Lead HLD 087 068 058
1003 Sy017 Jump Poly HLD 087 068 059
1004 Sy018 Octa Juice HLD 087 068 060
1005 Sy019 Octa Saw HLD 087 068 061
1006 Sy020 Octa Sync 1 HLD 087 068 062
1007 Sy021 Octa Sync 2 HLD 087 068 063
1008 Sy022 Hot Sync HLD 087 068 064
1009 Sy023 Hot Coffee HLD 087 068 065
1010 Sy024 Phase Lead HLD 087 068 066
1011 Sy025 Waspy Lead 1 HLD 087 068 067
1012 Sy026 Follow Me 1 HLD 087 068 068
1013 Sy027 Follow Me 2 HLD 087 068 069
1014 Sy028 Classic Ld 1 HLD 087 068 070
No.
Tone Name Category MSB LSB PC
JUNO-Di_e.book 112 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
113
Tone List
1015
Sy029 Classic Ld 2 HLD 087 068 071
1016 Sy030 Digi Lead 1 HLD 087 068 072
1017 Sy031 Digi Lead 2 HLD 087 068 073
1018 Sy032 DC Triangle HLD 087 068 074
1019 Sy033 Sqr-Seqence HLD 087 068 075
1020 Sy034 Pure Square HLD 087 068 076
1021 Sy035 Griggley HLD 087 068 077
1022 Sy036 Legato Saw HLD 087 068 078
1023 Sy037 Dual Profs HLD 087 068 079
1024 Sy038 Gwyo Press HLD 087 068 080
1025 Sy039 Q DualSaws HLD 087 068 081
1026 Sy040 Mogulator Ld HLD 087 068 082
1027 Sy041 DirtyVoltage HLD 087 068 083
1028 Sy042 Clean? HLD 087 068 084
1029 Sy043 Distortion HLD 087 068 085
1030 Sy044 Syn Lead 1 HLD 087 068 086
1031 Sy045 Syn Lead 2 HLD 087 068 087
1032 Sy046 X-Sink Delay HLD 087 068 088
1033 Sy047 Destroyed Ld HLD 087 068 089
1034 Sy048 Synchro Lead HLD 087 068 090
1035 Sy049 Sync Tank HLD 087 068 091
1036 Sy050 Sync Ld Mono HLD 087 068 092
1037 Sy051 SyncModulate HLD 087 068 093
1038 Sy052 2krazy Brite HLD 087 068 094
1039 Sy053 Distorted MG HLD 087 068 095
1040 Sy054 Dist Lead HLD 087 068 096
1041 Sy055 Ringmod Lead HLD 087 068 097
1042 Sy056 BodyElectric HLD 087 068 098
1043 Sy057 SonicVampire HLD 087 068 099
1044 Sy058 Stimulation HLD 087 068 100
1045 Sy059 Wire Sync HLD 087 068 101
1046 Sy060 Epic Lead HLD 087 068 102
1047 Sy061 Bag Lead HLD 087 068 103
1048 Sy062 Wezcoast HLD 087 068 104
1049 Sy063 HyperJupiter HLD 087 068 105
1050 Sy064 Vintagolizer HLD 087 068 106
1051 Sy065 C64 Lead HLD 087 068 107
1052 Sy066 303 NRG HLD 087 068 108
1053 Sy067 Feat Lead HLD 087 068 109
1054 Sy068 Cell SquLead SLD 087 068 110
1055 Sy069 Theramax 1 SLD 087 068 111
1056 Sy070 Pulse Lead 1 SLD 087 068 112
1057 Sy071 Pulse Lead 2 SLD 087 068 113
1058 Sy072 Mid Saw Ld SLD 087 068 114
1059 Sy073 On Air SLD 087 068 115
1060 Sy074 Tri Lead 1 SLD 087 068 116
1061 Sy075 Tri Lead 2 SLD 087 068 117
1062 Sy076 Sine Lead 1 SLD 087 068 118
1063 Sy077 Sine Lead 2 SLD 087 068 119
1064 Sy078 Sqr Lead 1 SLD 087 068 120
1065 Sy079 Sqr Lead 2 SLD 087 068 121
1066 Sy080 SH Sqr Lead SLD 087 068 122
1067 Sy081 Sinetific SLD 087 068 123
1068 Sy082 JUNO Soft Ld SLD 087 068 124
1069 Sy083 Spooky Lead SLD 087 068 125
1070 Sy084 PeakArpSine SLD 087 068 126
1071 Sy085 Howards Lead SLD 087 068 127
1072 Sy086 SoloNzPeaker SLD 087 068 128
1073 Sy087 R&B Tri Ld 1 SLD 087 069 001
1074 Sy088 R&B Tri Ld 2 SLD 087 069 002
1075 Sy089 JupiterLead2 SLD 087 069 003
1076 Sy090 JupiterLead3 SLD 087 069 004
1077 Sy091 Dig-n-Duke SLD 087 069 005
1078 Sy092 Sqr Diamond SLD 087 069 006
1079 Sy093 Soft Lead SLD 087 069 007
1080 Sy094 Soft Saw Ld SLD 087 069 008
No.
Tone Name Category MSB LSB PC
1081
Sy095 X-Pulse Lead SLD 087 069 009
1082 Sy096 Mild 2-SawLd SLD 087 069 010
1083 Sy097 Mew Lead SLD 087 069 011
1084 Sy098 Shy Soloist SLD 087 069 012
1085 Sy099 Theramax 2 SLD 087 069 013
1086 Sy100 Therasqu SLD 087 069 014
1087 Sy101 GR Lead 2 SLD 087 069 015
1088 Sy102 SH-2 Lead SLD 087 069 016
1089 Sy103 Jucy Saw SLD 087 069 017
1090 Sy104 Reso Lead SLD 087 069 018
1091 Sy105 Modulated Ld SLD 087 069 019
1092 Sy106 Synthi Fizz SLD 087 069 020
1093 Sy107 Waspy Lead 2 SLD 087 069 021
1094 Sy108 Pulstar Ld SLD 087 069 022
1095 Sy109 Naked Lead SLD 087 069 023
1096 Sy110 Alpha Spit 2 SLD 087 069 024
1097 Sy111 JP Saw Lead SLD 087 069 025
1098 Sy112 Violin Lead SLD 087 069 026
1099 Sy113 Mod Lead SLD 087 069 027
1100 Sy114 Tristar SLD 087 069 028
1101 Sy115 Chubby Lead SLD 087 069 029
1102 Sy116 Sneaky Leady SLD 087 069 030
1103 Sy117 Shaku Lead SLD 087 069 031
1104 Sy118 Legato Tkno SLD 087 069 032
1105 Sy119 Reso Saw Ld SLD 087 069 033
1106 Sy120 SliCed Lead SLD 087 069 034
1107 Sy121 Mini Growl SLD 087 069 035
1108 Sy122 Evangelized SLD 087 069 036
1109 Sy123 Air Lead SLD 087 069 037
1110 Sy124 Stacc Heaven SYN 087 069 038
1111 Sy125 Sugar Synth SYN 087 069 039
1112 Sy126 Synth Key SYN 087 069 040
1113 Sy127 Frontier Syn SYN 087 069 041
1114 Sy128 Summer Str SYN 087 069 042
1115 Sy129 JUNO Poly SYN 087 069 043
1116 Sy130 SuperSawSlow SYN 087 069 044
1117 Sy131 Cue Tip SYN 087 069 045
1118 Sy132 Waspy Synth SYN 087 069 046
1119 Sy133 Europe Xpres SYN 087 069 047
1120 Sy134 Squeepy SYN 087 069 048
1121 Sy135 DOC Stack SYN 087 069 049
1122 Sy136 Sweep Lead SYN 087 069 050
1123 Sy137 80s Saws 1 SYN 087 069 051
1124 Sy138 80s Saws 2 SYN 087 069 052
1125 Sy139 80s Saws 3 SYN 087 069 053
1126 Sy140 Digitaless SYN 087 069 054
1127 Sy141 Flip Pad SYN 087 069 055
1128 Sy142 Short Detune SYN 087 069 056
1129 Sy143 forSequence SYN 087 069 057
1130 Sy144 Memory Pluck SYN 087 069 058
1131 Sy145 Metalic Bass SYN 087 069 059
1132 Sy146 Aqua SYN 087 069 060
1133 Sy147 Round SQR SYN 087 069 061
1134 Sy148 Big Planet SYN 087 069 062
1135 Sy149 Wet Atax SYN 087 069 063
1136 Sy150 Houze Clavi SYN 087 069 064
1137 Sy151 Saw Stack SYN 087 069 065
1138 Sy152 Frgile Saws SYN 087 069 066
1139 Sy153 Steamed Sawz SYN 087 069 067
1140 Sy154 RAVtune SYN 087 069 068
1141 Sy155 Bustranza SYN 087 069 069
1142 Sy156 Digi Saw Syn SYN 087 069 070
1143 Sy157 JP OctAttack SYN 087 069 071
1144 Sy158 Oct Unison SYN 087 069 072
1145 Sy159 Xtatic SYN 087 069 073
1146 Sy160 Dirty Combo SYN 087 069 074
No.
Tone Name Category MSB LSB PC
JUNO-Di_e.book 113 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
114
Tone List
1147
Sy161 FM’s Attack SYN 087 069 075
1148 Sy162 Digi-vox Syn SYN 087 069 076
1149 Sy163 Fairy Factor SYN 087 069 077
1150 Sy164 Tempest SYN 087 069 078
1151 Sy165 X-Racer SYN 087 069 079
1152 Sy166 TB Booster SYN 087 069 080
1153 Sy167 Syn-Orch/Mod SYN 087 069 081
1154 Sy168 Pressyn SYN 087 069 082
1155 Sy169 High Five SYN 087 069 083
1156 Sy170 Magnetic 5th SYN 087 069 084
1157 Sy171 DigimaX SYN 087 069 085
1158 Sy172 Exhale SYN 087 069 086
1159 Sy173 X-panda SYN 087 069 087
1160 Sy174 Saw Keystep SYN 087 069 088
1161 Sy175 Blue Meanie SYN 087 069 089
1162 Sy176 4mant Cycle SYN 087 069 090
1163 Sy177 Modular SYN 087 069 091
1164 Sy178 Analog Dream SYN 087 069 092
1165 Sy179 DCO Bell Pad SYN 087 069 093
1166 Sy180 Cell Fanta SYN 087 069 094
1167 Sy181 JUNO 5th SYN 087 069 095
1168 Sy182 DoubleBubble SYN 087 069 096
1169 Sy183 JUNO-D Maj7 TEK 087 069 097
1170 Sy184 Sweet House TEK 087 069 098
1171 Sy185 Periscope TEK 087 069 099
1172 Sy186 5th Voice TEK 087 069 100
1173 Sy187 HPF Sweep TEK 087 069 101
1174 Sy188 BPF Saw TEK 087 069 102
1175 Sy189 Moon Synth TEK 087 069 103
1176 Sy190 DelyResoSaws TEK 087 069 104
1177 Sy191 JUNO Trance1 TEK 087 069 105
1178 Sy192 Trancy Synth TEK 087 069 106
1179 Sy193 Cell Trance TEK 087 069 107
1180 Sy194 Trancy X TEK 087 069 108
1181 Sy195 JUNO Trance2 TEK 087 069 109
1182 Sy196 R-Trance TEK 087 069 110
1183 Sy197 Braatz... TEK 087 069 111
1184 Sy198 AllinOneRiff TEK 087 069 112
1185 Sy199 YZ Again TEK 087 069 113
1186 Sy200 Flazzy Lead TEK 087 069 114
1187 Sy201 Coffee Bee TEK 087 069 115
1188 Sy202 TB-Sequence TEK 087 069 116
1189 Sy203 SC-303 TEK 087 069 117
1190 Sy204 Dance Saws TEK 087 069 118
1191 Sy205 AluminmWires TEK 087 069 119
1192 Sy206 Fred&Barney TEK 087 069 120
1193 Sy207 Electrostars TEK 087 069 121
1194 Sy208 LoFiSequence TEK 087 069 122
1195 Sy209 MelodicDrums TEK 087 069 123
1196 Sy210 Monkey Arpg TEK 087 069 124
1197 Sy211 TB Wah TEK 087 069 125
1198 Sy212 Waving TB303 TEK 087 069 126
1199 Sy213 Digi Seq TEK 087 069 127
1200 Sy214 Seq Saw TEK 087 069 128
1201 Sy215 Reso Seq Saw TEK 087 070 001
1202 Sy216 DetuneSeqSaw TEK 087 070 002
1203 Sy217 Technotribe TEK 087 070 003
1204 Sy218 Teethy Grit TEK 087 070 004
1205 Sy219 Repertition TEK 087 070 005
1206 Sy220 Killerbeez TEK 087 070 006
1207 Sy221 Acid Lead TEK 087 070 007
1208 Sy222 Tranceformer TEK 087 070 008
1209 Sy223 Anadroid TEK 087 070 009
1210 Sy224 Shroomy TEK 087 070 010
1211 Sy225 Noize R us TEK 087 070 011
1212 Sy226 Beep Melodie TEK 087 070 012
No.
Tone Name Category MSB LSB PC
1213
Sy227 Morpher TEK 087 070 013
1214 Sy228 Power Synth TEK 087 070 014
1215 Sy229 Hoover Again TEK 087 070 015
1216 Sy230 Alpha Said.. TEK 087 070 016
1217 Sy231 Ravers Awake TEK 087 070 017
1218 Sy232 Tekno Gargle TEK 087 070 018
1219 Sy233 Tranceiver TEK 087 070 019
1220 Sy234 Techno Dream TEK 087 070 020
1221 Sy235 Techno Pizz TEK 087 070 021
1222 Sy236 VirtualHuman PLS 087 070 022
1223 Sy237 Strobot PLS 087 070 023
1224 Sy238 Strobe PLS 087 070 024
1225 Sy239 Strobe X PLS 087 070 025
1226 Sy240 Mr. Fourier PLS 087 070 026
1227 Sy241 Rhythmic 5th PLS 087 070 027
1228 Sy242 Sorry4theDLY PLS 087 070 028
1229 Sy243 Cell Pad PLS 087 070 029
1230 Sy244 Shape of X PLS 087 070 030
1231 Sy245 ShapeURMusic PLS 087 070 031
1232 Sy246 Synth Force PLS 087 070 032
1233 Sy247 Trance Split PLS 087 070 033
1234 Sy248 Step Trance PLS 087 070 034
1235 Sy249 Chop Synth PLS 087 070 035
1236 Sy250 Euro Teuro PLS 087 070 036
1237 Sy251 Auto Trance1 PLS 087 070 037
1238 Sy252 Eureggae PLS 087 070 038
1239 Sy253 Beat Pad PLS 087 070 039
1240 Sy254 TMT Seq Pad PLS 087 070 040
1241 Sy255 ForYourBreak PLS 087 070 041
1242 Sy256 HPF Slicer PLS 087 070 042
1243 Sy257 Sliced Choir PLS 087 070 043
1244 Sy258 Digi-Doo PLS 087 070 044
1245 Sy259 PanningFrmnt PLS 087 070 045
1246 Sy260 Dirty Beat PLS 087 070 046
1247 Sy261 Electrons PLS 087 070 047
1248 Sy262 Protons PLS 087 070 048
1249 Sy263 Brisk Vortex PLS 087 070 049
1250 Sy264 Throbulax PLS 087 070 050
1251 Sy265 Lonizer PLS 087 070 051
1252 Sy266 diGital Pad PLS 087 070 052
1253 Sy267 StepPitShift PLS 087 070 053
1254 Sy268 Pad Pulses PLS 087 070 054
1255 Sy269 Seq-Pad 1 PLS 087 070 055
1256 Sy270 DSP Chaos PLS 087 070 056
1257 Sy271 Dance floor PLS 087 070 057
1258 Sy272 Minor Thirds PLS 087 070 058
1259 Sy273 FX World PLS 087 070 059
1260 Sy274 Nu Trance X PLS 087 070 060
1261 Sy275 Auto 5thSaws PLS 087 070 061
1262 Sy276 Cross Talk PLS 087 070 062
1263 Sy277 Reanimation PLS 087 070 063
1264 Sy278 VoX Chopper PLS 087 070 064
1265 Sy279 Trevor’s Pad PLS 087 070 065
1266 Sy280 Fantomas Pad PLS 087 070 066
1267 Sy281 Jazzy Arps PLS 087 070 067
1268 Sy282 Keep Running PLS 087 070 068
1269 Sy283 Step In PLS 087 070 069
1270 Sy284 Echo Echo PLS 087 070 070
1271 Sy285 Keep going PLS 087 070 071
1272 Sy286 Arposphere PLS 087 070 072
1273 Sy287 Voco Riff PLS 087 070 073
1274 Sy288 Pulsator PLS 087 070 074
1275 Sy289 Motion Bass PLS 087 070 075
1276 Sy290 Sine Magic PLS 087 070 076
1277 Sy291 JUNO-D Slice PLS 087 070 077
1278 Sy292 Pulsatron PLS 087 070 078
No.
Tone Name Category MSB LSB PC
JUNO-Di_e.book 114 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
115
Tone List
1279
Sy293 Mega Sync PLS 087 070 079
1280 Sy294 Passing by FX 087 070 080
1281 Sy295 Lazer Points FX 087 070 081
1282 Sy296 Retro Sci-Fi FX 087 070 082
1283 Sy297 Magic Chime FX 087 070 083
1284 Sy298 Try This! FX 087 070 084
1285 Sy299 New Planetz FX 087 070 085
1286 Sy300 Jet Noise FX 087 070 086
1287 Sy301 Chaos 2003 FX 087 070 087
1288 Sy302 Control Room FX 087 070 088
1289 Sy303 OutOf sortz FX 087 070 089
1290 Sy304 Scatter FX 087 070 090
1291 Sy305 Low Beat-S FX 087 070 091
1292 Sy306 WaitnOutside FX 087 070 092
1293 Sy307 Breath Echo FX 087 070 093
1294 Sy308 SoundStrange FX 087 070 094
1295 Sy309 Cosmic Pulse FX 087 070 095
1296 Sy310 Faked Piano FX 087 070 096
1297 Sy311 JUNO Crystal FX 087 070 097
1298 Sy312 ResoSweep Dn FX 087 070 098
1299 Sy313 Zap B3 & C4 FX 087 070 099
1300 Sy314 PolySweep Nz FX 087 070 100
1301 Sy315 Strange Land FX 087 070 101
1302 Sy316 S&H Voc FX 087 070 102
1303 Sy317 12th Planet FX 087 070 103
1304 Sy318 Scare FX 087 070 104
1305 Sy319 Hillside FX 087 070 105
1306 Sy320 Mod Scanner FX 087 070 106
1307 Sy321 SoundOnSound FX 087 070 107
1308 Sy322 Gasp FX 087 070 108
1309 Sy323 ResoSweep Up FX 087 070 109
1310 Sy324 Magic Wave FX 087 070 110
1311 Sy325 Shangri-La FX 087 070 111
1312 Sy326 CerealKiller FX 087 070 112
1313 Sy327 Cosmic Drops FX 087 070 113
1314 Sy328 Space Echo FX 087 070 114
1315 Sy329 Robot Sci-Fi FX 087 070 115
1316 Sy330 Square Wave HLD 121 0 81
1317 Sy331 MG Square HLD 121 1
1318 Sy332 2600 Sine HLD 121 2
1319 Sy333 Saw Wave HLD 121 0 82
1320 Sy334 OB2 Saw HLD 121 1
1321 Sy335 Doctor Solo HLD 121 2
1322 Sy336 Natural Lead HLD 121 3
1323 Sy337 SequencedSaw HLD 121 4
1324 Sy338 Syn.Calliope SLD 121 0 83
1325 Sy339 Chiffer Lead SLD 121 0 84
1326 Sy340 Charang HLD 121 0 85
1327 Sy341 Wire Lead HLD 121 1
1328 Sy342 Solo Vox SLD 121 0 86
1329 Sy343 5th Saw Wave HLD 121 0 87
1330 Sy344 Bass & Lead HLD 121 0 88
1331 Sy345 Delayed Lead HLD 121 1
1332 Sy346 Fantasia SYN 121 0 89
1333 Sy347 Polysynth SYN 121 0 91
1334 Sy348 Ice Rain SYN 121 0 97
1335 Sy349 Brightness SYN 121 0 101
1336 Sy350 Goblin PLS 121 0 102
1337 Sy351 Breath Noise FX 121 0 122
1338 Sy352 Fl.Key Click FX 121 1
No.
Tone Name Category MSB LSB PC
JUNO-Di_e.book 115 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
116
Rhythm Set List
Rhythm Set
GM Rhythm Set
No.
Rhythm Name MSB LSB PC
Rh001
Pop Kit 1 086 064 001
Rh002 Rock Kit 086 064 002
Rh003 Brush Jz Kit 086 064 003
Rh004 HipHop Kit 086 064 004
Rh005 R&B Kit 086 064 005
Rh006 Dance Kit 1 086 064 006
Rh007 Dance Kit 2 086 064 007
Rh008 Dance Kit 3 086 064 008
Rh009 Pop Kit 2 086 064 009
Rh010 Dance Kit 4 086 064 010
Rh011 Ambi Pop 1 086 064 011
Rh012 Ambi Rock 086 064 012
Rh013 Ambi BrushJz 086 064 013
Rh014 Ambi HipHop 086 064 014
Rh015 Ambi R&B 086 064 015
Rh016 Ambi Dance 1 086 064 016
Rh017 Ambi Dance 2 086 064 017
Rh018 Ambi Dance 3 086 064 018
Rh019 Ambi Pop 2 086 064 019
Rh020 Ambi Dance 4 086 064 020
No. Rhythm Name MSB LSB PC
Rh021 GM2 STANDARD 120 0 001
Rh022 GM2 ROOM 120 0 009
Rh023 GM2 POWER 120 0 017
Rh024 GM2 ELECTRIC 120 0 025
Rh025 GM2 ANALOG 120 0 026
Rh026 GM2 JAZZ 120 0 033
Rh027 GM2 BRUSH 120 0 041
Rh028 GM2 ORCHSTRA 120 0 049
Rh029 GM2 SFX 120 0 057
JUNO-Di_e.book 116 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
117
Rhythm Set List
001 Pop Kit 1
002 Rock Kit 003 Brush Jz Kit 004 HipHop Kit 005 R&B Kit
-----
----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
Kick1 Kick1 Kick1 Analog Kick1 Mix Kick1
Snare Ghost1 Snare Ghost1 Snare Ghost Analog Kick2 Mix Kick2
Kick2 Kick2 Kick2 Mix Kick1 Mix Kick3
Pedal Hihat [M1] Pedal Hihat [M1] Pedal Hi-hat [M1] Mix Kick2 Mix Kick4
Kick3 Power Kick1 Jazz Kick 1 Analog Kick3 Mix Kick5
Kick4 Power Kick2 Jazz Kick 2 Mix Kick3 Mix Kick6
Side Stick Side Stick Side Stick TR808 Rim1 Soft Stick
Snare1 Power Snare1 Brush Slap1 Mix Snare1 Short Snare1
Snare Ghost2 Snare Ghost2 Jz Brsh Swsh Mix Clap1 Mix Stick
Snare2 Power Snare2 Brush Slap2 Mix Snare2 Short Snare2
Low Tom1 Low Tom1 BrushLowTom Mix Snare3 Short Snare3
Cl Hihat1 [M1] Cl Hihat1 [M1] Brush ClHH1 [M1] TR808 ClHH [M1] Cl Hihat1 [M1]
Low Tom2 Low Tom2 BrushMidTom1 Mix Snare4 Short Snare4
Cl Hihat2 [M1] Cl Hihat2 [M1] Brush ClHH2 [M1] Noise ClHH [M1] Cl Hihat2 [M1]
Mid Tom1 Mid Tom1 BrushMidTom2 Mix Snare5 Mix Snare1
Op Hihat [M1] Op Hihat [M1] Brush OpHH [M1] TR808 OpHH [M1] Op Hihat [M1]
Mid Tom2 Mid Tom2 BrushMidTom2 Mix Snare6 Mix Snare2
High Tom1 High Tom1 Brush HiTom Syn Swt Atk1 Mix Snare3
CrashCymbal1 CrashCymbal1 CrashCymbal1 TR808 Cym1 TR808 Cym1
High Tom2 High Tom2 Brush HiTom MG Attack Mix Snare4
Ride Cymbal1 Ride Cymbal1 Ride Cymbal1 TR808 Cym2 TR808 Cym2
China Cymbal China Cymbal China Cymbal China Cymbal China Cymbal
Ride Cymbal2 Ride Cymbal2 Ride Cymbal2 Rock Rd Edge Rock Rd Edge
Tambourine Tambourine Tambourine Tambourine1 Tambourine1
SplashCymbal SplashCymbal SplashCymbal Mix Crash1 Mix Crash1
Cowbell Cowbell Cowbell Mix Hat Mix Hat
CrashCymbal2 CrashCymbal2 CrashCymbal2 Mix Crash2 Mix Crash2
Vibraslap Vibraslap Vibraslap Syn Swt Atk2 Syn Swt Atk
Ride Cymbal3 Ride Cymbal3 Ride Cymbal3 TR808 Kick1 TR808 Kick1
High Bongo1 High Bongo1 High Bongo TR808 Kick2 TR808 Kick2
Low Bongo1 Low Bongo1 Low Bongo TR808 Rim2 TR808 Rim
Conga Slap Conga Slap MtHigh Conga TR808 Snare1 TR808 Snare1
OpenHi Conga OpenHi Conga OpHigh Conga TR808 Clap1 TR808 Clap1
Low Conga1 Low Conga1 Low Conga TR808 Snare2 TR808 Snare2
High Timbale High Timbale High Timbale TR808 Tom1 TR808 Tom1
Low Timbale Low Timbale Low Timbale TR808 ClHH [M1] TR808 ClHH [M1]
High Agogo High Agogo High Agogo TR808 Tom2 TR808 Tom2
Low Agogo Low Agogo Low Agogo Noise ClHH [M1] Noise ClHH [M1]
Cabasa Cabasa Cabasa TR808 Tom3 TR808 Tom3
Maracas Maracas Maracas TR808 OpHH [M1] TR808 OpHH [M1]
ShortWhistle [M2] ShortWhistle [M2] Jazz Kick 1 TR808 Tom4 TR808 Tom4
Long Whistle [M2] Long Whistle [M2] Jazz Kick 2 TR808 Tom5 TR808 Tom5
Short Guiro [M3] Short Guiro [M3] Side Stick Scratch1 Scratch1
Long Guiro [M3] Long Guiro [M3] Jazz Snare1 TR808 Tom6 TR808 Tom6
Claves Claves Sft Snr Gst Scratch2 Scratch2
Hi WoodBlock Hi WoodBlock Jazz Snare2 Hand Clap1 Hand Clap1
LowWoodBlock LowWoodBlock Low Tom Hand Clap2 Hand Clap2
Mute Cuica [M4] Mute Cuica [M4] Cl Hihat1 [M1] TR808 Clap2 TR808 Clap2
Open Cuica [M4] Open Cuica [M4] Mid Tom1 Cabasa Cabasa
MuteTriangle [M5] MuteTriangle [M5] Cl Hihat2 [M1] Shaker1 Shaker1
OpenTriangle [M5] OpenTriangle [M5] Mid Tom2 Tambourine2 Tambourine2
Shaker Shaker Op Hihat [M1] Shaker2 Shaker2
Castanet Castanet Mid Tom2 Castanet Castanet
High Bongo2 High Bongo2 High Tom High Bongo High Bongo
MtHigh Conga MtHigh Conga CrashCymbal1 MtHigh Conga MtHigh Conga
Low Bongo2 Low Bongo2 High Tom Low Bongo1 Low Bongo1
Low Bongo3 Low Bongo3 Ride Cymbal1 Low Bongo2 Low Bongo2
Low Conga2 Low Conga2 China Cymbal Op Low Conga Op Low Conga
Low Tom3 Low Tom3 Low Tom3 Low Tom1 Low Tom1
Low Tom4 Low Tom4 Low Tom4 Low Tom2 Low Tom2
Mix Kick1 Mix Kick1 Claves Mix Kick4 Mix Kick7
Mix Kick2 Mix Kick2 Hi WoodBlock Mix Kick5 Mix Kick8
Mix Kick3 Mix Kick3 LowWoodBlock TR909 Snare Stream
Mix Kick4 Mix Kick4 MuteTriangle [M5] Syn Burst Nz Bubble
Mix Nz1 Mix Nz1 OpenTriangle [M5] Digi Breath Train
Mix Nz2 Mix Nz2 Shaker Mix Breath Wind Chime
Mix Nz3 Mix Nz3 Castanet Wide Shaker Syn Back Nz1
Wind Chime Wind Chime Wind Chime JD Tuba Slap Syn Back Nz2
Hand Clap1 Hand Clap1 Hand Clap 1 Hand Clap3 Hand Clap3
Hand Clap2 Hand Clap2 Hand Clap 2 Hand Clap4 Hand Clap4
----- ----- ----- Door Creak -----
----- ----- ----- Vint.Phone -----
----- ----- ----- Polish Kick -----
27
28
29
31
33
35
30
32
34
39
40
41
43
45
47
42
44
46
36
38
37
51
52
53
55
57
59
54
56
58
48
50
49
C2
C3
Note No.
63
64
65
67
69
71
66
68
70
75
76
77
79
81
83
78
80
82
72
74
73
87
88
89
91
93
95
90
92
94
84
86
85
99
100
101
103
102
96
98
97
C5
C6
C7
62
60
C4
61
JUNO-Di_e.book 117 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
118
Rhythm Set List
006 Dance Kit 1
007 Dance Kit 2 008 Dance Kit 3 009 Pop Kit 2 010 Dance Kit 4
-----
----- ----- ----- -----
TR808 Kick SH32 Kick1 TR909 Kick1 ----- TR808 Kick
Mix Kick1 TR909 Kick1 SH32 Kick1 ----- Mix Kick1
Mix Snare1 AnalogSnare1 Snare Ghost1 ----- Mix Snare1
Mix Kick2 Analog Kick1 Analog Kick Kick1 Mix Kick2
Mix Snare2 TR808 Snare TR909 Snare1 Snare Ghost1 Mix Snare2
Mix Kick3 SH32 Kick2 SH32 Kick2 Kick2 Mix Kick3
Thin ClHH Pedal Hihat [M1] Pedal Hihat [M1] Pedal Hihat [M1] Thin ClHH
Mix Kick4 TR909 Kick2 TR909 Kick2 Kick3 Mix Kick4
Mix Kick5 Analog Kick2 TR909 Kick3 Kick4 Mix Kick5
Mix Rim1 Synth Rim TR808 Rim1 Side Stick Mix Rim1
Analog Snare TR909 Snare TR909 Snare2 Snare1 Mix Snare3
TR808 Clap TR808 Clap1 TR808 Clap Snare Ghost2 TR808 Clap
Mix Snare3 DistNz Snare TR909 Snare3 Snare2 Mix Snare4
Mix Tom1 Deep Tom1 TR808 Tom1 Low Tom1 Mix Tom1
Mix ClHH1 TR808 ClHH [M1] Cl Hihat1 [M1] Cl Hihat1 [M1] Mix ClHH1
Mix Tom2 Deep Tom1 TR808 Tom2 Low Tom2 Mix Tom2
Mix ClHH2 TR606 OpHH [M1] Cl Hihat2 [M1] Cl Hihat2 [M1] Mix ClHH2
Mix Tom3 Deep Tom2 TR808 Tom3 Mid Tom1 Mix Tom3
Op Hihat TR808 Cym1 [M1] Op Hihat1 [M1] Op Hihat [M1] Op Hihat
Mix Tom3 Deep Tom2 TR808 Tom4 Mid Tom2 Mix Tom3
Mix Tom4 Deep Tom3 TR808 Tom5 High Tom1 Mix Tom4
Crash Cymbal TR808 OpHH CrashCymbal1 CrashCymbal1 Crash Cymbal
Mix Tom4 Deep Tom3 TR808 Tom6 High Tom2 Mix Tom4
Rock Rd Edge Wide Syn Cym Ride Cymbal1 Ride Cymbal1 Rock Rd Edge
China Cymbal TR808 Cym2 Rock Chash China Cymbal China Cymbal
Ride Cymbal China Cym1 Ride Cup Ride Cymbal2 Ride Cymbal
Tambourine Castanet Tambourine1 Tambourine Tambourine
Rock Crash TR808 Cym3 Syn Swt Atk1 SplashCymbal Rock Crash
Cowbell Syn Cowbell Agogo Noise Cowbell Cowbell
Concert Cym China Cym2 MG Zap1 CrashCymbal2 Concert Cym
Vibraslap Syn Swt Atk1 Syn Swt Atk2 Vibraslap Vibraslap
TR808 Cym TR909 Kick3 TR909 Kick4 Ride Cymbal3 TR808 Cym
Bongo1 Analog Kick3 SH32 Kick3 High Bongo1 Bongo1
Bongo2 Syn Stick TR808 Rim2 Low Bongo1 Bongo2
Bongo&Conga1 AnalogSnare2 TR808 Snare1 Conga Slap Bongo&Conga1
Conga TR808 Clap2 TR808 Clap1 OpenHi Conga Conga
Bongo&Conga2 AnalogSnare3 Analog Snare Low Conga1 Bongo&Conga2
TR808 Conga Shaker1 Mid Tom1 High Timbale TR808 Conga
Maracas Syn ClHH1 [M1] Noise ClHH [M1] Low Timbale Maracas
Shaker Shaker2 Mid Tom2 High Agogo Shaker
Triangle1 Syn ClHH2 [M1] Cl Hihat3 [M1] Low Agogo Triangle1
Cabasa Atmosphere1 Mid Tom3 Cabasa Cabasa
Guiro Syn OpHH [M1] Op Hihat2 [M1] Maracas Guiro 1
Street OpHH Atmosphere2 Mid Tom4 ShortWhistle [M2] Street OpHH
Scratch Atmosphere3 Mid Tom5 Long Whistle [M2] Scratch
Mix Atk1 TR808 Cym4 Rock Crash2 Short Guiro [M3] Mix Atk1
MG Zap Atmosphere4 Mid Tom6 Long Guiro [M3] MG Zap
Syn Swt Atk1 Mix Ride SplashCymbal Claves Syn Swt Atk1
Syn Swt Atk2 China Cym3 Rock Crash3 Hi WoodBlock Syn Swt Atk2
Cuica Low Rock Rd Edge Rock Rd Edge LowWoodBlock Cuica Low
Triangle2 Syn Slap Tambourine2 Mute Cuica [M4] Triangle2
Triangle3 MG Zap1 Syn Swt Atk3 Open Cuica [M4] Triangle3
Triangle4 SynVox Noise Cowbell1 MuteTriangle [M5] Triangle4
Mix Hit1 MG Zap2 Syn Swt Atk4 OpenTriangle [M5] Guiro 2
Mix Hit2 Syn Swt Atk2 Cowbell2 Shaker Mix Hit2
Mix Hit3 MG Zap3 MG Zap2 Castanet Mix Hit3
Wind Chime 808 Maracas Low Bongo High Bongo2 Wind Chime
Timpani Roll TR808 Claves MtHigh Conga MtHigh Conga Timpani Roll
Crotale MuteTriangle [M2] Conga Slap Low Bongo2 Crotale
R8 Click [M2] OpenTriangle [M2] OpHigh Conga Low Bongo3 R8 Click [M2]
Metro Bell [M2] Mix Hit Op Low Conga Low Conga2 Metro Bell [M2]
DR202 Beep 1 Scratch High Timbale Low Tom3 MC500 Beep 1
DR202 Beep 2 Easy Gtr Low Timbale Low Tom4 MC500 Beep 2
Sweep Down1 Syn Bel Atk High Agogo Mix Kick1 Sweep Down1
Sweep Up MG Attack Low Agogo Mix Kick2 Sweep Up
Sweep Down2 SynSnareRoll Cabasa Mix Kick3 Sweep Down2
Light Wood Syn Burst Nz Maracas Mix Kick4 Light Wood
Laser White Noise Short Guiro [M2] Mix Nz1 Laser
Low Atk Polishing Nz Long Guiro [M2] Mix Nz2 Low Atk
Analog Kick Long Guiro Claves Mix Nz3 Analog Kick
Old Kick Light Wood LowWoodBlock Wind Chime Old Kick
Mix Kick6 Light Box Hi WoodBlock Hand Clap1 Mix Kick6
TR909 Snare Syn Swt Atk3 MuteTriangle [M3] Hand Clap2 TR909 Snare
TR808 Snare Laugh OpenTriangle [M3] ----- TR808 Snare
Mix Snare4 Office Phone Castanet ----- Mix Snare5
Mix Snare5 Polish Kick Whistle ----- Mix Snare6
27
28
29
31
33
35
30
32
34
39
40
41
43
45
47
42
44
46
36
38
37
51
52
53
55
57
59
54
56
58
48
50
49
C2
C3
Note No.
63
64
65
67
69
71
66
68
70
75
76
77
79
81
83
78
80
82
72
74
73
87
88
89
91
93
95
90
92
94
84
86
85
99
100
101
103
102
96
98
97
C5
C6
C7
62
60
C4
61
- - - - -: no sound
[M]: will not sound simultaneously with other percussion instruments of the same number
JUNO-Di_e.book 118 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
119
Rhythm Set List
011 Ambi Pop 1
012 Ambi Rock 013 Ambi BrushJz 014 Ambi HipHop 015 Ambi R&B
-----
----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
Kick1 Kick1 Kick1 Analog Kick1 Mix Kick1
Snare Ghost1 Snare Ghost1 Snare Ghost Analog Kick2 Mix Kick2
Kick2 Kick2 Kick2 Mix Kick1 Mix Kick3
Pedal Hihat [M1] Pedal Hihat [M1] Pedal Hi-hat [M1] Mix Kick2 Mix Kick4
Kick3 Power Kick1 Jazz Kick 1 Analog Kick3 Mix Kick5
Kick4 Power Kick2 Jazz Kick 2 Mix Kick3 Mix Kick6
Side Stick Side Stick Side Stick TR808 Rim1 Soft Stick
Snare1 Power Snare1 Brush Slap1 Mix Snare1 Short Snare1
Snare Ghost2 Snare Ghost2 Jz Brsh Swsh Mix Clap1 Mix Stick
Snare2 Power Snare2 Brush Slap2 Mix Snare2 Short Snare2
Low Tom1 Low Tom1 BrushLowTom Mix Snare3 Short Snare3
Cl Hihat1 [M1] Cl Hihat1 [M1] Brush ClHH1 [M1] TR808 ClHH [M1] Cl Hihat1 [M1]
Low Tom2 Low Tom2 BrushMidTom1 Mix Snare4 Short Snare4
Cl Hihat2 [M1] Cl Hihat2 [M1] Brush ClHH2 [M1] Noise ClHH [M1] Cl Hihat2 [M1]
Mid Tom1 Mid Tom1 BrushMidTom2 Mix Snare5 Mix Snare1
Op Hihat [M1] Op Hihat [M1] Brush OpHH [M1] TR808 OpHH [M1] Op Hihat [M1]
Mid Tom2 Mid Tom2 BrushMidTom2 Mix Snare6 Mix Snare2
High Tom1 High Tom1 Brush HiTom Syn Swt Atk1 Mix Snare3
CrashCymbal1 CrashCymbal1 CrashCymbal1 TR808 Cym1 TR808 Cym1
High Tom2 High Tom2 Brush HiTom MG Attack Mix Snare4
Ride Cymbal1 Ride Cymbal1 Ride Cymbal1 TR808 Cym2 TR808 Cym2
China Cymbal China Cymbal China Cymbal China Cymbal China Cymbal
Ride Cymbal2 Ride Cymbal2 Ride Cymbal2 Rock Rd Edge Rock Rd Edge
Tambourine Tambourine Tambourine Tambourine1 Tambourine1
SplashCymbal SplashCymbal SplashCymbal Mix Crash1 Mix Crash1
Cowbell Cowbell Cowbell Mix Hat Mix Hat
CrashCymbal2 CrashCymbal2 CrashCymbal2 Mix Crash2 Mix Crash2
Vibraslap Vibraslap Vibraslap Syn Swt Atk2 Syn Swt Atk
Ride Cymbal3 Ride Cymbal3 Ride Cymbal3 TR808 Kick1 TR808 Kick1
High Bongo1 High Bongo1 High Bongo TR808 Kick2 TR808 Kick2
Low Bongo1 Low Bongo1 Low Bongo TR808 Rim2 TR808 Rim
Conga Slap Conga Slap MtHigh Conga TR808 Snare1 TR808 Snare1
OpenHi Conga OpenHi Conga OpHigh Conga TR808 Clap1 TR808 Clap1
Low Conga1 Low Conga1 Low Conga TR808 Snare2 TR808 Snare2
High Timbale High Timbale High Timbale TR808 Tom1 TR808 Tom1
Low Timbale Low Timbale Low Timbale TR808 ClHH [M1] TR808 ClHH [M1]
High Agogo High Agogo High Agogo TR808 Tom2 TR808 Tom2
Low Agogo Low Agogo Low Agogo Noise ClHH [M1] Noise ClHH [M1]
Cabasa Cabasa Cabasa TR808 Tom3 TR808 Tom3
Maracas Maracas Maracas TR808 OpHH [M1] TR808 OpHH [M1]
ShortWhistle [M2] ShortWhistle [M2] Jazz Kick 1 TR808 Tom4 TR808 Tom4
Long Whistle [M2] Long Whistle [M2] Jazz Kick 2 TR808 Tom5 TR808 Tom5
Short Guiro [M3] Short Guiro [M3] Side Stick Scratch1 Scratch1
Long Guiro [M3] Long Guiro [M3] Jazz Snare1 TR808 Tom6 TR808 Tom6
Claves Claves Sft Snr Gst Scratch2 Scratch2
Hi WoodBlock Hi WoodBlock Jazz Snare2 Hand Clap1 Hand Clap1
LowWoodBlock LowWoodBlock Low Tom Hand Clap2 Hand Clap2
Mute Cuica [M4] Mute Cuica [M4] Cl Hihat1 [M1] TR808 Clap2 TR808 Clap2
Open Cuica [M4] Open Cuica [M4] Mid Tom1 Cabasa Cabasa
MuteTriangle [M5] MuteTriangle [M5] Cl Hihat2 [M1] Shaker1 Shaker1
OpenTriangle [M5] OpenTriangle [M5] Mid Tom2 Tambourine2 Tambourine2
Shaker Shaker Op Hihat [M1] Shaker2 Shaker2
Castanet Castanet Mid Tom2 Castanet Castanet
High Bongo2 High Bongo2 High Tom High Bongo High Bongo
MtHigh Conga MtHigh Conga CrashCymbal1 MtHigh Conga MtHigh Conga
Low Bongo2 Low Bongo2 High Tom Low Bongo1 Low Bongo1
Low Bongo3 Low Bongo3 Ride Cymbal1 Low Bongo2 Low Bongo2
Low Conga2 Low Conga2 China Cymbal Op Low Conga Op Low Conga
Low Tom3 Low Tom3 Low Tom3 Low Tom1 Low Tom1
Low Tom4 Low Tom4 Low Tom4 Low Tom2 Low Tom2
Mix Kick1 Mix Kick1 Claves Mix Kick4 Mix Kick7
Mix Kick2 Mix Kick2 Hi WoodBlock Mix Kick5 Mix Kick8
Mix Kick3 Mix Kick3 LowWoodBlock TR909 Snare Stream
Mix Kick4 Mix Kick4 MuteTriangle [M5] Syn Burst Nz Bubble
Mix Nz1 Mix Nz1 OpenTriangle [M5] Digi Breath Train
Mix Nz2 Mix Nz2 Shaker Mix Breath Wind Chime
Mix Nz3 Mix Nz3 Castanet Wide Shaker Syn Back Nz1
Wind Chime Wind Chime Wind Chime JD Tuba Slap Syn Back Nz2
Hand Clap1 Hand Clap1 Hand Clap 1 Hand Clap3 Hand Clap3
Hand Clap2 Hand Clap2 Hand Clap 2 Hand Clap4 Hand Clap4
----- ----- ----- Door Creak -----
----- ----- ----- Vint.Phone -----
----- ----- ----- Polish Kick -----
27
28
29
31
33
35
30
32
34
39
40
41
43
45
47
42
44
46
36
38
37
51
52
53
55
57
59
54
56
58
48
50
49
C2
C3
Note No.
63
64
65
67
69
71
66
68
70
75
76
77
79
81
83
78
80
82
72
74
73
87
88
89
91
93
95
90
92
94
84
86
85
99
100
101
103
102
96
98
97
C5
C6
C7
62
60
C4
61
JUNO-Di_e.book 119 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
120
Rhythm Set List
016 Ambi Dance 1
017 Ambi Dance 2 018 Ambi Dance 3 019 Ambi Pop 2 020 Ambi Dance 4
-----
----- ----- ----- -----
TR808 Kick SH32 Kick1 TR909 Kick1 ----- TR808 Kick
Mix Kick1 TR909 Kick1 SH32 Kick1 ----- Mix Kick1
Mix Snare1 AnalogSnare1 Snare Ghost1 ----- Mix Snare1
Mix Kick2 Analog Kick1 Analog Kick Kick1 Mix Kick2
Mix Snare2 TR808 Snare TR909 Snare1 Snare Ghost1 Mix Snare2
Mix Kick3 SH32 Kick2 SH32 Kick2 Kick2 Mix Kick3
Thin ClHH Pedal Hihat [M1] Pedal Hihat [M1] Pedal Hihat [M1] Thin ClHH
Mix Kick4 TR909 Kick2 TR909 Kick2 Kick3 Mix Kick4
Mix Kick5 Analog Kick2 TR909 Kick3 Kick4 Mix Kick5
Mix Rim1 Synth Rim TR808 Rim1 Side Stick Mix Rim1
Analog Snare TR909 Snare TR909 Snare2 Snare1 Mix Snare3
TR808 Clap TR808 Clap1 TR808 Clap Snare Ghost2 TR808 Clap
Mix Snare3 DistNz Snare TR909 Snare3 Snare2 Mix Snare4
Mix Tom1 Deep Tom1 TR808 Tom1 Low Tom1 Mix Tom1
Mix ClHH1 TR808 ClHH [M1] Cl Hihat1 [M1] Cl Hihat1 [M1] Mix ClHH1
Mix Tom2 Deep Tom1 TR808 Tom2 Low Tom2 Mix Tom2
Mix ClHH2 TR606 OpHH [M1] Cl Hihat2 [M1] Cl Hihat2 [M1] Mix ClHH2
Mix Tom3 Deep Tom2 TR808 Tom3 Mid Tom1 Mix Tom3
Op Hihat TR808 Cym1 [M1] Op Hihat1 [M1] Op Hihat [M1] Op Hihat
Mix Tom3 Deep Tom2 TR808 Tom4 Mid Tom2 Mix Tom3
Mix Tom4 Deep Tom3 TR808 Tom5 High Tom1 Mix Tom4
Crash Cymbal TR808 OpHH CrashCymbal1 CrashCymbal1 Crash Cymbal
Mix Tom4 Deep Tom3 TR808 Tom6 High Tom2 Mix Tom4
Rock Rd Edge Wide Syn Cym Ride Cymbal1 Ride Cymbal1 Rock Rd Edge
China Cymbal TR808 Cym2 Rock Chash China Cymbal China Cymbal
Ride Cymbal China Cym1 Ride Cup Ride Cymbal2 Ride Cymbal
Tambourine Castanet Tambourine1 Tambourine Tambourine
Rock Crash TR808 Cym3 Syn Swt Atk1 SplashCymbal Rock Crash
Cowbell Syn Cowbell Agogo Noise Cowbell Cowbell
Concert Cym China Cym2 MG Zap1 CrashCymbal2 Concert Cym
Vibraslap Syn Swt Atk1 Syn Swt Atk2 Vibraslap Vibraslap
TR808 Cym TR909 Kick3 TR909 Kick4 Ride Cymbal3 TR808 Cym
Bongo1 Analog Kick3 SH32 Kick3 High Bongo1 Bongo1
Bongo2 Syn Stick TR808 Rim2 Low Bongo1 Bongo2
Bongo&Conga1 AnalogSnare2 TR808 Snare1 Conga Slap Bongo&Conga1
Conga TR808 Clap2 TR808 Clap1 OpenHi Conga Conga
Bongo&Conga2 AnalogSnare3 Analog Snare Low Conga1 Bongo&Conga2
TR808 Conga Shaker1 Mid Tom1 High Timbale TR808 Conga
Maracas Syn ClHH1 [M1] Noise ClHH [M1] Low Timbale Maracas
Shaker Shaker2 Mid Tom2 High Agogo Shaker
Triangle1 Syn ClHH2 [M1] Cl Hihat3 [M1] Low Agogo Triangle1
Cabasa Atmosphere1 Mid Tom3 Cabasa Cabasa
Guiro Syn OpHH [M1] Op Hihat2 [M1] Maracas Guiro 1
Street OpHH Atmosphere2 Mid Tom4 ShortWhistle [M2] Street OpHH
Scratch Atmosphere3 Mid Tom5 Long Whistle [M2] Scratch
Mix Atk1 TR808 Cym4 Rock Crash2 Short Guiro [M3] Mix Atk1
MG Zap Atmosphere4 Mid Tom6 Long Guiro [M3] MG Zap
Syn Swt Atk1 Mix Ride SplashCymbal Claves Syn Swt Atk1
Syn Swt Atk2 China Cym3 Rock Crash3 Hi WoodBlock Syn Swt Atk2
Cuica Low Rock Rd Edge Rock Rd Edge LowWoodBlock Cuica Low
Triangle2 Syn Slap Tambourine2 Mute Cuica [M4] Triangle2
Triangle3 MG Zap1 Syn Swt Atk3 Open Cuica [M4] Triangle3
Triangle4 SynVox Noise Cowbell1 MuteTriangle [M5] Triangle4
Mix Hit1 MG Zap2 Syn Swt Atk4 OpenTriangle [M5] Guiro 2
Mix Hit2 Syn Swt Atk2 Cowbell2 Shaker Mix Hit2
Mix Hit3 MG Zap3 MG Zap2 Castanet Mix Hit3
Wind Chime 808 Maracas Low Bongo High Bongo2 Wind Chime
Timpani Roll TR808 Claves MtHigh Conga MtHigh Conga Timpani Roll
Crotale MuteTriangle [M2] Conga Slap Low Bongo2 Crotale
R8 Click [M2] OpenTriangle [M2] OpHigh Conga Low Bongo3 R8 Click [M2]
Metro Bell [M2] Mix Hit Op Low Conga Low Conga2 Metro Bell [M2]
DR202 Beep 1 Scratch High Timbale Low Tom3 MC500 Beep 1
DR202 Beep 2 Easy Gtr Low Timbale Low Tom4 MC500 Beep 2
Sweep Down1 Syn Bel Atk High Agogo Mix Kick1 Sweep Down1
Sweep Up MG Attack Low Agogo Mix Kick2 Sweep Up
Sweep Down2 SynSnareRoll Cabasa Mix Kick3 Sweep Down2
Light Wood Syn Burst Nz Maracas Mix Kick4 Light Wood
Laser White Noise Short Guiro [M2] Mix Nz1 Laser
Low Atk Polishing Nz Long Guiro [M2] Mix Nz2 Low Atk
Analog Kick Long Guiro Claves Mix Nz3 Analog Kick
Old Kick Light Wood LowWoodBlock Wind Chime Old Kick
Mix Kick6 Light Box Hi WoodBlock Hand Clap1 Mix Kick6
TR909 Snare Syn Swt Atk3 MuteTriangle [M3] Hand Clap2 TR909 Snare
TR808 Snare Laugh OpenTriangle [M3] ----- TR808 Snare
Mix Snare4 Office Phone Castanet ----- Mix Snare5
Mix Snare5 Polish Kick Whistle ----- Mix Snare6
- - - - -: no sound
[M]: will not sound simultaneously with other percussion instruments of the same number
27
28
29
31
33
35
30
32
34
39
40
41
43
45
47
42
44
46
36
38
37
51
52
53
55
57
59
54
56
58
48
50
49
C2
C3
Note No.
63
64
65
67
69
71
66
68
70
75
76
77
79
81
83
78
80
82
72
74
73
87
88
89
91
93
95
90
92
94
84
86
85
99
100
101
103
102
96
98
97
C5
C6
C7
62
60
C4
61
JUNO-Di_e.book 120 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
121
Rhythm Set List
021 GM2 STANDARD
022 GM2 ROOM 023 GM2 POWER 024 GM2 ELECTRIC 025 GM2 ANALOG
High Q
High Q High Q High Q High Q
Slap Slap Slap Slap Slap
Scratch Push [M7] Scratch Push [M7] Scratch Push [M7] Scratch Push [M7] Scratch Push [M7]
Scratch Pull [M7] Scratch Pull [M7] Scratch Pull [M7] Scratch Pull [M7] Scratch Pull [M7]
Sticks Sticks Sticks Sticks Sticks
Square Click Square Click Square Click Square Click Square Click
Metron Click Metron Click Metron Click Metron Click Metron Click
Metron Bell Metron Bell Metron Bell Metron Bell Metron Bell
Kick Drum 2 Kick Drum 2 Power Kick 2 Kick Drum 2 Kick Drum 2
Kick Drum 1 Kick Drum 1 Power Kick 1 Elec.Kick 1 Ana.Kick 1
Side Stick Side Stick Side Stick Side Stick Ana.Rim Sho
Aco.Snare Aco.Snare PowerSnareDr E.SnareDrum1 Ana.Snare 1
Hand Clap Hand Clap Hand Clap Hand Clap Hand Clap
Elec.Snare Elec.Snare Elec.Snare E.SnareDrum2 Elec.Snare
Low Tom 2 Room LowTom2 PowerLowTom2 E.Low Tom 2 Ana.Low Tom2
ClosedHi-hat [M1] ClosedHi-hat [M1] ClosedHi-hat [M1] ClosedHi-hat [M1] Ana.ClosedHH [M1]
Low Tom 1 Room LowTom1 PowerLowTom1 E.Low Tom 1 Ana.Low Tom1
Pedal Hi-hat [M1] Pedal Hi-hat [M1] Pedal Hi-hat [M1] Pedal Hi-hat [M1] Ana.ClosedHH [M1]
Mid Tom 2 Room MidTom2 PowerMidTom2 E.Mid Tom 2 Ana.Mid Tom2
Open Hi-hat [M1] Open Hi-hat [M1] Open Hi-hat [M1] Open Hi-hat [M1] Ana.Open HH [M1]
Mid Tom 1 Room MidTom1 PowerMidTom1 E.Mid Tom 1 Ana.Mid Tom1
High Tom 2 Room Hi Tom2 Power HiTom2 E.Hi Tom 2 Ana.Hi Tom2
CrashCymbal1 CrashCymbal1 CrashCymbal1 CrashCymbal1 Ana.Cymbal
High Tom 1 Room Hi Tom1 Power HiTom1 E.Hi Tom 1 Ana.Hi Tom1
Ride Cymbal1 Ride Cymbal1 Ride Cymbal1 Ride Cymbal1 Ride Cymbal1
China Cymbal China Cymbal China Cymbal Reverse Cym. China Cymbal
Ride Bell Ride Bell Ride Bell Ride Bell Ride Bell
Tambourine Tambourine Tambourine Tambourine Tambourine
SplashCymbal SplashCymbal SplashCymbal SplashCymbal SplashCymbal
Cowbell Cowbell Cowbell Cowbell Ana.Cowbell
CrashCymbal2 CrashCymbal2 CrashCymbal2 CrashCymbal2 CrashCymbal2
Vibra-slap Vibra-slap Vibra-slap Vibra-slap Vibra-slap
Ride Cymbal2 Ride Cymbal2 Ride Cymbal2 Ride Cymbal2 Ride Cymbal2
High Bongo High Bongo High Bongo High Bongo High Bongo
Low Bongo Low Bongo Low Bongo Low Bongo Low Bongo
MuteHi Conga MuteHi Conga MuteHi Conga MuteHi Conga Ana.Hi Conga
OpenHi Conga OpenHi Conga OpenHi Conga OpenHi Conga Ana.MidConga
Low Conga Low Conga Low Conga Low Conga Ana.LowConga
High Timbale High Timbale High Timbale High Timbale High Timbale
Low Timbale Low Timbale Low Timbale Low Timbale Low Timbale
High Agogo High Agogo High Agogo High Agogo High Agogo
Low Agogo Low Agogo Low Agogo Low Agogo Low Agogo
Cabasa Cabasa Cabasa Cabasa Cabasa
Maracas Maracas Maracas Maracas Ana.Maracas
ShortWhistle [M2] ShortWhistle [M2] ShortWhistle [M2] ShortWhistle [M2] ShortWhistle [M2]
Long Whistle [M2] Long Whistle [M2] Long Whistle [M2] Long Whistle [M2] Long Whistle [M2]
Short Guiro [M3] Short Guiro [M3] Short Guiro [M3] Short Guiro [M3] Short Guiro [M3]
Long Guiro [M3] Long Guiro [M3] Long Guiro [M3] Long Guiro [M3] Long Guiro [M3]
Claves Claves Claves Claves Ana.Claves
Hi WoodBlock Hi WoodBlock Hi WoodBlock Hi WoodBlock Hi WoodBlock
LowWoodBlock LowWoodBlock LowWoodBlock LowWoodBlock LowWoodBlock
Mute Cuica [M4] Mute Cuica [M4] Mute Cuica [M4] Mute Cuica [M4] Mute Cuica [M4]
Open Cuica [M4] Open Cuica [M4] Open Cuica [M4] Open Cuica [M4] Open Cuica [M4]
MuteTriangle [M5] MuteTriangle [M5] MuteTriangle [M5] MuteTriangle [M5] MuteTriangle [M5]
OpenTriangle [M5] OpenTriangle [M5] OpenTriangle [M5] OpenTriangle [M5] OpenTriangle [M5]
Shaker Shaker Shaker Shaker Shaker
Jingle Bell Jingle Bell Jingle Bell Jingle Bell Jingle Bell
Bell Tree Bell Tree Bell Tree Bell Tree Bell Tree
Castanets Castanets Castanets Castanets Castanets
Mute Surdo [M6] Mute Surdo [M6] Mute Surdo [M6] Mute Surdo [M6] Mute Surdo [M6]
Open Surdo [M6] Open Surdo [M6] Open Surdo [M6] Open Surdo [M6] Open Surdo [M6]
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- ----- -----
27
28
29
31
33
35
30
32
34
39
40
41
43
45
47
42
44
46
36
38
37
51
52
53
55
57
59
54
56
58
48
50
49
C2
C3
Note No.
63
64
65
67
69
71
66
68
70
75
76
77
79
81
83
78
80
82
72
74
73
87
88
89
91
93
95
90
92
94
84
86
85
99
100
101
103
102
96
98
97
C5
C6
C7
62
60
C4
61
JUNO-Di_e.book 121 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
122
Rhythm Set List
026 GM2 JAZZ
027 GM2 BRUSH 028 GM2 ORCHSTRA 029 GM2 SFX
High Q
High Q ClosedHi-hat [M1] -----
Slap Slap Pedal Hi-hat [M1] -----
Scratch Push [M7] Scratch Push [M7] Open Hi-hat [M1] -----
Scratch Pull [M7] Scratch Pull [M7] Ride Cymbal1 -----
Sticks Sticks Sticks -----
Square Click Square Click Square Click -----
Metron Click Metron Click Metron Click -----
Metron Bell Metron Bell Metron Bell -----
Jazz Kick 2 Jazz Kick 2 Concert BD 2 -----
Jazz Kick 1 Jazz Kick 1 Concert BD 1 -----
Side Stick Side Stick Side Stick -----
Aco.Snare Brush Tap Concert SD -----
Hand Clap Brush Slap Castanets High Q
Elec.Snare Brush Swirl Concert SD Slap
Low Tom 2 BrushLowTom2 Timpani F Scratch Push [M7]
ClosedHi-hat [M1] ClosedHi-hat [M1] Timpani F# Scratch Pull [M7]
Low Tom 1 BrushLowTom1 Timpani G Sticks
Pedal Hi-hat [M1] Pedal Hi-hat [M1] Timpani G# Square Click
Mid Tom 2 BrushMidTom2 Timpani A Metron Click
Open Hi-hat [M1] Open Hi-hat [M1] Timpani A# Metron Bell
Mid Tom 1 BrushMidTom1 Timpani B GtFret Noise
High Tom 2 Brush HiTom2 Timpani c Cut Noise Up
CrashCymbal1 CrashCymbal1 Timpani c# Cut Noise Dw
High Tom 1 Brush HiTom1 Timpani d Slap_St.Bass
Ride Cymbal1 Ride Cymbal1 Timpani d# Fl.Key Click
China Cymbal China Cymbal Timpani e Laughing
Ride Bell Ride Bell Timpani f Scream
Tambourine Tambourine Tambourine Punch
SplashCymbal SplashCymbal SplashCymbal Heart Beat
Cowbell Cowbell Cowbell Footsteps 1
CrashCymbal2 CrashCymbal2 Concert Cym2 Footsteps 2
Vibra-slap Vibra-slap Vibra-slap Applause
Ride Cymbal2 Ride Cymbal2 Concert Cym1 Door Creak
High Bongo High Bongo High Bongo Door
Low Bongo Low Bongo Low Bongo Scratch
MuteHi Conga MuteHi Conga MuteHi Conga Wind Chimes
OpenHi Conga OpenHi Conga OpenHi Conga Car-Engine
Low Conga Low Conga Low Conga Car-Stop
High Timbale High Timbale High Timbale Car-Pass
Low Timbale Low Timbale Low Timbale Car-Crash
High Agogo High Agogo High Agogo Siren
Low Agogo Low Agogo Low Agogo Train
Cabasa Cabasa Cabasa Jetplane
Maracas Maracas Maracas Helicopter
ShortWhistle [M2] ShortWhistle [M2] ShortWhistle [M2] Starship
Long Whistle [M2] Long Whistle [M2] Long Whistle [M2] Gun Shot
Short Guiro [M3] Short Guiro [M3] Short Guiro [M3] Machine Gun
Long Guiro [M3] Long Guiro [M3] Long Guiro [M3] Lasergun
Claves Claves Claves Explosion
Hi WoodBlock Hi WoodBlock Hi WoodBlock Dog
LowWoodBlock LowWoodBlock LowWoodBlock Horse-Gallop
Mute Cuica [M4] Mute Cuica [M4] Mute Cuica [M4] Birds
Open Cuica [M4] Open Cuica [M4] Open Cuica [M4] Rain
MuteTriangle [M5] MuteTriangle [M5] MuteTriangle [M5] Thunder
OpenTriangle [M5] OpenTriangle [M5] OpenTriangle [M5] Wind
Shaker Shaker Shaker Seashore
Jingle Bell Jingle Bell Jingle Bell Stream
Bell Tree Bell Tree Bell Tree Bubble
Castanets Castanets Castanets -----
Mute Surdo [M6] Mute Surdo [M6] Mute Surdo [M6] -----
Open Surdo [M6] Open Surdo [M6] Open Surdo [M6] -----
----- ----- Applause -----
----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- -----
----- ----- ----- -----
- - - - -: no sound
[M]: will not sound simultaneously with other percussion instruments of the same number
27
28
29
31
33
35
30
32
34
39
40
41
43
45
47
42
44
46
36
38
37
51
52
53
55
57
59
54
56
58
48
50
49
C2
C3
Note No.
63
64
65
67
69
71
66
68
70
75
76
77
79
81
83
78
80
82
72
74
73
87
88
89
91
93
95
90
92
94
84
86
85
99
100
101
103
102
96
98
97
C5
C6
C7
62
60
C4
61
JUNO-Di_e.book 122 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
123
Performance List
No
Name
1 Bass / Piano
2 Piano & Str
3 Big & Proud
4 Whale Pad
5 Dual Rotary
6 Mission Di
7 JUNO Di Lead
8 Choir Orche
9 Delicate
10 Asian Temple
11 The Leader
12 SolarEclipse
13 Proud Brass
14 Air Garden
15 Winter Bell
16 D-50Memories
17 Ambi Lead
18 Rock Organ
19 Notre-Dame
20 SuperSawStk
21 SatelliteGtr
22 Bright Pad
23 Pad/Sine Ld
24 Rock Unison
25 Super SynBrs
26 St Echo Lead
27 Flux Pad
28 Sweet Tekno
29 Twilight Pad
30 SonicVoyager
31 St Oct Lead
32 Personal Pad
No
Name
33 Eden Gardens
34 Space Tale
35 SeqBs/Sft Ld
36 Gtr Heaven
37 Concert Str
38 Dual D-50
39 Wstmin Abbey
40 Choir & Orch
41 World Lead
42 CrystalGrand
43 Orchestral
44 80s Stack
45 Grand Ocean
46 Baby’s Hand
47 Leading D/A
48 Horizon
49 TripTo 80s
50 Blizzard
51 WoodyFlt Ld
52 3AM
53 Synchronize
54 Additive Pad
55 The Pipes
56 Space Walk
57 Tibet Pad
58 XyloSaw Ld
59 Jupiters
60 VOCODER+Bass
61 VOCODER+Orgn
62 VOCODER+Pad
63 Seq:Template
64 GM2 Template
JUNO-Di_e.book 123 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
124
Rhythm Pattern Group List
No.
Name Recommended Rhythm Set
1 Pop 1 Pop Kit 2
2 Pop 2 Pop Kit 2
3 Pop 3 Pop Kit 1
4 Pop 4 Pop Kit 1
5 Pop 5 Pop Kit 1
6 Pop 6 Pop Kit 1
7 Pop 7 Pop Kit 1
8 Pop 8 Pop Kit 1
9 Pop 9 Pop Kit 2
10 Rock 1 Rock Kit
11 Rock 2 Rock Kit
12 Funk Pop Kit 1
13 Fusion Pop Kit 1
14 Jazz Brush Jz Kit
15 Bossa Pop Kit 1
16 Hip Hop HipHop Kit
17 R&B R&B Kit
18 Reggae Dance Kit 1
19 Trance 1 Dance Kit 2
20 Trance 2 Dance Kit 4
21 House 1 Dance Kit 3
22 House 2 Dance Kit 1
23 Drum’n Bs Dance Kit 1
24 Disco Dance Kit 1
JUNO-Di_e.book 124 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
125
Chord Memory List
001. Pop 1
002. Pop 2
003. Jazz 1
004. Jazz 2
005. Jazz 3
006. Blues
007. Trad Maj
008. Trad Min 1
009. Trad Min 2
010. Pop Min 1
Assign Key
Chord Name Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C
Cadd9 C3, G3, D4, E4
C# C#maj9 C#3, C4, D#4, F4
D D-7 D3, F4, A3, C4
D# D#maj7 D#3, A#3, D4, G4
E Cadd9 (on E) E3, C4, D4, G4
F Fmaj9 F2, A3, E4, G4
F# Dadd9 (on F#) F#2, A3, D4, E4
G Cadd9 (on G) G2, D4, E4, G4
G# F-6 (on Ab) G#2, C4, D4, F4
A F (on A) A2, A3, C4, F4
A# G- (on Bb) A#2, A#3, D4, G4
B G (on B) B2, B3, D4, G4
Assign Key
Chord Name Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C Cmaj9 C3, E3, B3, D4
C# C#dim7 C#3, G3, A#3, E4
D D-9 D3, F3, C4, E4
D# D#dim7 D#3, A3, C4, F#4
E E-7 E3, B3, D4, G4
F Fmaj9 F3, A3, E4, G4
F# F#-7 (b5) F#3, A3, C4, E4
G G7sus4 (9 13) G2, A3, C4, F4
G# G#dim7 G#2, B3, D4, F4
A A-9 A2, B3, C4, G4
A# C7(on Bb) A#2, G3, C4, E4
B B-7(b5) B2, A3, D4, F4
Assign Key
Chord Name Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C
C6 9 C3, E3, A3, D4
C# C#7(#9) C#3, F3, B3, E4
D D-9 D3, F3, C4, E4
D# D#7(#9) D#3, G3, C#4, F#4
E E#7(#9) E3, G#3, D4, G4
F Fmaj9 F3, A3, E4, G4
F# F#7(#9) F#3, A#3, E4, A4
G G7(13) G2, F3, B3, E4
G# G#7(13) G#2, F#3, C4, F4
A A-7(11) A2, G3, C4, D4
A# Bb9 A#2, G#3, C4, D4
B B-7(11) B2, A3, D4, E4
Assign Key
Chord Name Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C
C6 9 C3, E3, A3, D4
C# C#9 C#3, F3, B3, D#4
D D-9 D3, F3, C4, E4
D# D#9 D#3, G3, C#4, F4
E E-9 E3, G3, D4, F#4
F F-9 F2, G#3, D#4, G4
F# F#-7(b5) F#2, A3, C4, E4
G G7(b13) G2, F3, B3, D#4
G# G#7(13) G#2, F#3, C4, F4
A A7(b13) A2, G3, C#4, F4
A# Bb7(13) A#2, G#3, D4, G4
B B-7(11) B2, A3, D4, E4
Assign Key Chord Name Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C
Cmaj9 C3, E3, G3, B3, D4
C# Dbmaj7 C#3, F3, G#3, C4, D#4
D Dmaj9 D3, F#3, A3, C#4, E4
D# Ebmaj9 D#3, G3, A#3, D4, F4
E Emaj9 E3, G#3, B3, D#4, F#4
F Fmaj9 F3, A3, C4, E4, G4
F# Gbmaj9 F#3, A#3, C#4, F4, G#4
G Gmaj9 G3, B3, D4, F#4, A4
G# Abmaj9 G#3, C4, D#4, G4, A#4
A Amaj9 A3, C#4, E4, G#4, B4
A# Bbmaj9 A#3, D4, F4, A4, C5
B Bmaj9 B3, D#4, F#4, A#4, C#5
Assign Key
Chord Name Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C
C7(9) C3, A#3, D4, E4
C# C#7(9) C#3, F3, B3, D#4
D D7(9) D3, F#3, C4, E4
D# D#7(9) D#3, G3, C#4, F4
E E7(#9) E3, G#3, D4, G4
F F7(9) F2, A3, D#4, G4
F# F#dim7 F#2, A3, C4, D#4
G G7(13) G2, F3, B3, E4
G# G#dim7 G#2, B3, D4, F4
A A7(b13) A2, G3, C#4, F4
A# Bb7(13) A#2, G#3, D4, G4
B B-7(b5) B2, A3, D4, F4
Assign Key
Chord Name Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C C C3, E4, G4, C5
C# C#dim7 C#3, E4, G4, A#4
D D- D3, D4, F4, A4
D# D#dim7 D#3, F#4, A4, C5
E E- E3, E4, G4, B4
F F F3, F4, A4, C5
F# F#-7(b5) F#3, E4, A4, C5
G G G3, D4, G4, B4
G# G#dim7 G#3, D4, F4, B4
A A- A2, E4, A4, C5
A# Bb A#2, D4, F4, A#4
B Bdim B2, D4, F4, B4
Assign Key
Chord Name Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C
C- C3, D#4, G4, C5
C# Db C#3, C#4, F4, G#4
D Ddim D3, D4, F4, G#4
D# Eb D#3, D#4, G4, A#4
E Edim7 E3, C#4, G4, A#4
F F- F2, C4, F4, G#4
F# Gbdim7 F#2, C4, D#4, A4
G G- G2, A#3, D4, G4
G# Ab G#2, C4, D#4, G#4
A A-7(b5) A2, C4, D#4, G4
A# Bb A#2, D4, F4, A#4
B Bdim7 B2, D4, F4, G#4
Assign Key
Chord Name Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C
C- C3, D#4, G4, C5
C# Db C#3, C#4, F4, G#4
D Ddim D3, D4, F4, G#4
D# Eaug D#3, D#4, G4, B4
E E- E3, E4, G4, B4
F F- F2, C4, F4, G#4
F# Gbdim7 F#2, C4, D#4, A4
G G G2, B3, D4, G4
G# Ab G#2, G#4, D#4, C4
A A-7(b5) A2, C4, D#4, G4
A# Bb A#2, D4, F4, A#4
B Bdim B2, D4, F4, B4
Assign Key Chord Name Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C
C-add9 C3, D4, D#4, G4
C# Dbmaj7 C#3, G#3, C4, F4
D D-7(b5) D3, C4, F4, G#4
D# Ebmaj7 D#3, A#3, D4, G4
E Edim7 E3, A#3, C#4, G4
F F-7(9) F2, G#3, D#4, G4
F# Gbdim7 F#2, A3, C4, D#4
G G-7 G2, A#3, D4, F4
G# Abmaj7 G#2, C4, D#4, G4
A A-7(b5) A2, C4, D#4, G4
A# Bb7sus4(9 13) A#2, G#3, C4, D#4
B Bdim7 B2, G#3, D4, F4
JUNO-Di_e.book 125 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
126
Chord Memory List
011. Pop Min 2
012. Jazz Min 1
013. Jazz Min 2
014. Oct Stack
015. 4th Stack
016. 5th Stack
017. Scale Set
* To change the key of a chord set, change the value for “KEY” in the
“CHORD MEMORY” screen (p. 69).
The illustration below shows how to determine the key of the song
from the key signature (the number of
and symbols).
fig.KEY.eps
Assign Key
Chord Name Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C
C-add9 C3, D4, D#4, G4
C# Eb7(on Db) C#3, A#3, D#4, G4
D D-7(b5) D3, G#3, C4, F4
D# Ebmaj7 D#3, A#3, D4, G4
E Emaj7(9) E3, G#3, D#4, F#4
F F-7(9) F2, G#3, D#4, G4
F# Gbdim7 F#2, A3, C4, D#4
G G7(b13) G2, F3, B3, D#4
G# Abmaj7 G#2, C4, D#4, G4
A A-7(b5) A2, C4, D#4, G4
A# C-7(on Bb) A#2, C4, D#4, G4
B C-maj7(B) B2, D4, D#4, G4
Assign Key
Chord Name Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C C-7(11) C3, A#3, D#4, F4
C# Db7(#9) C#3, F3, B3, E4
D D-7(b5) D3, C4, F4, G#4
D# Ebaug maj7 D#3, B3, D4, G4
E E7(9) E2, G#3, D4, F#4
F F7(9) F2, A3, D#4, G4
F# Gbdim7 F#2, A3, C4, D#4
G G7(#9) G2, B3, F4, A#4
G# Abmaj7(#11) G#2, C4, D4, G4
A A-7(b5) A2, C4, D#4, G4
A# Bb-7 A#2, G#3, C#4, F4
B Bdim7 B2, G#3, D4, F4
Assign Key
Chord Name Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C
C-7(9) C3, D#3, A#3, D4
C# Db7(9) C#3, F3, B3, D#4
D D-7(9) D3, F3, C4, E4
D# Eb7(9) D#3, G3, C#4, F4
E Emaj7(9) E2, G#3, D#4, F#4
F F-7(9) F2, G#3, D#4, G4
F# Gbdim7 F#2, A3, C4, D#4
G G7(13) G2, F3, B3, E4
G# Ab-6 G#2, B3, D#4, F4
A A-7(b5) A2, C4, D#4, G4
A# Bb-7 A#2, G#3, C#4, F4
B B-7(b5) B2, A3, D4, F4
Assign Key
Chord Name Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C
--- C4, C5
C# --- C#4, C#5
D --- D4, D5
D# --- D#4, D#5
E --- E4, E5
F --- F4, F5
F# --- F#4, F#5
G --- G4, G5
G# --- G#4, G#5
A --- A4, A5
A# --- A#4, A#5
B --- B4, B5
Assign Key Chord Name Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C
--- C4, F4
C# --- C#4, F#4
D --- D4, G4
D# --- D#4, G#4
E --- E4, A4
F --- F4, A#4
F# --- F#4, B4
G --- G4, C5
G# --- G#4, C#5
A --- A4, D5
A# --- A#4, D#5
B --- B4, E5
Assign Key
Chord Name Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C
--- C4, G4
C# --- C#4, G#4
D --- D4, A4
D# --- D#4, A#4
E --- E4, B4
F --- F4, C5
F# --- F#4, C#5
G --- G4, D5
G# --- G#4, D#5
A --- A4, E5
A# --- A#4, F5
B --- B4, F#5
Assign Key
Chord Name Constituent Notes of Chord Forms
C Major Scale C4, D4, E4, F4, G4, A4, B4
C# Major Pentatonic Scale C4, D4, E4, G4, A4,
D Minor Scale C4, D4, D#4, F4, G4, G#4, A#4
D# Harmonic Minor Scale C4, D4, D#4, F4, G4, G#4, B4
E Melodic Minor Scale C4, D4, D#4, F4, G4, A4, B4
F Whole Tone Scale C4, D4, E4, F#4, G#4, A#4
F# Blue note Scale C4, D#4, F4, F#4, G4, A#4
G Japanese Minor C4, C#4, F4, G4, A#4
G# Ryukyu Scale C4, E4, F4, G4, B4
A Bari Scale C4, C#4, D#4, G4, G#4
A# Spanish Scale C4, C#4, E4, F4, G4, G#4, A#4
B Gypsy Scale C4, C#4, E4, F4, G4, G#4, B4
JUNO-Di_e.book 126 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
127
Function...
Basic
Channel
Mode
Note
Number :
Velocity
After
Touch
Pitch Bend
Control
Change
Program
Change
System Exclusive
System
Common
System
Real Time
Aux
Messages
Notes
Transmitted Recognized
Remarks
Default
Changed
Default
Messages
Altered
True Voice
Note On
Note Off
Key’s
Channel’s
0, 32
1
2
4
5
6, 38
7
8
10
11
16
17
18
19
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
80
81
82
83
84
91
92
93
94
95
98, 99
100, 101
: True Number
: Song Position
: Song Select
: Tune Request
: Clock
: Commands
: All Sound Off
: Reset All Controllers
: Local On/Off
: All Notes Off
: Active Sensing
: System Reset
1–16
1–16
Mode 3
Mono, Poly
O
O
0–127
X
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
X
X
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
X
O
O
X
X
X
X
O
O
O
O
O
O
X
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O (Tone 1 Level)
O (Tone 2 Level)
O (Tone 3 Level)
O (Tone 4 Level)
O
O (Reverb)
X
O (Chorus)
X
X
X
O
O
**************
O
X
X
X
X
X
O
X
X
X
O
X
1–16
1–16
Mode 3
Mode 3, 4 (M = 1)
O
O
0–127
0–127
O *1
O *1
O *1
O *1
0–127
O
X
X
X
O
O
O
O
X
O (123–127)
O
X
Bank select
Modulation
Breath type
Foot type
Portamento time
Data entry
Volume
Balance
Panpot
Expression
General purpose controller 1
General purpose controller 2
General purpose controller 3
General purpose controller 4
Hold 1
Portamento
Sostenuto
Soft
Legato foot switch
Hold 2
Sound variation
Resonance
Release time
Attack time
Cutoff
Decay time
Vibrato rate
Vibrato depth
Vibrato delay
General purpose controller 5
General purpose controller 6
General purpose controller 7
General purpose controller 8
Portamento control
General purpose effects 1
Tremolo
General purpose effects 3
Celeste
Phaser
NRPN LSB, MSB
RPN LSB, MSB
* 1 Switchable between O and X when using “JUNO-Di Editor.”
* 2 Recognized as M=1 even if M1.
Model JUNO-Di
Date : April 1, 2009
Version : 1.00
MIDI Implementation Chart
**************
**************
Mode 1 : OMNI ON, POLY
Mode 3 : OMNI OFF, POLY
Mode 2 : OMNI ON, MONO
Mode 4 : OMNI OFF, MONO
O : Yes
X : No
* 2
Program No. 1–128
Memorized
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
MIDI Implementation Chart
JUNO-Di_e.book 127 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
128
Specifications
JUNO-Di: Synthesizer Keyboard (Conforms to General MIDI 2 System)
* In the interest of product improvement, the specifications and/or
appearance of this unit are subject to change without prior notice.
JUNO-Di Editor System Requirements
* Although Roland has tested numerous configurations, and has
determined that on average, a computer system similar to that
described above will permit normal operation of the JUNO-Di
Applications, Roland cannot guarantee that a given computer can
be used satisfactorily with the JUNO-Di Applications based solely on
the fact that it meets the above requirements. This is because there
are too many other variables that may influence the processing
environment, including differences in motherboard design and the
particular combination of other devices involved.
Keyboard
61 keys (with velocity)
Sound Generator Section
Maximum
Polyphony
128 voices
Parts 16 parts
Wave Memory 64 M bytes (16-bit linear equivalent)
Preset Memory
Patches: 1082 + 256 (GM2)
Rhythm Sets: 20 + 9 (GM2)
Performances: 64
User Memory
Patches: 128
Rhythm Sets: 8
Performances: 64
Favorites: 100
Effects
Multi-Effects: 3 systems, 79 types
Chorus: 3 types
Reverb: 5 types
Mic Input Reverb: 8 types
SMF/Audio File Player Section
File Format
Standard MIDI File: format-0/1
Audio File: WAV, AIFF, MP3
Others
Rhythm Pattern
Preset: 24 groups x 6
Arpeggiator Preset: 128
Chord Memory Preset: 17
Controllers
D Beam Controller
Pitch Bend/Modulation Lever
Sound Modify Knob x 5
Display
18 characters 1 line + 20 characters 2 lines
custom LCD (with backlit)
External Storage
Device
USB Memory
(supports USB 2.0 Hi-Speed Flash Memory)
Connectors
Output Jacks (L/MONO, R): 1/4 inch phone type
Headphone Jack: Stereo 1/4 inch phone type
Mic Input Jack: 1/4 inch phone type
EXT INPUT Jack: Stereo miniature phone type
Hold Pedal Jack
MIDI Connectors (IN, OUT)
USB COMPUTER Connector (supports USB MIDI)
Power Supply
DC 9 V: AC Adaptor or Ni-MH AA SIZE
Rechargeable Battery (optional) x 8
Current Draw
600 mA
* Battery life for continuous use
(differs depending on the conditions of use)
Rechargeable nickel metal hydride batteries:
approximately 5 hours
(approximately 4 hours if USB memory is
connected)
* Carbon-zinc or alkaline batteries cannot be
used
Dimensions
1008 (W) x 300 (D) x 104 (H) mm
39-11/16 (W) x 11-13/16 (D) x 4-1/8 (H) inches
Weight 5.2 kg / 11 lbs 8 oz (excluding AC Adaptor)
Accessories
Owner’s Manual
CD-ROM (Sound Editor, Librarian, Playlist Editor,
USB Driver)
USB Memory Protector
AC Adaptor (PSB-1U)
Power Cord
Operating System
Microsoft® Windows® XP Home Edition/
Professional
Microsoft® Windows Vista®
* This does not work with the 64-bit Edition
of Windows®.
* This does not work with the Windows® XP
Media Center Edition.
CPU
Intel® Core
TM
, Pentium® processor 1.5 GHz or
higher
RAM 512 MB or more
Hard Disk 200 MB or more of free space
Display/Colors
1024 x 768 dots or higher/24 bit Full Color or
more
Others
CD-ROM Drive
USB port
Operating System
Mac OS X v10.4.3 or later
CPU
Intel® Core
TM
/Xeon
TM
, PowerPC G5
RAM
512 MB or more
* For Mac OS X v10.5 or later, 1GB or more.
Hard Disk 200 MB or more of free space
Display/Colors
1024 x 768 dots or higher/16.7 million colors
or more
Others
CD-ROM Drive
USB port
JUNO-Di_e.book 128 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
129
Index
Numerics
2 BAND CHORUS .................................................................... 98
2 BAND FLANGER ................................................................... 98
2 BAND STEP FLANGER ........................................................ 98
2VOICE PITCH SHIFTER ...................................................... 102
3D CHORUS .............................................................................. 98
3D DELAY ............................................................................... 100
3D FLANGER ............................................................................ 98
3D STEP FLANGER .................................................................. 98
3TAP PAN DELAY ................................................................ 100
4TAP PAN DELAY ................................................................ 100
A
AC Adaptor ............................................................................... 17
Accent ........................................................................................ 68
ANALOG DELAY ................................................................... 101
ANALOG LONG DELAY ...................................................... 101
[ARPEGGIO] Button ........................................................ 37, 67
Arpeggio ................................................................................... 67
Arpeggio Hold ........................................................................ 67
Arpeggio Style ........................................................................ 67
Assign ................................................................................. 75–76
[ASSIGNABLE] Button ........................................................... 63
[ATTACK] knob ........................................................................ 65
Attack time ............................................................................... 65
Audio Files ................................................................................ 71
Audio Level .............................................................................. 75
AUTO PAN ................................................................................ 96
AUTO WAH ............................................................................... 95
B
Backlight ................................................................................... 21
Basic Operation ...................................................................... 57
Batteries .................................................................................... 17
Battery compartment ........................................................... 17
BATTERY Indicator ................................................................. 18
Battery Low! ............................................................................. 18
Bend Range .............................................................................. 59
Bend Range Up ....................................................................... 59
C
[C. CANCEL/MINUS ONE] Button ...................................... 73
Center cancel ........................................................................... 73
Cho Send Level ....................................................................... 61
[CHORD MEMORY] Button ........................................... 37, 69
CHORD MEMORY ................................................................... 37
Chord Memory ........................................................................ 69
Chord set ................................................................................... 69
CHORUS ....................................................................... 55, 61, 97
Chorus Parameters ............................................................. 104
Chorus switch .......................................................................... 61
Chorus Type ............................................................................. 61
COMPRESSOR .......................................................................... 99
Computer .................................................................................. 83
Connecting
Computer ........................................................................ 84
External Equipment .................................................... 18
Headphone .................................................................... 18
Microphone .................................................................... 19
Pedal ................................................................................. 19
Portable Audio Device ............................................... 19
Speaker ............................................................................ 18
Continuous Hold .................................................................... 76
Controller section .................................................................. 54
Cursor ......................................................................................... 57
Cursor button .......................................................................... 57
[CUTOFF] knob ................................................................. 39, 66
D
D Beam Controller .......................................................... 39, 63
D Beam Sens ............................................................................ 76
Damper pedal ......................................................................... 24
DBEAM SETTINGS ................................................................... 76
DC IN jack .................................................................................. 17
Decay time ................................................................................ 65
DELAY ......................................................................................... 99
DEMO PLAY .............................................................................. 79
Demo Songs ............................................................................ 21
Dial .............................................................................................. 57
Display ............................................................................... 20–21
DISTORTION ............................................................................. 98
Drums ......................................................................................... 40
[DUAL] Button ......................................................................... 31
DUAL ............................................................................. 31, 55, 66
Duration .................................................................................... 68
E
Echo ............................................................................................ 43
Effect ............................................................................. 25, 27, 55
Effect Edit .................................................................................. 61
Effects List ................................................................................. 93
ENHANCER ................................................................................ 95
EQUALIZER ............................................................................... 94
Error Messages ........................................................................ 92
[EXPRESSION] Button ........................................................... 63
F
FACTORY RESET ...................................................................... 78
Factory Settings ...................................................................... 78
FAVORITE ........................................................................... 46, 55
Favorite
Banks ................................................................................. 46
Viewing/Removing a .................................................. 69
FAVORITE [BANK] Button .................................................... 46
FAVORITE [ON/OFF] Button ............................................... 46
FLANGER ................................................................................... 97
G
GATE ........................................................................................... 99
GATED REVERB ..................................................................... 102
Grid .............................................................................................. 67
GUITAR AMP SIMULATOR ................................................... 99
H
Headphone .............................................................................. 18
HEXA-CHORUS ........................................................................ 97
HOLD PEDAL .................................................................... 75–76
HOLD PEDAL jack ............................................................ 19, 24
HUMANIZER ............................................................................. 95
I
INFINITE PHASER .................................................................... 96
Installing ............................................................................ 84–85
ISOLATOR .................................................................................. 94
J
JUNO-Di Editor ........................................................................ 85
K
KEY ............................................................................................... 69
Keyboard Settings for Playing ........................................... 54
KEYBOARD TOUCH ................................................................ 75
Knob ........................................................................................... 81
Knob Assign ............................................................................. 81
L
[LCD CONTRAST] knob ........................................................ 20
Level ........................................................................................... 64
Librarian .................................................................................... 85
LIMITER ..................................................................................... 99
Local Sw .................................................................................... 81
Local Switch ............................................................................ 76
LOFI COMPRESS ................................................................... 101
LOFI NOISE ............................................................................. 101
LOFI RADIO ............................................................................ 101
LONG DELAY ........................................................................... 99
LOW BOOST ............................................................................. 94
LOWER ................................................................................ 32, 66
Lower Level ............................................................................. 60
LSB .............................................................................................. 81
M
Main Screen ............................................................................. 58
Memory .................................................................................... 56
MFX ............................................................................................ 61
MFX 1–3 switch ...................................................................... 61
MFX Type ................................................................................. 61
MFX1–3 ..................................................................................... 61
MIC IN [VOLUME] Knob ....................................................... 43
MIC IN SETTINGS .................................................................... 76
MIC INPUT jack ....................................................................... 19
Mic Mode ................................................................................. 76
Microphone ............................................................................. 43
MIDI ............................................................................................ 76
MIDI Ch ..................................................................................... 81
MIDI Connectors .................................................................... 80
[MIDI CONTROLLER] Button .............................................. 81
MIDI Controller Mode .......................................................... 81
MIDI Device ............................................................................. 80
MIDI Sound Module ............................................................. 82
MINUS ONE .............................................................................. 76
Minus-One ............................................................................... 73
MODULATION DELAY ........................................................ 100
Modulation Effect ................................................................. 29
Modulation Lever .................................................................. 29
Mono/Poly ............................................................................... 59
Motif ........................................................................................... 68
MSB ............................................................................................ 81
MULTI STAGE PHASER ......................................................... 96
MULTI TAP DELAY ............................................................... 100
Multi-effects ............................................................................ 55
Multi-Effects Parameters .................................................... 93
Multitimbral ............................................................................ 80
N
Name ......................................................................................... 58
[NUMERIC] button ......................................................... 49, 57
O
Oct Range ................................................................................ 68
OCTAVE [DOWN]/[UP] Button ................................... 34, 67
Octave Shift ...................................................................... 34, 67
Output Gain ............................................................................ 75
OVERDRIVE .............................................................................. 98
P
Page ........................................................................................... 57
Part ...................................................................................... 67, 82
Volume ............................................................................ 60
Part 1 Level .............................................................................. 60
Part 2 Level .............................................................................. 60
Part Edit .................................................................................... 60
Parts to Mute .......................................................................... 76
JUNO-Di_e.book 129 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
130
Index
Patch ........................................................................................... 55
Patch Edit .................................................................................. 59
Patch Level ............................................................................... 59
Patch mode .............................................................................. 82
Patch Rx/Tx Ch ........................................................................ 76
PATCH WRITE .......................................................................... 62
Patches ...................................................................................... 55
PC ................................................................................................. 81
Pedal ............................................................................. 19, 24, 47
[PERFORM] Button ................................................................. 31
PERFORM WRITE ..................................................................... 62
Performance ..................................................................... 31, 56
Performance mode ............................................................... 82
PHASER ............................................................................... 27, 95
PHONOGRAPH ..................................................................... 101
Pitch
Master Tune ................................................................... 75
Octave Shift .................................................................... 34
Transpose ........................................................................ 44
Pitch Bend Effect .................................................................... 29
Pitch Bend/Modulation lever ............................................ 29
PITCH SHIFTER ..................................................................... 101
Playing
Demo Songs ............................................................ 21, 79
Music Files ...................................................................... 71
Rhythm Patterns ........................................................... 74
Song .................................................................................. 72
Playlist ........................................................................................ 71
Playing ............................................................................. 73
Playlist Editor ........................................................................... 85
Polarity ....................................................................................... 76
Portable Audio Device ......................................................... 19
Portamento .............................................................................. 59
Portamento Sw ....................................................................... 59
Portamento Time ................................................................... 59
[POWER] switch ...................................................................... 20
Power ......................................................................................... 20
Power cord ............................................................................... 17
POWER SAVE MODE .............................................................. 76
Preset memory ....................................................................... 56
[PREVIEW] Button ................................................................... 25
R
Range ......................................................................................... 64
Range Max ................................................................................ 64
Range Min ................................................................................. 64
Receive Channel ..................................................................... 82
Registering
Favorite ............................................................................ 45
[RELEASE] knob ....................................................................... 65
Release time ............................................................................. 65
[RESONANCE] knob ........................................................ 39, 66
RESTORE .................................................................................... 77
Rev Level (Reverb Level) ...................................................... 76
Rev Send Level ........................................................................ 61
Rev Time (Reverb Time) ....................................................... 76
Rev Type (Reverb Type) ....................................................... 76
[REVERB] Button ..................................................................... 43
[REVERB] knob .................................................................. 25, 66
REVERB ............................................................................. 61, 102
Reverb .......................................................................... 25, 55, 61
Reverb Parameters ............................................................. 104
Reverb switch .......................................................................... 61
Reverb Type ............................................................................. 61
REVERSE DELAY ................................................................... 100
Rhythm Edit ............................................................................. 60
Rhythm Level ........................................................................... 60
[RHYTHM PATTERN] Button ........................................ 34, 74
Rhythm Pattern ...................................................................... 35
Style/Rhythm Set .......................................................... 74
Volume ............................................................................. 74
Rhythm Pattern Group .................................................. 35, 74
Rhythm Patterns .............................................................. 34, 74
Rhythm Set ............................................................................... 55
Volume ............................................................................. 60
Rhythm Set List .................................................................... 116
RHYTHM SET WRITE ............................................................... 62
Rhythm Sets ............................................................................. 40
RHYTHM WRITE ....................................................................... 62
RING MODULATOR ................................................................ 96
Roll Type .................................................................................... 69
ROTARY ............................................................................... 29, 97
S
Saving .................................................................................. 52, 62
USB Memory .................................................................. 77
SERIAL DELAY ....................................................................... 100
[SHIFT] Button ......................................................................... 57
SHUFFLE DELAY ................................................................... 100
SLICER ......................................................................................... 97
SMF .............................................................................................. 71
Tempo .............................................................................. 72
SMF Level .................................................................................. 75
Soft Through ..................................................................... 76, 83
[SOLO SYNTH] Button ................................................... 39, 63
SOLO SYNTH ............................................................................ 39
[SONG LIST] Button ........................................................ 49, 72
SONG LIST .......................................................................... 49, 71
SONG PLAYER ................................................................... 48, 71
Volume ............................................................................. 72
Song Player section ............................................................... 54
SOUND ....................................................................................... 75
Sound generator section .................................................... 54
SOUND MODIFY ..................................................................... 65
SPACE-D .................................................................................... 98
SPEAKER SIMULATOR ........................................................... 95
SPECTRUM ................................................................................ 94
Speed Ctrl ................................................................................. 70
[SPLIT] Button ................................................................... 33, 66
SPLIT .................................................................................... 33, 54
Split Point ........................................................................... 33, 66
STEP FILTER .............................................................................. 95
STEP FLANGER ......................................................................... 97
STEP PAN ................................................................................... 97
STEP PHASER ........................................................................... 96
STEP PITCH SHIFTER ........................................................... 102
STEP RING MODULATOR ..................................................... 96
SUPER FILTER ........................................................................... 95
[SUPER LAYER] Button .......................................................... 41
SUPER LAYER .................................................................... 41, 55
Sustain level ............................................................................. 65
SYMPATHETIC RESONANCE ............................................ 103
Sync Mode ................................................................................ 76
SYSTEM ...................................................................................... 75
System memory ...................................................................... 56
System settings ....................................................................... 75
System Tempo ........................................................................ 75
T
TAPE ECHO ............................................................................ 101
TELEPHONE ........................................................................... 101
Tempo ........................................................................................ 58
SMF .................................................................................... 72
Temporary area ...................................................................... 56
Tone
PREVIEW .......................................................................... 25
Selecting .......................................................................... 25
Volume ............................................................................. 59
Tone Buttons ................................................................... 25, 62
Transmit Channel .................................................................. 81
[TRANSPOSE] Button ............................................................ 44
Transpose ................................................................................. 44
TREMOLO .......................................................................... 27, 96
TREMOLO CHORUS ............................................................... 97
Tx Channel ............................................................................... 70
Tx Edit Data ............................................................................. 76
Type ........................................................................................... 64
U
UPPER ........................................................................................ 32
Upper Level ............................................................................. 60
USB COMPUTER connector ............................................... 83
USB Driver ......................................................................... 76, 84
USB Memory ........................................................................... 56
Initializing ....................................................................... 78
USB MEMORY FORMAT ....................................................... 78
USB memory protector ....................................................... 21
User memory .......................................................................... 56
User performances ............................................................... 54
User tones ................................................................................ 54
UTILITY ...................................................................................... 77
V
Velo Curve (Velocity Curve) ............................................... 75
Velo Sens (Velocity Sense) ................................................. 75
Velocity .............................................................................. 68, 75
VERSION INFO ......................................................................... 79
Viewing the Version ............................................................. 79
VK ROTARY .............................................................................. 97
[V-LINK] Button ...................................................................... 70
V-LINK ........................................................................................ 70
VOCODER ........................................................................ 42, 103
[VOLUME] knob ..................................................................... 20
Volume
Part ................................................................................... 60
Rhythm Pattern ............................................................ 74
Rhythm Set .................................................................... 60
Song Player .................................................................... 72
Tone ................................................................................. 59
Volume Level .......................................................................... 20
VS DISTORTION ...................................................................... 99
VS OVERDRIVE ........................................................................ 99
W
[WRITE] Button ................................................................ 52, 62
WRITE ......................................................................................... 52
JUNO-Di_e.book 130 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
131
Shortcut List
You can access various editing screens by holding down the [SHIFT] button and pressing one of the buttons listed below.
What to do Button Screen Page
Edit the settings without changing the D Beam
controller’s on/off status
[SHIFT]+[SOLO SYNTH] D BEAM SOLO SYNTH screen
P.63[SHIFT]+[EXPRESSION] D BEAM EXPRESSION screen
[SHIFT]+[ASSIGNABLE] D BEAM ASSIGNABLE screen
Specify the effect applied to the microphone [SHIFT]+MIC IN [REVERB] MIC IN SETTINGS screen (System settings) P.76
Specify the split point (when Split is on) [SHIFT]+[SPLIT] SPLIT POINT screen P.66
Edit the arpeggio settings without changing the
arpeggiator’s on/off status
[SHIFT]+[ARPEGGIO] ARPEGGIO screen P.67
Edit the chord memory settings without changing
the chord memory’s on/off status
[SHIFT]+[CHORD MEMORY] CHORD MEMORY screen P.69
Edit the tone settings (Patch edit)
[SHIFT]+[RHYTHM (0)]
PATCH EDIT screen P.59
Adjust the volume of the rhythm set (Rhythm edit) RHYTHM EDIT screen P.60
Edit the MFX settings of the currently selected part
when playing multiple tones (Effect edit)
[SHIFT]+[PIANO (1)] MFX setting screen
P.61
Edit the chorus settings (Effect edit) [SHIFT]+[KEYBOARD/ORGAN (2)] CHORUS setting screen
Edit the reverb settings (Effect edit) [SHIFT]+[GUITAR/BASS (3)] REVERB setting screen
Adjust the volume of each part (Part edit) [SHIFT]+[PERFORM (9)] PART EDIT screen P.60
View or delete favorites [SHIFT]+FAVORITE [ON/OFF] FAVORITE UTILITY screen P.69
Make minus-one settings for SMF song playback [SHIFT]+[C.CANCEL/MINUS ONE] MINUS ONE screen (System settings) P.76
Set the tempo [SHIFT]+[TAP TEMPO] SOUND screen “System Tempo” (System settings) P.75
Adjust the song volume (when an SMF is selected)
[SHIFT]+[LEVEL]
SOUND screen “SMF Level” (System settings) P.75
Adjust the song volume SOUND screen “Audio Level” (System settings) P.75
Turn off the display backlight [SHIFT]+[EXIT]
P.21
Turn on the display backlight [SHIFT]+[ENTER]
JUNO-Di_e.book 131 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
For EU Countries
For China
WARNING
This product contains chemicals known to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm, including lead.
For C.A. US
(
Proposition 65
)
JUNO-Di_e.book 132 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
IMPORTANT: THE WIRES IN THIS MAINS LEAD ARE COLOURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING CODE.
BLUE:
BROWN:
As the colours of the wires in the mains lead of this apparatus may not correspond with the coloured markings identifying
the terminals in your plug, proceed as follows:
The wire which is coloured BLUE must be connected to the terminal which is marked with the letter N or coloured BLACK.
The wire which is coloured BROWN must be connected to the terminal which is marked with the letter L or coloured RED.
Under no circumstances must either of the above wires be connected to the earth terminal of a three pin plug.
NEUTRAL
LIVE
For the U.K.
This product complies with the requirements of EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
For EU Countries
For Canada
This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.
Cet appareil numérique de la classe B respecte toutes les exigences du Règlement sur le matériel brouilleur du Canada.
NOTICE
AVIS
For the USA
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
RADIO FREQUENCY INTERFERENCE STATEMENT
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential
installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in
accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee
that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or
television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the
interference by one or more of the following measures:
– Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
– Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
– Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
– Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Unauthorized changes or modification to this system can void the users authority to operate this equipment.
This equipment requires shielded interface cables in order to meet FCC class B Limit.
WARNING
This product contains chemicals known to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm, including lead.
For C.A. US
(
Proposition 65
)
For the USA
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
Compliance Information Statement
Model Name :
Type of Equipment :
Responsible Party :
Address :
Telephone :
JUNO-Di
Synthesizer
Roland Corporation U.S.
5100 S.Eastern Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90040-2938
(323) 890-3700
JUNO-Di_e.book 133 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
As of Jan. 1, 2009 (ROLAND)
Information When you need repair service, call your nearest Roland Service Center or authorized Roland
distributor in your country as shown below.
EGYPT
Al Fanny Trading Office
9, EBN Hagar Al Askalany
Street,
ARD E1 Golf, Heliopolis,
Cairo 11341, EGYPT
TEL: (022)-417-1828
REUNION
Maison FO - YAM Marcel
25 Rue Jules Hermann,
Chaudron - BP79 97 491
Ste Clotilde Cedex,
REUNION ISLAND
TEL: (0262) 218-429
SOUTH AFRICA
T.O.M.S. Sound & Music
(Pty)Ltd.
2 ASTRON ROAD DENVER
JOHANNESBURG ZA 2195,
SOUTH AFRICA
TEL: (011)417 3400
Paul Bothner(PTY)Ltd.
Royal Cape Park, Unit 24
Londonderry Road, Ottery 7800
Cape Town, SOUTH AFRICA
TEL: (021) 799 4900
CHINA
Roland Shanghai Electronics
Co.,Ltd.
5F. No.1500 Pingliang Road
Shanghai 200090, CHINA
TEL: (021) 5580-0800
Roland Shanghai Electronics
Co.,Ltd.
(BEIJING OFFICE)
10F. No.18 3 Section Anhuaxili
Chaoyang District Beijing
100011 CHINA
TEL: (010) 6426-5050
HONG KONG
Tom Lee Music Co., Ltd.
Service Division
22-32 Pun Shan Street, Tsuen
Wan, New Territories,
HONG KONG
TEL: 2415 0911
Parsons Music Ltd.
8th Floor, Railway Plaza, 39
Chatham Road South, T.S.T,
Kowloon, HONG KONG
TEL: 2333 1863
INDIA
Rivera Digitec (India) Pvt. Ltd.
411, Nirman Kendra
Mahalaxmi Flats Compound
Off. Dr. Edwin Moses Road,
Mumbai-400011, INDIA
TEL: (022) 2493 9051
INDONESIA
PT Citra IntiRama
Jl. Cideng Timur No. 15J-15O
Jakarta Pusat
INDONESIA
TEL: (021) 6324170
KOREA
Cosmos Corporation
1461-9, Seocho-Dong,
Seocho Ku, Seoul, KOREA
TEL: (02) 3486-8855
MALAYSIA
Roland Asia Pacific Sdn. Bhd.
45-1, Block C2, Jalan PJU 1/39,
Dataran Prima, 47301 Petaling
Jaya, Selangor, MALAYSIA
TEL: (03) 7805-3263
VIET NAM
VIET THUONG
CORPORATION
386 CACH MANG THANG
TAM ST. DIST.3,
HO CHI MINH CITY
VIET NAM
TEL: 9316540
PHILIPPINES
G.A. Yupangco & Co. Inc.
339 Gil J. Puyat Avenue
Makati, Metro Manila 1200,
PHILIPPINES
TEL: (02) 899 9801
SINGAPORE
SWEE LEE MUSIC
COMPANY PTE. LTD.
150 Sims Drive,
SINGAPORE 387381
TEL: 6846-3676
TAIWAN
ROLAND TAIWAN
ENTERPRISE CO., LTD.
Room 5, 9fl. No. 112 Chung
Shan N.Road Sec.2, Taipei,
TAIWAN, R.O.C.
TEL: (02) 2561 3339
THAILAND
Theera Music Co. , Ltd.
100-108 Soi Verng
Nakornkasem, New
Road,Sumpantawongse,
Bangkok 10100 THAILAND
TEL: (02) 224-8821
AUSTRALIA/
NEW ZEALAND
Roland Corporation
Australia Pty.,Ltd.
38 Campbell Avenue
Dee Why West. NSW 2099
AUSTRALIA
For Australia
Tel: (02) 9982 8266
For New Zealand
Tel: (09) 3098 715
ARGENTINA
Instrumentos Musicales S.A.
Av.Santa Fe 2055
(1123) Buenos Aires
ARGENTINA
TEL: (011) 4508-2700
BARBADOS
A&B Music Supplies LTD
12 Webster Industrial Park
Wildey, St.Michael, Barbados
TEL: (246)430-1100
BRAZIL
Roland Brasil Ltda.
Rua San Jose, 211
Parque Industrial San Jose
Cotia - Sao Paulo - SP, BRAZIL
TEL: (011) 4615 5666
CHILE
Comercial Fancy II S.A.
Rut.: 96.919.420-1
Nataniel Cox #739, 4th Floor
Santiago - Centro, CHILE
TEL: (02) 688-9540
COLOMBIA
Centro Musical Ltda.
Cra 43 B No 25 A 41 Bododega 9
Medellin, Colombia
TEL: (574)3812529
COSTA RICA
JUAN Bansbach Instrumentos
Musicales
Ave.1. Calle 11, Apartado
10237,
San Jose, COSTA RICA
TEL: 258-0211
CURACAO
Zeelandia Music Center Inc.
Orionweg 30
Curacao, Netherland Antilles
TEL:(305)5926866
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
Instrumentos Fernando Giraldez
Calle Proyecto Central No.3
Ens.La Esperilla
Santo Domingo,
Dominican Republic
TEL:(809) 683 0305
ECUADOR
Mas Musika
Rumichaca 822 y Zaruma
Guayaquil - Ecuador
TEL:(593-4)2302364
EL SALVADOR
OMNI MUSIC
75 Avenida Norte y Final
Alameda Juan Pablo II,
Edificio No.4010 San Salvador,
EL SALVADOR
TEL: 262-0788
GUATEMALA
Casa Instrumental
Calzada Roosevelt 34-01,zona 11
Ciudad de Guatemala
Guatemala
TEL:(502) 599-2888
HONDURAS
Almacen Pajaro Azul S.A. de C.V.
BO.Paz Barahona
3 Ave.11 Calle S.O
San Pedro Sula, Honduras
TEL: (504) 553-2029
MARTINIQUE
Musique & Son
Z.I.Les Mangle
97232 Le Lamantin
Martinique F.W.I.
TEL: 596 596 426860
Gigamusic SARL
10 Rte De La Folie
97200 Fort De France
Martinique F.W.I.
TEL: 596 596 715222
MEXICO
Casa Veerkamp, s.a. de c.v.
Av. Toluca No. 323, Col. Olivar
de los Padres 01780 Mexico
D.F. MEXICO
TEL: (55) 5668-6699
NICARAGUA
Bansbach Instrumentos
Musicales Nicaragua
Altamira D'Este Calle Principal
de la Farmacia 5ta.Avenida
1 Cuadra al Lago.#503
Managua, Nicaragua
TEL: (505)277-2557
PANAMA
SUPRO MUNDIAL, S.A.
Boulevard Andrews, Albrook,
Panama City, REP. DE
PANAMA
TEL: 315-0101
PARAGUAY
Distribuidora De
Instrumentos Musicales
J.E. Olear y ESQ. Manduvira
Asuncion PARAGUAY
TEL: (595) 21 492147
PERU
Audionet
Distribuciones Musicales SAC
Juan Fanning 530
Miraflores
Lima - Peru
TEL: (511) 4461388
TRINIDAD
AMR Ltd
Ground Floor
Maritime Plaza
Barataria Trinidad W.I.
TEL: (868) 638 6385
NORWAY
Roland Scandinavia Avd.
Kontor Norge
Lilleakerveien 2 Postboks 95
Lilleaker N-0216 Oslo
NORWAY
TEL: 2273 0074
POLAND
ROLAND POLSKA SP. Z O.O.
ul. Kty Grodziskie 16B
03-289 Warszawa, POLAND
TEL: (022) 678 9512
PORTUGAL
Roland Iberia, S.L.
Portugal Office
Cais das Pedras, 8/9-1 Dto
4050-465, Porto, PORTUGAL
TEL: 22 608 00 60
ROMANIA
FBS LINES
Piata Libertatii 1,
535500 Gheorgheni,
ROMANIA
TEL: (266) 364 609
RUSSIA
MuTek
Dorozhnaya ul.3,korp.6
117 545 Moscow, RUSSIA
TEL: (095) 981-4967
SLOVAKIA
DAN Acoustic s.r.o.
Povazská 18.
SK - 940 01 Nové Zámky
TEL: (035) 6424 330
SPAIN
Roland Iberia, S.L.
Paseo García Faria, 33-35
08005 Barcelona SPAIN
TEL: 93 493 91 00
SWEDEN
Roland Scandinavia A/S
SWEDISH SALES OFFICE
Danvik Center 28, 2 tr.
S-131 30 Nacka SWEDEN
TEL: (0)8 702 00 20
SWITZERLAND
Roland (Switzerland) AG
Landstrasse 5, Postfach,
CH-4452 Itingen,
SWITZERLAND
TEL:(061)975-9987
UKRAINE
EURHYTHMICS Ltd.
P.O.Box: 37-a.
Nedecey Str. 30
UA - 89600 Mukachevo,
UKRAINE
TEL: (03131) 414-40
UNITED KINGDOM
Roland (U.K.) Ltd.
Atlantic Close, Swansea
Enterprise Park, SWANSEA
SA7 9FJ,
UNITED KINGDOM
TEL: (01792) 702701
BAHRAIN
Moon Stores
No.1231&1249 Rumaytha
Building Road 3931, Manama
339 BAHRAIN
TEL: 17 813 942
IRAN
MOCO INC.
No.41 Nike St., Dr.Shariyati Ave.,
Roberoye Cerahe Mirdamad
Tehran, IRAN
TEL: (021)-2285-4169
ISRAEL
Halilit P. Greenspoon & Sons
Ltd.
8 Retzif Ha'alia Hashnia St.
Tel-Aviv-Yafo ISRAEL
TEL: (03) 6823666
URUGUAY
Todo Musica S.A.
Francisco Acuna de Figueroa
1771
C.P.: 11.800
Montevideo, URUGUAY
TEL: (02) 924-2335
VENEZUELA
Instrumentos Musicales
Allegro,C.A.
Av.las industrias edf.Guitar
import
#7 zona Industrial de Turumo
Caracas, Venezuela
TEL: (212) 244-1122
AUSTRIA
Roland Elektronische
Musikinstrumente HmbH.
Austrian Office
Eduard-Bodem-Gasse 8,
A-6020 Innsbruck, AUSTRIA
TEL: (0512) 26 44 260
BELGIUM/FRANCE/
HOLLAND/
LUXEMBOURG
Roland Central Europe N.V.
Houtstraat 3, B-2260, Oevel
(Westerlo) BELGIUM
TEL: (014) 575811
CROATIA
ART-CENTAR
Degenova 3.
HR - 10000 Zagreb
TEL: (1) 466 8493
CZECH REP.
CZECH REPUBLIC
DISTRIBUTOR s.r.o
Voctárova 247/16
CZ - 180 00 PRAHA 8,
CZECH REP.
TEL: (2) 830 20270
DENMARK
Roland Scandinavia A/S
Nordhavnsvej 7, Postbox 880,
DK-2100 Copenhagen
DENMARK
TEL: 3916 6200
FINLAND
Roland Scandinavia As, Filial
Finland
Elannontie 5
FIN-01510 Vantaa, FINLAND
TEL: (0)9 68 24 020
GERMANY
Roland Elektronische
Musikinstrumente HmbH.
Oststrasse 96, 22844
Norderstedt, GERMANY
TEL: (040) 52 60090
GREECE/CYPRUS
STOLLAS S.A.
Music Sound Light
155, New National Road
Patras 26442, GREECE
TEL: 2610 435400
HUNGARY
Roland East Europe Ltd.
Warehouse Area ‘DEPO’ Pf.83
H-2046 Torokbalint,
HUNGARY
TEL: (23) 511011
IRELAND
Roland Ireland
G2 Calmount Park, Calmount
Avenue, Dublin 12
Republic of IRELAND
TEL: (01) 4294444
ITALY
Roland Italy S. p. A.
Viale delle Industrie 8,
20020 Arese, Milano, ITALY
TEL: (02) 937-78300
JORDAN
MUSIC HOUSE CO. LTD.
FREDDY FOR MUSIC
P. O. Box 922846
Amman 11192 JORDAN
TEL: (06) 5692696
KUWAIT
EASA HUSAIN AL-YOUSIFI
& SONS CO.
Al-Yousifi Service Center
P.O.Box 126 (Safat) 13002
KUWAIT
TEL: 00 965 802929
LEBANON
Chahine S.A.L.
George Zeidan St., Chahine
Bldg., Achrafieh, P.O.Box: 16-
5857
Beirut, LEBANON
TEL: (01) 20-1441
OMAN
TALENTZ CENTRE L.L.C.
Malatan House No.1
Al Noor Street, Ruwi
SULTANATE OF OMAN
TEL: 2478 3443
QATAR
Al Emadi Co. (Badie Studio &
Stores)
P.O. Box 62, Doha, QATAR
TEL: 4423-554
SAUDI ARABIA
aDawliah Universal
Electronics APL
Behind Pizza Inn
Prince Turkey Street
aDawliah Building,
PO BOX 2154,
Alkhobar 31952
SAUDI ARABIA
TEL: (03) 8643601
SYRIA
Technical Light & Sound
Center
PO BOX 13520 BLDG No.17
ABDUL WAHAB
KANAWATI.ST RAWDA
DAMASCUS, SYRIA
TEL: (011) 223-5384
TURKEY
ZUHAL DIS TICARET A.S.
Galip Dede Cad. No.37
Beyoglu - Istanbul / TURKEY
TEL: (0212) 249 85 10
U.A.E.
Zak Electronics & Musical
Instruments Co. L.L.C.
Zabeel Road, Al Sherooq Bldg.,
No. 14, Ground Floor, Dubai,
U.A.E.
TEL: (04) 3360715
CANADA
Roland Canada Ltd.
(Head Office)
5480 Parkwood Way
Richmond B. C., V6V 2M4
CANADA
TEL: (604) 270 6626
Roland Canada Ltd.
(Toronto Office)
170 Admiral Boulevard
Mississauga On L5T 2N6
CANADA
TEL: (905) 362 9707
U. S. A.
Roland Corporation U.S.
5100 S. Eastern Avenue
Los Angeles, CA 90040-2938,
U. S. A.
TEL: (323) 890 3700
ASIA
AFRICA
EUROPE
CENTRAL/LATIN
AMERICA
MIDDLE EAST
NORTH AMERICA
OCEANIA
JUNO-Di_e.book 134 ページ 2009年6月22日 月曜日 午前9時23分
201a
Before using this unit, carefully read the sections entitled: “USING THE UNIT SAFELY” and “IMPORTANT NOTES” (p. 3; p. 6). These sections
provide important information concerning the proper operation of the unit. Additionally, in order to feel assured that you have gained a
good grasp of every feature provided by your new unit, Owner’s manual should be read in its entirety. The manual should be saved and kept
on hand as a convenient reference.
202
Copyright © 2009 ROLAND CORPORATION
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form without the written permission of ROLAND CORPORATION.
Conventions Used in This Manual
Operating buttons are enclosed by square brackets [ ]; e.g., [ENTER] button.
Reference pages are indicated by (p. **).
The following symbols are used.
This indicates an important note; be sure to read it.
This indicates a memo regarding the setting or function; read it as desired.
This indicates a useful hint for operation; read it as necessary.
This indicates information for your reference; read it as necessary.
This indicates an explanation of a term; read it as necessary.
985
* The explanations in this manual include illustrations that depict what should typically be shown by the display.
Note, however, that your unit may incorporate a newer, enhanced version of the system (e.g., includes newer
sounds), so what you actually see in the display may not always match what appears in the manual.
*5100004732- 02*
55


Need help? Post your question in this forum.

Forumrules


Report abuse

Libble takes abuse of its services very seriously. We're committed to dealing with such abuse according to the laws in your country of residence. When you submit a report, we'll investigate it and take the appropriate action. We'll get back to you only if we require additional details or have more information to share.

Product:

For example, Anti-Semitic content, racist content, or material that could result in a violent physical act.

For example, a credit card number, a personal identification number, or an unlisted home address. Note that email addresses and full names are not considered private information.

Forumrules

To achieve meaningful questions, we apply the following rules:

Register

Register getting emails for Roland Juno Di at:


You will receive an email to register for one or both of the options.


Get your user manual by e-mail

Enter your email address to receive the manual of Roland Juno Di in the language / languages: English as an attachment in your email.

The manual is 13,4 mb in size.

 

You will receive the manual in your email within minutes. If you have not received an email, then probably have entered the wrong email address or your mailbox is too full. In addition, it may be that your ISP may have a maximum size for emails to receive.

The manual is sent by email. Check your email

If you have not received an email with the manual within fifteen minutes, it may be that you have a entered a wrong email address or that your ISP has set a maximum size to receive email that is smaller than the size of the manual.

The email address you have provided is not correct.

Please check the email address and correct it.

Your question is posted on this page

Would you like to receive an email when new answers and questions are posted? Please enter your email address.



Info